BS
25818
1887
A 55057 3
WHITE'S
GRAMMAR SCHOOL
TEXTS.
ST MARK'S GOSPEL.
NAVEYSSAL
co

| TORREFRAIN
PRESENTED TO
THE LIBRARY
OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
By the publishers
Feb-25 1884
!

BS
2581
1887
!
}
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL
¡
LONDON:
GILBERT AND RIVINGTON, LIMITED,
ST. JOHN'S HOUSE, CLERKENWell road, e.c.
"
•
31439
WHITE'S GRAMMAR SCHOOL TEXTS
Watch N. Mark, brick, 18x7
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL
.
}
WITH A VOCABULARY
BY
JOHN T. WHITE, D.D. OXON.
NEW EDITION
(Thirteenth and Fourteenth Thousand)
LONDON
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.
1887
All rights reserved
PRÉFACE.
FOR Some long time past it has been widely felt
that a reduction in the cost of Classical Works
used in schools generally, and more especially in
those intended for boys of the middle classes, is
at once desirable and not difficult of accomplish-
ment. For the most part only portions of authors
are read in the earlier stages of education, and a
pupil is taken from one work to another in each
successive half-year or term; so that a book
needlessly large and proportionably expensive is
laid aside after a short and but partial use.
In order, therefore, to meet what is certainly a
want, Portions of the Classical Writers usually
read in Schools are now being issued under the
title of GRAMMAR SCHOOL TEXTS; while, at the
request of various Masters, it has been determined
to add to the series some of the Gospels in Greck.
Each TEXT is provided with a VOCABULARY of
the words occurring in it. In every instance but
that of Eutropius the origin of a word, when known,
is stated at the commencement of the article treat-
ing of it, if connected with another Latin, or Greek,
vi
PREFACE,
word; at the end of it, if derived from any other
source. Further still, the primary or etymological
meaning is always given, within inverted commas,
in Roman type, and so much also of each word's
history as is needful to bring down its chain of
meanings to the especial force, or forces, attaching
to it in the particular "Text." In the Vocabulary,
however, to Eutropius-which is essentially a book
for beginners-the origin is given of those words
alone which are formed from other Latin words.
Moreover, as an acquaintance with the principles
of GRAMMAR, as well as with ETYMOLOGY, is
necessary to the understanding of a language, such
points of construction as seem to require elucida-
tion are concisely explained under the proper
articles, or a reference is simply made to that rule
in the Public Schools Latin Primer, or in Parry's
Elementary Greek Grammar, which meets the
particular difficulty. It occasionally happens, how-
ever, that more information is needed than can be
gathered from the above-named works. When
such is the case, whatever is requisite is supplied,
in substance, from Felf's Greek Grammar, Winer's
Grammar of New Testament Greek, or the Latin
Grammars of Zumpt and Madvig.
LONDON: April 1876.
1
n
ΕΥΑΓΓΕΛΙΟΝ ΚΑΤΑ ΜΑΡΚΟΝ,
45
5
CHAP. I. 1’ΑΡΧΗ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ
Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ. 2Ως γέγραπται ἐν
τοῖς προφήταις· Ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν
ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου, ὃς κατασκευά-
σει τὴν ὁδόν σου. Φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ·
Ετοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε
τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ. Ἐγένετο Ιωάννης βαπ
τίζων ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα
μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν. Καὶ ἐξε-
πορεύετο πρὸς αὐτὸν πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα,
καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμῖται πάντες· καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο
ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ, ἐξομολογ-
ούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὑτῶν. 6Ἦν δὲ Ἰωάν-
νης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην
δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὑτοῦ, καὶ ἐσθίων
ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. Καὶ ἐκήρυσσε λέγων·
Ἔρχεται ὁ ἰσχυρότερός μου ὀπίσω μου, οὗ
οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὰς κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα
Mark,
B
<
2
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
Β'
τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ. Ἐγὼ μὲν ἐβάπτισα
ὑμᾶς ἐν ὕδατι· αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν
Πνεύματι ἁγίῳ.
T
Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις, ἦλθεν
Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲτ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ ἐβαπ
τίσθη ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου εἰς τὸν Ἰορδάνην. 10Καὶ
εὐθέως ἀναβαίνων ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος, εἶδε σχιζο.
μένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς, καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς
περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ' αὐτόν. 11 Καὶ φωνὴ
ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν· Σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱός μου ὁ
ἀγαπητὸς, ἐν ᾧ εὐδόκησα. 12Καὶ εὐθὺς τὸ
Πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς τὴν ἔρημον· 13 καὶ
ἦν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἡμέρας τεσσαράκοντα πειραζό-
μενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ· καὶ ἦν μετὰ τῶν
θηρίων· καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ.
ע
0
0
1Μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην,
ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, κηρύσσων
τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ. 15Καὶ
λέγων· "Οτι πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς, καὶ ἤγγικεν
ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ· μετανοεῖτε, καὶ πιστεύετε
ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ. 16Περιπατῶν δὲ παρὰ τὴν
θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλιλαίας, εἶδε Σίμωνα καὶ
᾿Ανδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἀμφιβάλλοντας
ἀμφίβληστρον ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ· ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς·
17 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Δεῦτε ὀπίσω
CHAPTER 1.
3
ων.
μου, καὶ ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπ-
18Καὶ εὐθέως ἀφέντες τὰ δίκτυα αὑτῶν,
ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. 19 Καὶ προβὰς ἐκεῖθεν
ὀλίγον εἶδεν Ἰάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, καὶ
Ἰωάννην τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ
πλοίῳ καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα. 20Καὶ εὐθέως
ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς· καὶ ἀφέντες τὸν πατέρα
αὑτῶν Ζεβεδαῖον ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ μετὰ τῶν μισθ-
ωτῶν, ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ.
9/
21ΚΑΙ εἰσπορεύονται εἰς Καπερναούμ· καὶ
εὐθέως τοῖς σάββασιν εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν συν-
αγωγὴν ἐδιδασκε. 22Καὶ ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ
διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ· ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς
ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ Γραμματεῖς.
23Καὶ ἦν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπος ἐν
πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ, καὶ ἀνέκραξε, 24λέγων·
Εα, τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοὶ, ᾿Ιησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ; ἦλθες
ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς; οἶδά σε τίς εἶ, ὁ ἅγιος τοῦ
Θεοῦ. 25 Καὶ ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς,
λέγων· Φιμώθητι, καὶ ἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ. 26 Καὶ
σπαράξαν αὐτὸν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἀκάθαρτον, καὶ
κράξαν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, ἐξῆλθεν ἐξ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ
ἐθαμβήθησαν πάντες, ὥστε συζητεῖν πρὸς
αὑτοὺς, λέγοντας· Τί ἐστι τοῦτο; τίς ἡ διδαχὴ
ἡ καινὴ αὕτη, ὅτι κατ᾽ ἐξουσίαι καὶ τοῖς
B 2
4
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
πνεύμασι τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις ἐπιτάσσει, καὶ ὑπ᾽
ακούουσιν αὐτῷ; 28Ἐξῆλθε δὲ ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ
εὐθὺς εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας.
29 Καὶ εὐθέως, ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς ἐξελθόντες,
ἦλθον εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Σίμωνος καὶ ᾿Ανδρέου,
μετὰ Ἰακώβου καὶ Ἰωάννου. 30Ἡ δὲ πενθερὰ
Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα· καὶ εὐθέως
λέγουσιν αὐτῷ περὶ αὐτῆς. 31 Καὶ προσελθὼν
ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν, κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς·
καὶ ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετὸς εὐθέως· καὶ
διηκόνει αὐτοῖς· 32’ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης, ὅτε
ἔδυ ὁ ἥλιος, ἔφερον πρὸς αὐτὸν πάντας τοὺς
κακῶς ἔχοντας, καὶ τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους.
33 Καὶ ἡ πόλις ὅλη ἐπισυνηγμένη ἦν πρὸς τὴν
θύραν. 34Καὶ ἐθεράπευσε πολλοὺς κακῶς
ἔχοντας ποικίλαις νόσοις· καὶ δαιμόνια πολλὰ
ἐξέβαλε, καὶ οὐκ ἤφιε λαλεῖν τὰ δαιμόνια, ὅτι
ᾔδεισαν αὐτόν. 35 Καὶ πρωΐ ἔννυχον λίαν
ἀναστὰς ἐξῆλθε, καὶ ἀπῆλθεν εἰς ἔρημον τόπον,
κἀκεῖ προσηύχετο. 36 Καὶ κατεδίωξαν αὐτὸν
ὁ Σίμων καὶ οἱ μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ εὑρόντες
αὐτὸν λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· Ὅτι πάντες ζητοῦσί σε.
38 Καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· Ἄγωμεν εἰς τὰς ἐχομένα
κωμοπόλεις, ἵνα καὶ ἐκεῖ κηρύξω· εἰς τοῦτο
γὰρ ἐξελήλυθα. 39 Καὶ ἦν κηρύσσων εἰς τὰς
۳/
as
Στο πρ
-
CHAPTER II.
5
συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, καὶ
τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων.
40Καὶ ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτὸν λεπρὸς παρακαλῶν
αὐτὸν, καὶ γονυπετῶν αὐτὸν, καὶ λέγων αὐτῷ·
"Οτι, ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι. 41Ο
δὲ Ἰησοῦς σπλαγχνισθεὶς, ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα,
ἥψατο αὐτοῦ, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· Θέλω, καθαρ-
ίσθητι. 42 Καὶ εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ, εὐθέως ἀπῆλθεν
ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα, καὶ ἐκαθαρίσθη. 43 Καὶ ἐμ-
βριμησάμενος αὐτῷ, εὐθέως ἐξέβαλεν αὐτόν·
4καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· "Ορα, μηδενὶ μηδὲν εἴπῃς·
ἀλλ᾽ ὕπαγε, σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ προσ-
ένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου, ἃ προσέταξε
Μωσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. 45Ὁ δὲ ἐξελθὼν
ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ, καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν
λόγον, ὥστε μηκέτι αὐτὸν δύνασθαι φανερῶς
εἰς πόλιν εἰσελθεῖν· ἀλλ᾽ ἔξω ἐν ἐρήμοις τόπ-
οις ἦν, καὶ ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν πανταχόθεν.
W
CHAP. II. 1ΚΑΙ πάλιν εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Κα˙
περναοὺμ δι' ἡμερῶν· καὶ ἠκούσθη, ὅτι εἰς οἶκόν
ἐστι. 2Καὶ εὐθέως συνήχθησαν πολλοὶ, ὥστε
μηκέτι χωρεῖν μηδὲ τὰ πρὸς τὴν θύραν· καὶ
ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον. Καὶ ἔρχονται πρὸς
αὐτὸν παραλυτικὸν φέροντες, αἰρόμενον ὑπὸτεσ-
σάρων. *Καὶ μὴ δυνάμενοι προσεγγίσαι αὐτῷ διὰ
6
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
M
0
τὸν ὄχλον, ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν·
καὶ ἐξορύξαντες χαλῶσι τὸν κράββατον, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ ὁ
παραλυτικὸς κατέκειτο. 5Ἰδὼν δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν
πίστιν αὐτῶν, λέγει τῷ παραλυτικῷ· Τέκνον,
ἀφέωνταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι. “Ησαν δέ τινες
τῶν Γραμματέων ἐκεῖ καθήμενοι καὶ διαλογιζό-
μενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὑτῶν· Τί οὗτος οὕτω
λαλεῖ βλασφημίας; τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτ-
ίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός; Καὶ εὐθέως ἐπιγνοὺς
ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι αὑτοῦ, ὅτι οὕτως δια-
λυγίζονται ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Τί ταῦτα
διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν; Τί
ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ·
᾿Αφέωνταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι· ἢ εἰπεῖν· Εγειρε,
ᾆρόν σου τὸν κράββατον, καὶ περιπάτει;
20Ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε, ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ
ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας·
(λέγει τῷ παραλυτικῷ·) 11Σοὶ λέγω, ἔγειρε,
ᾆρον τὸν κράββατόν σου, καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν
οἶκόν σου.
12 Καὶ ἠγέρθη εὐθέως, καὶ ᾆρας τὸν
κράββατον ἐξῆλθεν ἐναντίον πάντων· ὥστε
ἐξίστασθαι πάντας, καὶ δοξάζειν τὸν Θεὸν,
λέγοντας· "Οτι οὐδέποτε οὕτως εἴδομεν.
ا
13Καὶ ἐξῆλθε πάλιν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν· καὶ
πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτὸν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν
CHAPTER II.
ny
αὐτούς. 14Καὶ παράγων εἶδε Λευὶν, τὸν τοῦ
᾿Αλφαίου, καθήμενον ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον· καὶ
λέγει αὐτῷ· ᾿Ακολούθει μοι· καὶ ἀναστὰς
ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ. 15 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ κατα-
κεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ πολλοὶ
τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ
καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ· ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ,
καὶ ἠκολούθησαν· αὐτῷ. 16[αὶ οἱ Γραμματεῖς
καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ἰδόντες αὐτὸν ἐσθίοντα μετὰ
τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν, ἔλεγον τοῖς
μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ· Τί ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν
καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει καὶ πίνει; Καὶ ἀκού-
σας ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς· Οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν
οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες·
οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτω-
λούς. 18Καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ
Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες· καὶ ἔρχονται καὶ λέγ-
ουσιν αὐτῷ· Διατί οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ
οἱ τῶν Φαρισαίων νηστεύουσιν, οἱ δὲ σοὶ
μαθηταὶ οὐ νηστεύουσι; 10Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς
ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος,
ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ' αὐτῶν ἐστι, νηστεύειν;
ὅσον χρόνον μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἔχουσι τὸν νυμφίον,
οὐ δύνανται νηστεύειν. 20 Ελεύσονται δὲ
ἡμέραι, ὅταν ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ' αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος, καὶ
0
8
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
τότε νηστεύσουσιν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ. 21Οὐδεὶς
ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιῤῥάπτει ἐπὶ
ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ· εἰ δὲ μὴ, αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα
αὐτοῦ τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, καὶ χεῖρον
σχίσμα γίνεται. 22 Καὶ οὐδεὶς βάλλει οἶνον
νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς· εἰ δὲ μὴ, ῥήσσει ὁ
οἶνος ὁ νέος τοὺς ἀσκοὺς, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται,
καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπολοῦνται· ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς
ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς βλητέον.
0
23 ΚΑΙ ἐγένετο παραπορεύεσθαι αὐτὸν ἐν
τοῖς σάββασι διὰ τῶν σπορίμων· καὶ ἤρξαντο
οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ὁδὸν ποιεῖν τίλλοντες τοὺς
στάχυας. 24Καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἔλεγον αὐτῷ·
Ἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν ἐν τοῖς σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ
ἔξεστι; 25Καὶ αὐτὸς ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς· Οὐδέποτε
ἀνέγνωτε, τί ἐποίησε Δαβὶδ, ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχε,
καὶ ἐπείνασεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ; 26Πῶς
εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπὶ ᾿Αβιάθαρ
τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς προθέσεως
ἔφαγεν—οὓς οὐκ ἔξεστι φαγεῖν εἰ μὴ τοῖς
ἱερεῦσι—καὶ ἔδωκε καὶ τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ οὖσι;
27 Καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς· Τὸ σάββατον διὰ τὸν
ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο, οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ
σάββατον. 28Ωστε κύριός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ
ἀνθρώπου καὶ τοῦ σαββάτου.
CHAPTER III.
9
CHAP. III. Καὶ εἰσῆλθε πάλιν εἰς τὴν
συναγωγήν· καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπος ἐξηραμμένην
ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα· καὶ παρετήρουν αὐτὸν, εἰ
τοῖς σάββασι θεραπεύσει αὐτὸν, ἵνα κατηγορή-
σωσιν αὐτοῦ. Καὶ λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ
ἐξηραμμένην ἔχοντι τὴν χεῖρα· Ἔγειρε εἰς
τὸ μέσον. Καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· Ἔξεστι τοῖς
σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι, ἢ κακοποιῆσαι;
ψυχὴν σῶσαι, ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι; Οἱ δὲ ἐσιώπων.
5 Καὶ περιβλεψάμενος αὐτοὺς μετ᾿ ὀργῆς, συλ-
λυπούμενος ἐπὶ τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας
αὐτῶν, λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ· Ἔκτεινον τὴν
χεῖρά σου· καὶ ἐξέτεινε· καὶ ἀποκατεστάθη
ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἐξελθόντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι
εὐθέως μετὰ τῶν Ἡρωδιανῶν συμβούλιον
ἐποίουν κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ, ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσι.
0
8
Καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὑτοῦ ἀνε-
χώρησεν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν· καὶ πολὺ πλῆθος
ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ· καὶ
ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας, καὶ ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων,
καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰδουμαίας καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδαν-
ου, καὶ οἱ περὶ· Τύρον καὶ Σιδῶνα, πλῆθος
πολὺ, ἀκούσαντες ὅσα ἐποίει, ἦλθον πρὸς
αὐτόν. Καὶ εἶπε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὑτοῦ, ἵνα
πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον,
10
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
ἵνα μὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν. 10Πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπ-
ευσεν, ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ
ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας. 11 Καὶ τὰ πνεύ-
ματα τὰ ἀκάθαρτα, ὅταν αὐτὸν ἐθεώρει, προσ-
έπιπτεν αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζε, λέγοντα· Ὅτι σὺ εἶ
ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ. 12 Καὶ πολλὰ ἐπετίμα αὐτοῖς,
ἵνα μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσι.
A
0
13ΚΑΙ ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος, καὶ προσκαλ-
εῖται οὓς ἤθελεν αὐτός· καὶ ἀπῆλθον πρὸς αὖ-
τόν. 14Καὶ ἐποίησε δώδεκα, ἵνα ὦσι μετ' αὐτοῦ,
καὶ ἵνα ἀποστέλλῃ αὐτοὺς κηρύσσειν, 15 καὶ ἔχειν
ἐξουσίαν θεραπεύειν τὰς νόσους, καὶ ἐκβάλλειν
τὰ δαιμόνια. 16Καὶ ἐπέθηκε τῷ Σίμωνι ὄνομα
Πέτρον· 17 καὶ Ἰάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου,
καὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν ἀδελφὸν τοῦ Ἰακώβου· καὶ
ἐπέθηκεν αὐτοῖς ὀνόματα Βοανεργὲς, ὅ ἐστιν,
Υἱοὶ Βροντῆς· 18καὶ Ἀνδρέαν, καὶ Φίλιππον,
καὶ Βαρθολομαῖον, καὶ Ματθαῖον, καὶ Θωμᾶν,
καὶ Ἰάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Ἀλφαίου, καὶ Θαδδαῖον,
καὶ Σίμωνα τὸν Κανανίτην, 19 καὶ Ἰούδαν Ισ-
καριώτην, ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν.
20Καὶ ἔρχονται εἰς οἶκον· καὶ συνέρχεται
πάλιν ὄχλος, ὥστε μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μήδε
ἄρτον φαγεῖν. 21 Καὶ ἀκούσαντες οἱ παρ' αὐτοῦ
ἐξῆλθον κρατῆσαι αὐτόν· ἔλεγον γάρ· Ὅτι
CHAPTER III.
11
οι
ἐξέστη. 22 Καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς, οἱ ἀπὸ Ἱεροσο-
λύμων καταβάντες, ἔλεγον· Οτι Βεελζεβούλ
ἔχει, καὶ ὅτι ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκ-
βάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια. 23 Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος
αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς· Πῶς
δύναται Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν; 24Καὶ
ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δύναται
σταθῆναι ἡ βασιλεία ἐκείνη. 25 Καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία
ἐφ' ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι ἡ
οἰκία ἐκείνη. 26Καὶ εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ'
ἑαυτὸν καὶ μεμέρισται, οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι,
ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει. 2Οὐδεὶς δύναται τὰ σκεύη
τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ, εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ,
διαρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον τὸν ἰσχυρὸν δήσῃ·
καὶ τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει. 28’Αμὴν
λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι πάντα ἀφεθήσεται τὰ ἁμαρτή-
ματα τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ αἱ βλασ-
φημίαι ὅσας ἂν βλασφημήσωσιν· 29ὃς δ᾿ ἂν
βλασφημήσῃ εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, οὐκ ἔχει
ἄφεσιν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἀλλ᾽ ἔνοχός ἐστιν αἰωνίου
κρίσεως. 30′ Οτι ἔλεγον· Πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει,
31Ἔρχονται οὖν ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ
αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἔξω ἑστῶτες ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς
αὐτὸν, φωνοῦντες αὐτόν. 22Καὶ ἐκάθητο ὄχλος
περὶ αὐτόν· εἶπον δὲ αὐτῷ· Ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου,
12
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
I
καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου, ἔξω
ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς λέγων·
μου, ἢ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου;
μενος κύκλῳ τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸν καθημένους, λέγ-
ει Ἴδε ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου.
35^Ὃς γὰρ ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ,
οὗτος ἀδελφός μου, καὶ ἀδελφή μου, καὶ μήτηρ
ἐστί.
ζητοῦσί σε. 33Καὶ
Τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ
34Καὶ περιβλεψία
CHAP. IV. ΚΑΙ πάλιν ἤρξατο διδάσκειν
παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν· καὶ συνήχθη πρὸς αὐτὸν
ὄχλος πολὺς ὥστε αὐτὸν ἐμβάντα εἰς τὸ
πλοῖον καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ· καὶ πᾶς ὁ
ὄχλος πρὸς τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦν.
2Καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς πολλὰ,
καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὑτοῦ·
3Ακούετε· ἰδοὺ, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπεῖμ
αι. Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ μὲν ἔπεσε
παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν· καὶ ἦλθε τὰ πετεινὰ καὶ κατέ-
φαγεν αὐτό. 5Ἄλλο δὲ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ πετρ-·
ῶδες, ὅπου οὐκ εἶχε γῆν πολλήν· καὶ εὐθ-
έως ἐξανέτειλε, διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βάθος γῆς.
“Ηλίου δὲ ἀνατείλαντος, ἐκαυματίσθη, καὶ
διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν, ἐξηράνθη. Καὶ ἄλλο
ἔπεσεν εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας· καὶ ἀνέβησαν αἱ
ἄκανθαι, καὶ συνέπνιξαν αὐτὸ, καὶ καρπὸν οὐκ
CHAPTER IV.
13
ἔδωκε. Καὶ ἄλλο ἔπεσεν εἰς τὴν γῆν τὴν
καλήν· καὶ ἐδίδου καρπὸν ἀναβαίνοντα καὶ
αὐξάνοντα· καὶ ἔφερεν ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν
ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν. Καὶ ἔλεγεν· Ὁ
ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω. 10Οτε δὲ ἐγένετο
καταμόνας, ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν σὺν
τοῖς δώδεκα τὴν παραβολήν. 11Καὶ ἔλεγεν
αὐτοῖς· Ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὸ μυστήριον
τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ· ἐκείνοις δὲ τοῖς ἔξω
ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται. 12Ἵνα βλέπ-
οντες βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσι· καὶ ἀκούοντες
ἀκούωσι καὶ μὴ συνιῶσι· μήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσι,
καὶ ἀφεθῇ αὐτοῖς τὰ ἁμαρτήματα. 13Καὶ λέγει
αὐτοῖς· Οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην ;
καὶ πῶς πάσας τὰς παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε;
11 Ο· σπείρων τὸν λόγον σπείρει. 15Οὗτοι δέ
εἰσιν οἱ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν, ὅπου σπείρεται ὁ
λόγος· καὶ ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν, εὐθέως ἔρχεται
ὁ Σατανᾶς, καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐσπαρ-
μένον ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν. 16 Καὶ οὗτοί
εἰσιν ὁμοίως οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι, ε,
ὅταν ἀκούσωσι τὸν λόγον, εὐθέως μετὰ χαρᾶς
λαμβάνουσιν αὐτόν· 17 καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσι ῥίζαν
ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιροί εἰσιν· εἶτα, γεν-
ομένης θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον,
T
14
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
εὐθέως σκανδαλίζονται. 18Καὶ οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ
εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ
τὸν λόγον ἀκούοντες. 19Καὶ αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ
αἰῶνος, καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου, καὶ αἱ περὶ
τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι εἰσπορευόμεναι συμπνίγ-
ουσι τὸν λόγον, καὶ ἄκαρπος γίνεται. 20Καὶ
οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρ-
έντες, οἵτινες ἀκούουσι τὸν λόγον καὶ παρα-
δέχονται, καὶ καρποφοροῦσιν ἓν τριάκοντα,
καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν. 21 Καὶ ἔλεγεν
αὐτοῖς· Μήτι ὁ λύχνος ἔρχεται, ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν
μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην; οὐχ ἵνα ἐπὶ
τὴν λυχνίαν ἐπιτεθῇ ; 22Οὐ γάρ ἐστί τι κρυπ-
τὸν, ὃ ἐὰν μὴ φανερωθῇ· οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφ-
ον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ. 23Εἴ τις ἔχει
ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω. 24Καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς·
Βλέπετε, τί ἀκούετε. Ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε,
μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, [καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν
τοῖς ἀκούουσιν.] 25Ὃς γὰρ ἂν ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται
αὐτῷ· καὶ ὃς οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται
ἀπ' αὐτοῦ. 20Καὶ ἔλεγεν· Οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ
βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὡς ἐὰν ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ
τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, 27 καὶ καθεύδῃ καὶ
ἐγείρηται νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν, καὶ ὁ σπόρος
βλαστάνῃ καὶ μηκύνηται, ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός·
0
CHAPTER IV.
15.
0
28 αὐτοματη γὰρ ἡ γῆ καρποφορεῖ πρῶτον χόρτον,
εἶτα στάχυν, εἶτα πλήρη σῖτον ἐν τῷ στάχυϊ.
20'Οταν δὲ παραδῷ ὁ καρπὸς, εὐθέως ἀποστέλ-
λει τὸ δρέπανον, ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός.
30Καὶ ἔλεγε· Τίνι ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν βασιλείαν
τοῦ Θεοῦ; ἢ ἐν ποίᾳ παραβολῇ παραβάλ-
ὦμεν αὐτήν; 31Ως κόκκον σινάπεως, ὃς, ὅταν
σπαρῇ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, μικρότερος πάντων τῶν
σπερμάτων ἐστὶ τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς• 32καὶ ὅταν
σπαρῇ, ἀναβαίνει, καὶ γίνεται πάντων τῶν
λαχάνων μείζων, καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους,
ὥστε δύνασθαι ὑπὸ τὴν σκιὰν αὐτοῦ τὰ πε-
τεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνοῦν. 33 Καὶ τοι-
αύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν
λόγον, καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν. Χωρὶς δὲ
παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς· κατ᾿ ἰδίαν δὲ
τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὑτοῦ ἐπέλυε πάντα.
34
35ΚΑΙ λέγει αὐτοῖς ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρα, ὀψίας
γενομένης· Διέλθωμεν εἰς τὸ πέραν. 36Καὶ
ἀφέντες τὸν ὄχλον παραλαμβάνουσιν αὐτὸν, ὡς
ἦν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ· καὶ ἄλλα δὲ πλοῖα ἦν μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ.
37Καὶ γίνεται λαίλαψ ἀνέμου μεγάλη· τὰ δὲ
κύματα ἐπέβαλλεν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, ὥστε αὐτὸ
ἤδη γεμίζεσθαι. 38 Καὶ ἦν αὐτὸς ἐν τῇ πρύμνῃ,
ἐπὶ τὸ προσκεφάλαιον καθεύδων· καὶ διεγείρ-
16
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
0
ουσιν αὐτὸν, καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· Διδάσκαλε,
οὐ μέλει σοι, ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα ; 39 Καὶ διεγερ-
θεὶς ἐπετίμησε τῷ ἀνέμῳ, καὶ εἶπε τῇ θαλάσσῃ·
Σιώπα, πεφίμωσο. Καὶ ἐκόπασεν ὁ ἄνεμος,
καὶ ἐγένετο γαλήνη μεγάλη. 40Καὶ εἶπεν αὐ-
τοῖς· Τί δειλοί ἐστε οὕτω ; πῶς οὐκ ἔχετε
πίστιν ; 41Καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον μέγαν,
καὶ ἔλεγον πρὸς ἀλλήλους· Τίς ἄρα οὗτός
ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακού-
ουσιν αὐτῷ;
CHAP. V. Καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς
θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν.
Καὶ ἐξελθόντι αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου, εὐθέως
ἀπήντησεν αὐτῷ ἐκ τῶν μνημείων ἄνθρωπος
ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ· 3ὃς τὴν κατοίκησιν
εἶχεν ἐν τοῖς μνήμασι, καὶ οὔδε ἁλύσεσιν
οὐδεὶς ἠδύνατο αὐτὸν δῆσαι· 4διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν
πολλάκις πέδαις καὶ ἁλύσεσι δεδέσθαι, καὶ
διεσπᾶσθαι ὑπ' αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις, καὶ τὰς
πέδας συντετρίφθαι· καὶ οὐδεὶς αὐτὸν ἴσχυε
δαμάσαι. Καὶ διαπαντὸς, νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας,
ἐν τοῖς μνήμασι καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἦν κράζων,
καὶ κατακόπτων ἑαυτὸν λίθοις. ΕἸδὼν δὲ τὸν
Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἔδραμε, καὶ προσε-
κύνησεν αὐτῷ· Καὶ κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ
5
ע
kondi
CHAPTER V.
17
οι
εἶπε· Τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοὶ, Ἰησοῦ, υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ
τοῦ ὑψίστου; ὁρκίζω σε τὸν Θεὸν, μή με
βασανίσῃς. 8Ἔλεγε γὰρ αὐτῷ· Ἔξελθε τὸ
πνεῦμα τὸ ἀκάθαρτον ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Καὶ
ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν· Τί σοι ὄνομα; καὶ λέγει
αὐτῷ· Λεγεὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν.
10[Καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτὸν πολλὰ, ἵνα μὴ αὐτοὺς
ἀποστείλῃ ἔξω τῆς χώρας. 11Ην δὲ ἐκεῖ πρὸς
τῷ ὄρει ἀγέλη χοίρων μεγάλη βοσκομένη.
12Καὶ παρεκάλεσαν αὐτὸν οἱ δαίμονες, λέγοντες·
Πέμψον ἡμᾶς εἰς τοὺς χοίρους, ἵνα εἰς αὐτοὺς
εἰσέλθωμεν. 13Καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς εὐθέως
ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Καὶ ἐξελθόντα τὰ πνεύματα τὰ
ἀκάθαρτα εἰσῆλθον εἰς τοὺς χοίρους· καὶ
ὥρμησεν ἡ ἀγέλη κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ εἰς τὴν
θάλασσαν(ἦσαν δὲ ὡς δισχίλιοι)· καὶ ἐπνίγοντο
ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ. 14Οἱ δὲ βόσκοντες αὐτοὺς
ἔφυγον, καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς
τοὺς ἀγρούς. Καὶ ἐξῆλθον ἰδεῖν, τί ἐστι τὸ
γεγονός. 15 Καὶ ἔρχονται πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν,
καὶ θεωροῦσι τὸν δαιμονιζόμενον καθήμενον καὶ
ἱματισμένον καὶ σωφρονοῦντα, τὸν ἐσχηκότα
τὸν λεγεῶνα· καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν. 16Καὶ διηγ-
ήσαντο αὐτοῖς οἱ ἰδόντες, πῶς ἐγένετο τῷ δαι-
μονιζομένῳ, καὶ περὶ τῶν χοίρων. 17 Καὶ
ΤΟ
Μαντα
C
18
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
0
ἤρξαντο παρακαλεῖν αὐτὸν ἀπελθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν
ὁρίων αὐτῶν. 18Καὶ ἐμβάντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ
πλοῖον, παρεκάλει αὐτὸν ὁ δαιμονισθεὶς, ἵνα ᾖ
μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ. 19 Καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτὸν, ἀλλὰ
λέγει αὐτῷ· Ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου πρὸς
τοὺς σοὺς, καὶ ἀνάγγειλον αὐτοῖς, ὅσα σοι δ
Κύριος πεποίηκεν, καὶ ἠλέησέ σε. 2015 αί
ἀπῆλθε, καὶ ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν ἐν τῇ Δεκαπόλει,
ὅσα ἐποίησεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· καὶ πάντες
ἐθαύμαζον.
2ΚΑΙ διαπεράσαντος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ
πλοίῳ πάλιν εἰς τὸ πέραν, συνήχθη ὄχλος
πολὺς ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν· καὶ ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασ-
σαν. 22 Καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται εἷς τῶν ἀρχ
ισυναγώγων, ὀνόματι Ιάειρος· καὶ ἰδῶν αὐτὸν
πίπτει πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ. 23 Καὶ παρε-
κάλει αὐτὸν πολλὰ, λέγων· Ὅτι τὸ θυγάτριόν
μου ἐσχάτως ἔχει· ἵνα ἐλθὼν ἐπιθῇς αὐτῇ τὰς
χεῖρας, ὅπως σωθῇ· καὶ ζήσεται. 24Καὶ
ἀπῆλθε μετ' αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ὄχλος
πολὺς, καὶ συνέθλιβον αὐτόν. 25 Καὶ γυνή τις
οὖσα ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος ἔτη δώδεκα, 26 καὶ
πολλὰ παθοῦσα ὑπὸ πολλῶν ἰατρῶν, καὶ
δαπανήσασα τὰ παρ' αὐτῆς πάντα, καὶ μηδὲν
ὠφεληθεῖσα, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον εἰς τὸ χεῖρον
CHAPTER V.
19
0
ἐλθοῦσα, ἀκούσασα περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἐλθα
οῦσα ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ ὄπισθεν, ἥψατο τοῦ ἱματίου
αὐτοῦ. 26 Ελεγε γὰρ, Οτι κἂν τῶν ἱματίων
αὐτοῦ ἅψωμαι, σωθήσομαι. 29 Καὶ εὐθέως
ἐξηράνθη ἡ πηγὴ τοῦ αἵματος αὐτῆς· καὶ
ἔγνω τῷ σώματι ὅτι ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος.
30[αὶ εὐθέως ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐπιγνοὺς ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὴν
ἐξ αὑτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν, ἐπιστραφεὶς ἐν
τῷ ὄχλῳ, ἔλεγε· Τίς μου ἥψατο τῶν ἱματίων;
31 [αὶ ἔλεγον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ· Βλέπεις
τὸν ὄχλον συνθλίβοντά σε, καὶ λέγεις· Τίς
μου ἥψατο; 32Καὶ περιεβλέπετο ἰδεῖν τὴν
τοῦτο ποιήσασαν. 33Ἡ δὲ γυνὴ, φοβηθεῖσα
καὶ τρέμουσα, εἰδυῖα ὃ γέγονεν ἐπ' αὐτῇ, ἦλθε
καὶ προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν
τὴν ἀλήθειαν. 34 Ο δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῇ· Θύγατερ,
ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέ σε· ὕπαγε εἰς εἰρήνην,
καὶ ἴσθι ὑγιὴς ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγός σου.
36"Ετι
αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος, ἔρχονται ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχι-
συναγώγου, λέγοντες· Οτι ἡ θυγάτηρ σου
ἀπέθανε· τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον ;
3Ο δὲ Ἰησοῦς εὐθέως, ἀκούσας τὸν λόγον
λαλούμενον, λέγει τῷ ἀρχισυναγώγῳ· Μὴ
φοβοῦ, μόνον πίστευε. Καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν
οὐδένα αὑτῷ συνακολουθῆσαι, εἰ μὴ Πέτρον
27
C 2
20
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
T
καὶ Ἰάκωβον καὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ια-
κώβου. Καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ
ἀρχισυναγώγου, καὶ θεωρεῖ θόρυβοι, κλαί-
οντας καὶ ἀλαλάζοντας πολλά. Καὶ εἰσ-
ελθών λέγει αὐτοῖς· Τί θορυβεῖσθε καὶ
κλαίετε; τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ
καθεύδει. 40 Καὶ κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ· ὁ δὲ ἐκ-
βαλὼν πάντας, παραλαμβάνει τὸν πατέρα τοῦ
παιδίου καὶ τὴν μητέρα καὶ τοὺς μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ,
καὶ εἰσπορεύεται, ὅπου ἦν τὸ παιδίον. 41 Καὶ
κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ παιδίου λέγει αὐτῇ·
Ταλιθὰ, κοῦμι· ὅ ἐστι μεθερμηνευόμενον· Τὸ
κοράσιον, σοὶ λέγω, ἔγειρε. 42Καὶ εὐθέως
ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον, καὶ περιεπάτει· ἦν γὰρ
ἐτῶν δώδεκα· καὶ ἐξέστησαν ἐκστάσει μεγάλῃ.
43Καὶ διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ, ἵνα μηδεὶς
γνῷ τοῦτο· καὶ εἶπε δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν.
CEAP. VI. ΚΑΙ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ ἦλθεν
εἰς τὴν πατριδα αὑτοῦ· καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσιν αὐτῷ
οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ. 2Καὶ γενομένου σαββάτου,
ἤρξατο ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ διδάσκειν· καὶ πολλοὶ
ἀκούοντες ἐξεπλήσσοντο, λέγοντες· Πόθεν τού-
τῳ ταῦτα; καὶ τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα αὐτῷ;
καὶ δυνάμεις τοιαῦται διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ γίν
ονται ; Οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς Μαρ-
0
CHAPTER VI.
21
ίας, ἀδελφὸς δὲ Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆ, καὶ
Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος ; καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφ-
αὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς; καὶ ἐσκανδαλίζοντο
ἐν αὐτῷ. 4Ἔλεγε δὲ αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Οτι
οὐκ ἔστι προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῇ πατρίδι
αὑτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς συγγενέσι, καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ
αὑτοῦ. Καὶ οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἐκεῖ οὐδεμίαν δύνα-
μιν ποιῆσαι, εἰ μὴ ὀλίγοις ἀῤῥώστοις ἐπιθεὶς
τὰς χεῖρας ἐθεράπευσε. Καὶ ἐθαύμαζε διὰ τὴν
ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν. Καὶ περιῆγε τὰς κώμας
κύκλῳ διδάσκων.
8
* Καὶ προσκαλεῖται τοὺς δώδεκα, καὶ ἤρξατο
αὐτοὺς ἀποστέλλειν δύο δύο· καὶ ἐδίδου αὐτοῖς
ἐξουσίαν τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν ἀκαθάρτων,
καὶ παρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μηδὲν αἴρωσιν εἰς
ὁδὸν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον· μὴ πήραν, μὴ ἄρτον,
μὴ εἰς τὴν ζώνην χαλκόν· ἀλλ' ὑποδεδεμένους
σανδάλια· καὶ μὴ ἐνδύσησθε δύο χιτῶνας· 10 καὶ
ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς· "Οπου ἐὰν εἰσέλθητε εἰς οἰκίαν,
ἐκεῖ μένετε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε ἐκεῖθεν. 11 Καὶ ὅσοι
ἂν μὴ δέξωνται ὑμᾶς μηδὲ ἀκούσωσιν ὑμῶν,
ἐκπορευόμενοι ἐκεῖθεν ἐκτινάξατε τὸν χοῦν τὸν
ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν, εἰς μαρτύριον αὖ-
τοῖς. [ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται,
Σοδόμοις ἢ Γομόῤῥοις ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως, ἢ τῇ
22
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
πόλει ἐκείνῃ.] 12Καὶ ἐξελθόντες ἐκήρυσσον,
ἵνα μετανοήσωσι· 13καὶ δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέ-
βαλλον, καὶ ἤλειφον ἐλαίῳ πολλοὺς ἀῤῥώστους,
καὶ ἐθεράπευον.
ó
14ΚΑΙ ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρώδης, (φαντ
ρὸν γὰρ ἐγένετο τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ,) καὶ ἔλεγει·
Οτι Ιωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐκ νεκρῶν ἠγέρθη,
καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐνεργοῦσιν αἱ δυνάμεις ἐν αὐτῷ.
15Ἄλλοι ἔλεγον· Οτι Ἠλίας ἐστίν· ἄλλοι
δὲ ἔλεγον· Οτι προφήτης ἐστὶν ὡς εἷς τῶν
προφητῶν. 16Ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ ῾Ηρώδης, εἶπεν·
Οτι ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα Ἰωάννην, οὗτος
ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν. 1Αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ Ἡρώδης
ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησε τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν
αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ, διὰ ῾Ηρωδιάδα, τὴν γυναῖκα
Φιλίππου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὑτοῦ, ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμ-
ησεν. 18 Ελεγε γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης τῷ Ἡρώδῃ·
"Οτι οὐκ ἔξεστί σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ
ἀδελφοῦ σου· 15Η δὲ Ἡρωδιὰς ἐνεῖχεν
αὐτῷ, καὶ ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι, καὶ οὐκ
ἠδύνατο. 20Ὁ γὰρ Ηρώδης ἐφοβεῖτο τὸν
Ἰωάννην, εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον·
καὶ σ συνετήρει αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀκούσας αὐτοῦ, πολλὰ
ἐποίει, καὶ ἡδέως αὐτοῦ ἤκουε. 21 Καὶ γενομένης
ἡμέρας εὐκαίρου, ὅτε ῾Ηρώδης τοῖς γενεσίοις
J
CHAPTER VI.
23
00
αὑτοῦ δεῖπνον ἐποίει τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ,
καὶ τοῖς χιλιάρχοις, καὶ τοῖς πρώτοις τῆς
Γαλιλαίας· 22 καὶ εἰσελθούσης τῆς θυγατρὸς
αὐτῆς τῆς Ἡρωδιάδος, καὶ ὀρχησαμένης, καὶ
ἀρεσάσης τῷ Ηρώδῃ καὶ τοῖς συνανακειμένοις,
εἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῷ κορασίῳ· Αἴτησόν με, ὃ
ἐὰν θέλῃς, καὶ δώσω σοί. 23 Καὶ ὤμοσεν αὐτῇ·
Οτι ὃ ἐάν με αἰτήσῃς, δώσω σοὶ, ἕως ἡμίσους
τῆς βασιλείας μου. 24Η δὲ ἐξελθοῦσα, εἶπε
τῇ μητρὶ αὑτῆς· Τί αἰτήσομαι ; ἡ δὲ εἶπε·
Τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ· 25 καὶ
εἰσελθοῦσα εὐθέως μετὰ σπουδῆς πρὸς τὸν
βασιλέα, ᾐτήσατο, λέγουσα· Θέλω ἵνα μοι
δῷς ἐξαυτῆς ἐπὶ πίνακι τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου
τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ. 26 Καὶ περίλυπος γενόμενος ὁ
βασιλεὺς διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμ-
ένους οὐκ ἠθέλησεν αὐτὴν ἀθετῆσαι. Καὶ
εὐθέως ἀποστείλας ὁ βασιλεὺς σπεκουλάτωρα
ἐπέταξεν ἐνεχθῆναι τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 26Ὁ
δὲ ἀπελθὼν ἀπεκεφάλισεν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ,
καὶ ἤνεγκε τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ
ἔδωκεν αὐτὴν τῷ κορασίῳ· καὶ τὸ κοράσιον
ἔδωκεν αὐτὴν τῇ μητρὶ αὑτῆς. 20 Καὶ ἀκού-
σαντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἦλθον, καὶ ᾖραν τὸ
πτῶμα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔθηκαν αὐτὴ ἐν μνημείῳ.
ΤΟ
24
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL,
▸
30ΚΑΙ συνάγονται οἱ ἀπόστολοι πρὸς τὸν
Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν αὐτῷ πάντα, καὶ ὅσα
ἐποίησαν, καὶ ὅσα ἐδίδαξαν. 31 Καὶ εἶπεν αὐ-
τοῖς· Δεῦτε ὑμεῖς αὐτοὶ κατ' ἰδίαν εἰς ἔρημον
τόπον, καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε ὀλίγον· ἦσαν γὰρ οἱ
ἐρχόμενοι καὶ οἱ ὑπάγοντες πολλοί· καὶ οὐδὲ
φαγεῖν ηὐκαίρουν. 33 Καὶ ἀπῆλθον εἰς ἔρημον
τόπον τῷ πλοίῳ κατ᾿ ἰδίαν. 33 Καὶ εἶδον αὖ-
τοὺς ὑπάγοντας· καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν πολλοί· καὶ
πεζῇ ἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν πόλεων συνέδραμον ἐκεῖ.
34[αὶ ἐξελθὼν εἶδεν πολὺν ὄχλον, καὶ ἐσπλαγχν-
ίσθη ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς, ὅτι ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ
ἔχοντα ποιμένα· καὶ ἤρξατο διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς
πολλά. 35 Καὶ ἤδη ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης,
προσελθόντες αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, λέγουσιν·
"Οτι ἔρημός ἐστιν ὁ τόπος, καὶ ἤδη ὥρα πολλή·
8 ἀπόλυσον αὐτοὺς, ἵνα ἀπελθόντες εἰς τοὺς
κύκλῳ ἀγροὺς καὶ κώμας, ἀγοράσωσιν ἑαυτοῖς
ἄρτους· τί γὰρ φάγωσιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν. 37 ῾Ο
δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς
φαγεῖν. Καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· Ἀπελθόντες
ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ
δῶμεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν; 38Ο δὲ λέγει αὐτοῖς·
Πόσους ἄρτους ἔχετε; ὑπάγετε, καὶ ἴδετε.
Καὶ γνόντες, λέγουσι· Πέντε, καὶ δύο ἰχθύας.
C
30
CHAPTER VI.
25
39Καὶ ἐπέταξεν αὐτοῖς ἀνακλῖναι πάντας, συμ-
πόσια συμπόσια, ἐπὶ τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ. 40Καὶ
ἀνέπεσον πρασιαὶ πρασιαὶ, ἀνὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ ἀνὰ
πεντήκοντα. 41Καὶ λαβὼν τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους
καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας, ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρα-
νὸν, εὐλόγησε καὶ κατέκλασε τοὺς ἄρτους, καὶ
ἐδίδου τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὑτοῦ, ἵνα παραθῶσιν
αὐτοῖς· καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας ἐμέρισε πᾶσι.
42Καὶ ἔφαγον πάντες, καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν·
43καὶ ἦραν κλασμάτων δώδεκα κοφίνους πλή-
ρεις, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἰχθύων. 4Καὶ ἦσαν οἱ
φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες.
45 Καὶ εὐθέως ἠνάγκασε τοὺς μαθητὰς αὑτοῦ
ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοίον, καὶ προάγειν εἰς τὸ
πέραν πρὸς Βηθσαιδὰν, ἕως αὐτὸς ἀπολύσῃ
τὸν ὄχλον. 46Καὶ ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς, ἀπῆλθ-
εν εἰς τὸ ὄρος προσεύξασθαι. 47 Καὶ ὀψίας
γενομένης, ἦν τὸ πλοῖον ἐν μέσῳ τῆς θαλάσσης,
καὶ αὐτὸς μόνος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 48 Καὶ εἶδεν
αὐτοὺς βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν· ἦν γὰρ
ὁ ἄνεμος ἐναντίος αὐτοῖς· καὶ περὶ τετάρτην
φυλακὴν τῆς νυκτὸς ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτοὺς,
περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης· καὶ ἤθελε
παρελθεῖν αὐτούς. 49Οἱ δὲ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν περι-
τατοῦντα ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης ἔδοξαν φάντασμα
}
-
-
25
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
εἶναι, καὶ ἀνέκραξαν. 50Πάντες γὰρ αὐτὸν
εἶδον, καὶ ἐταράχθησαν. Καὶ εὐθέως ἐλάλησε
μετ' αὐτῶν, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· Θαρσεῖτε· ἐγώ
εἰμι· μὴ φοβεῖσθε, 51Καὶ ἀνέβη πρὸς αὐτοὺς
εἰς τὸ πλοῖον· καὶ ἐκόπασεν ὁ ἄνεμος, καὶ
λίαν ἐκ περισσοῦ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἐξίσταντο, καὶ
ἐθαύμαζον. 52 Οὐ γὰρ συνῆκαν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις·
ἦν γὰρ ἡ καρδία αὐτῶν πεπωρωμένη. 53 Καὶ
διαπεράσαντες ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν Γεννησαρὲτ,
καὶ προσωρμίσθησαν.
,
Καὶ ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου,
εὐθέως ἐπιγνόντες αὐτὸν, 5περιδραμόντες ὅλην
τὴν περίχωρον ἐκείνην, ἤρξαντο ἐπὶ τοῖς κραβ-
βάτοις τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας περιφέρειν, ὅπου
ἤκουον ὅτι ἐκεῖ ἐστι. 56[αὶ ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο
εἰς κώμας, ἢ πόλεις, ἢ ἀγροὺς, ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς
ἐτίθουν τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας, καὶ παρεκάλουν
αὐτὸν, ἵνα κἂν τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ
ἅψωνται· καὶ ὅσοι ἂν ἥπτοντο αὐτοῦ, ἐσώζοντο,
CHAP. VII. 1ΚΑΙ συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν
οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, καί τινες τῶν Γραμματέων, ἐλθόν-
τες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων. 2Καὶ ἰδόντες τινὰς τῶν
μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ κοιναῖς χερσὶ, τοῦτ' ἔστιν
ἀνίπτοις, ἐσθίοντας ἄρτους -3οἱ γὰρ Φαρι-
παῖοι καὶ πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, ἐὰν μὴ πυγμῇ
CHAPTER VII.
27
νίψωνται τὰς χεῖρας, οὐκ ἐσθίουσι, κρατοῦντες
τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων· 4καὶ ἀπὸ
ἀγορᾶς, ἐὰν μὴ βαπτίσωνται, οὐκ ἐσθίουσι·
καὶ ἄλλα πολλά ἐστιν, ἃ παρέλαβον κρατεῖν,
βαπτισμοὺς ποτηρίων, καὶ ξεστῶν καὶ χαλκ-
ίων, καὶ κλινῶν·——5 ἔπειτα ἐπερωτῶσιν αὐτὸν
οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ Γραμματεῖς· διατί οἱ
μαθηταί σου οὐ περιπατοῦσι κατὰ τὴν παρά-
δοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ κοιναῖς χερσὶν
ἐσθίουσι τὸν ἄρτον; 6Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν
αὐτοῖς· Οτι καλῶς προεφήτευσεν Ησαΐας
περὶ ὑμῶν τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, ὡς γέγραπται·
Οὗτος ὁ λαὸς τοῖς χείλεσί με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία
αὐτῶν πόῤῥω ἀπέχει ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ. Μάτην δὲ
σέβονταί με, διδάσκοντες διδασκαλίας, ἐντάλ-
ματα ἀνθρώπων. 8Αφέντες γὰρ τὴν ἐντολὴν
τοῦ Θεοῦ, κρατεῖτε τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπ-
ων, βαπτισμοὺς ξεστῶν καὶ ποτηρίων· καὶ
ἄλλα παρόμοια τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ποιεῖτε. Καὶ
9
ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς· Καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν
τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε.
10Μωσῆς γὰρ εἶπε· Τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου
καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου· καί· Ὁ κακολογῶν
πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω. 11Ὑμεῖς
δὲ λέγετε· 'Ἐὰν εἴπῃ ἄνθρωπος τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ
28
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
0
μητρι· Κορβᾶν, ὅ ἐστι δῶρον, ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ
ὠφεληθῇς· 12καὶ οὐκέτι ἀφίετε αὐτὸν οὐδὲν
ποιῆσαι τῷ πατρὶ αὑτοῦ, ἢ τῇ μητρὶ αὑτοῦ,
13ἀκυροῦντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ τῇ παρα-
δόσει ὑμῶν, ᾗ παρεδώκατε· καὶ παρόμοια
τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ποιεῖτε. 14Καὶ προσκαλεσά-
μενος πάντα τὸν ὄχλον, ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς· Ἀκούετέ
μου πάντες, καὶ συνίετε. 15Οὐδέν ἐστιν ἔξωθεν
τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς αὐτὸν, ὃ
δύναται αὐτὸν κοινῶσαι· ἀλλὰ τὰ ἐκπορευόμενα
ἀπ' αὐτοῦ, ἐκεῖνά ἐστι τὰ κοινοῦντα τὸν ἄνθρωπ-
ον. 16 ἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω. 17Καὶ
ὅτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς οἶκον ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ἐπηρώτων
αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ περὶ τῆς παραβολῆς.
18Καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· Οὕτω καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί
ἐστε; Οὐνοεῖτε, ὅτι πᾶν τὸ ἔξωθεν εἰσπορευόμενον
εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὐ δύναται αὐτὸν κοινῶσαι;
19 Οτι οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν,
ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν· καὶ εἰς τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα
ἐκπορεύεται, καθαρίζον πάντα τὰ βρώματα.
0Ἔλεγε δέ· Οτι τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ-
πορευόμενον, ἐκεῖνο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον.
21Ἔσωθεν γὰρ ἐκ τῆς καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων
οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται, μοιχεῖαι,
πορνεῖαι, φόνοι, 22κλοπαὶ, πλεονεξίαι, πονηρ-
ΤΟ
Η
CHAPTER VII.
29
ἴαι, δόλος, ἀσέλγεια, ὀφθαλμὸς πονηρὸς,
βλασφημία, ὑπερηφανία, ἀφροσύνη. 23Πάντα
ταῦτα τὰ πονηρὰ ἔσωθεν ἐκπορεύεται, καὶ
κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον.
24ΚΑΙ ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς, ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὰ
μεθόρια Τύρου καὶ Σιδῶνος· καὶ εἰσελθὼν
εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν οὐδένα ἤθελε γνῶναι· καὶ
οὐκ ἠδυνήθη λαθεῖν. 25 Ακούσασα γὰρ γυνὴ
περὶ αὐτοῦ, ἧς εἶχε τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς
πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον, ἐλθοῦσα προσέπεσε πρὸς
τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ. 26*Ην δὲ ἡ γυνὴ Ἑλ-
Ελ-
ληνὶς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει· καὶ ἠρώτα
αὐτὸν, ἵνα τὸ δαιμόνιον ἐκβάλῃ ἐκ τῆς θυγατρὸς
αὑτῆς. 2 Ο δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῇ· ῎Αφες
πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα· οὐ γὰρ καλόν
ἐστι λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ βαλεῖν
τοῖς κυναρίοις. 20 Η δὲ ἀπεκρίθη, καὶ λέγει
αὐτῷ· Ναὶ, Κύριε· καὶ γὰρ τὰ κυνάρια
ὑποκάτω τῆς τραπέζης ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων
τῶν παιδίων. 29Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ· Διὰ τοῦτον
τὸν λόγον ὕπαγε· ἐξελήλυθε τὸ δαιμόνιον ἐκ
τῆς θυγατρός σου. 30 Καὶ ἀπελθοῦσα εἰς τὸν
οἶκον αὑτῆς εὗρε τὸ δαιμόνιον ἐξεληλυθὸς, καὶ
τὴν θυγατέρα βεβλημένην ἐπὶ τῆς κλίνης,
του
31 Καὶ πάλιν ἐξελθὼν ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων Τύρου καὶ
30
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
Σιδῶνος, ἦλθε εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλιλαίας,
ἀνὶ μέσον τῶν ὁρίων Δεκαπόλεως. 32 Καὶ
φέρουσιν αὐτῷ κωφὸν μογιλάλον, καὶ παρα-
καλοῦσιν αὐτὸν, ἵνα ἐπιθῇ αὐτῷ τὴν χεῖρα.
33 [αὶ ἀπολαβόμενος αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου κατ’
ἰδίαν, ἔβαλε τοὺς δακτύλους αὑτοῦ εἰς τὰ ὦτα
αὐτοῦ· καὶ πτύσας ἥψατο τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ·
34καὶ ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, ἐστέναξε,
καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· Ἐφφαθὰ, ὅ ἐστι διανοίχθητι.
35 Καὶ εὐθέως διηνοίχθησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαὶ, καὶ
ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐλάλει
ὀρθῶς. 36Καὶ διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μηδενὶ
εἴπωσιν· ὅσον δὲ αὐτὸς αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο,
μᾶλλον περισσότερον ἐκήρυσσον. 37 Καὶ ὑπερ-
περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο, λέγοντες· Καλῶς
πάντα πεποίηκε· καὶ τοὺς κωφοὺς ποιεῖ
ἀκούειν, καὶ τοὺς ἀλάλους λαλεῖν.
CHAP. VIII. 1Ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις,
παμπόλλου ὄχλου ὄντος, καὶ μὴ ἐχόντων τί
φάγωσι, προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς μαθητὰς αὑτοῦ,
λέγει αὐτοῖς • Σπλαγχνίζομαι ἐπὶ τὸν ὄχλον,
ὅτι ἤδη ἡμέρας τρεῖς προσμένουσί μοι, καὶ οὐκ
ἔχουσι τί φάγωσι. Καὶ ἐὰν ἀπολύσω αὐτοὺς
νήστεις εἰς οἶκον αὑτῶν, ἐκλυθήσονται ἐν τῇ
ὁδῷ· τινὲς γὰρ αὐτῶν μακρόθεν ἥκουσι. 4Καὶ
**1
CHAPTER VIII.
31
1
T
ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ· Πόθεν
τούτους δυνήσεταί τις ὧδε χορτάσαι ἄρτων ἐπ᾽
ἐρημίας ; Καὶ ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς· Πόσους ἔχετε
ἄρτους ; οἱ δὲ εἶπον· ‘Επτά. 6Καὶ παρήγγειλε
τῷ ὄχλῳ ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· καὶ λαβὼν
τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους, εὐχαριστήσας ἔκλασε, καὶ
ἐδίδου τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὑτοῦ, ἵνα παραθῶσι·
καὶ παρέθηκαν τῷ ὄχλῳ. Καὶ εἶχον ἰχθύδια
ὀλίγα· καὶ εὐλογήσας εἶπε παραθεῖναι καὶ
αὐτά. 8"Εφαγον δὲ καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν· καὶ
ᾖραν περισσεύματα κλασμάτων, ἑπτὰ σπυρ-
ίδας. 9 Ησαν δὲ οἱ φαγόντες ὡς τετρακισ-
χίλιοι· καὶ ἀπέλυσεν αὐτούς.
231
10ΚΑΙ εὐθέως ἐμβὰς εἰς τὸ πλοῖον μετὰ τῶν
μαθητῶν αὑτοῦ, ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά.
11 Καὶ ἐξῆλθον οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ ἤρξαντο συζητ-
εῖν αὐτῷ, ζητοῦντες παρ' αὐτοῦ σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ
οὐρανοῦ, πειράζοντες αὐτόν. 12Καὶ ἀναστενάξας
τῷ πνεύματι αὑτοῦ λέγει· Τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη
σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ; ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, εἰ δοθήσεται
τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον. 13Καὶ ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς,
ἐμβὰς πάλιν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸ
πέραν. 14Καὶ ἐπελάθοντο λαβεῖν ἄρτους, καὶ
εἰ μὴ ἕνα ἄρτον οὐκ εἶχον μεθ' ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῷ
πλοίῳ. 15 Καὶ διεστέλλετο αὐτοῖς, λέγων·
32
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
0
Ορᾶτε, βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων,
καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ηρώδου. 16Καὶ διελογίζοντο
πρὸς ἀλλήλους, λέγοντες· Ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ
ἔχομεν. 17Καὶ γνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, λέγει αὐτοῖς·
Τί διαλογίζεσθε, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε; οὔπω
νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε; ἔτι πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε
τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν ; 18Οφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες οὐ
βλέπετε; καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες οὐκ ἀκούετε; καὶ οὐ
μνημονεύετε; 19Οτε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους ἔκλασα
εἰς τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους, πόσους κοφίνους
πλήρεις κλασμάτων ἤρατε; Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ·
Δώδεκα. 20Οτε δὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ εἰς τοὺς τετρ-
ακισχιλίους, πόσων σπυρίδων πληρώματα
κλασμάτων ᾔρατε; Οἱ δὲ εἶπον· Ἑπτά.
21 Καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς· Πῶς οὐ συνίετε ;
22Καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς Βηθσαϊδὰν, καὶ φέρουσιν
αὐτῷ τυφλὸν, καὶ παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν, ἵα
αὐτοῦ ἅψηται. 23 Καὶ ἐπιλαβόμενος τῆς χειρὸς
τοῦ τυφλοῦ ἐξήγαγεν αὐτὸν ἔξω τῆς κώμης·
καὶ πτύσας εἰς τὰ ὄμματα αὐτοῦ, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς
χεῖρας αὐτῷ, ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν, εἴ τι βλέπει.
24Καὶ ἀναβλέψας ἔλεγε· Βλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπ-
ους, ὡς δένδρα, περιπατούντας. 25 Εἶτα πάλιν
ἐπέθηκε τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ,
καὶ ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν ἀναβλέψαι· καὶ ἀπο-
ע
CHAPTER VIII.
33
κατεστάθη, καὶ ἐνέβλεψε τηλαυγῶς ἅπαντας.
20Καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτὸν εἰς οἶκον αὐτοῦ, λέγων·
Μηδὲ εἰς τὴν κώμην εἰσέλθῃς, μηδὲ εἴπῃς τιὶ
ἐν τῇ κώμῃ.
27Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ
αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς κώμας Καισαρείας τῆς Φιλ-
ίππου· καὶ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἐπηρώτα τοὺς μαθητὰς
αὑτοῦ, λέγων αὐτοῖς· Τίνα με λέγουσιν
οἱ ἄνθρωποι εἶναι; 28Οἱ δὲ ἀπεκρίθησαν·
Ἰωάννην τὸν βαπτιστήν· καὶ ἄλλοι, Ηλίαν
ἄλλοι δὲ, ἕνα τῶν προφητῶν. 29 Καὶ αὐτὸς
λέγει αὐτοῖς· Ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνα με λέγετε
εἶναι; ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Πέτρος, λέγει αὐτῷ·
Σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός. 0[αὶ ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς,
ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσι περὶ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἤρξατο
διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς, ὅτι δεῖ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπ-
ου πολλὰ παθεῖν, καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ
τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμ-
ματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς
ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι. 82 Καὶ παῤῥησίᾳ τὸν λόγον
K
ἐλάλει. Καὶ προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν ὁ Πέτρος,
ἤρξατο ἐπιτιμᾷν αὐτῷ. 33 Ὁ δὲ ἐπιστραφεὶς,
καὶ ἰδὼν τοὺς μαθητὰς αὑτοῦ, ἐπετίμησε 1
τα
Πέτρῳ, λέγων· Ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ·
0
Mark.
D
J
34
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν
ἀνθρώπων. 34Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν ὄχλον
σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὑτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Ὅστις
θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν, ἀπαρνησάσθω
ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὑτοῦ, καὶ
ἀκολουθείτω μοι. 35Ὃς γὰρ ἂν θέλῃ τὴν
ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν· ὃς δ᾽
ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ἔνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ
τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, σώσει αὐτήν. 36Τί γὰρ ὠφελ-
ήσει ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον,
καὶ ζημιωθῇ τὴν ψυχὴν αὑτοῦ; 37 Η τί δώσει
ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὑτοῦ;
38Ὃς γὰρ ἂν ἐπαισχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς
λόγους ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ
ἁμαρτωλῷ, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπαισχυν-
θήσεται αὐτὸν, ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ πατρὸς
αὑτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν ἁγίων.
CHAP. IX. Καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς· Ἀμὴν
λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι εἰσί τινες τῶν ὧδε ἑστηκότων,
οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου, ἕως ἂν
ἴδωσι τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν
δυνάμει.
2ΚΑΙ μεθ’ ἡμέρας ἓξ παραλαμβάνει ὁ
Ἰησοῦς τὸν Πέτρον, καὶ τὸν Ἰάκωβον, καὶ
Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἀναφέρει αὐτοὺς εἰς ὄρος ὑψηλὸν
CHAPTER IX.
35-
κατ' ἰδίαν μόνους· καὶ μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν
αὐτῶν. Καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο στίλβ-
οντα, λευκὰ λίαν ὡς χιὼν, οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ
τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται λευκᾶναι. 4Καὶ ὤφθη
αὐτοῖς Ηλίας σὺν Μωσεῖ· καὶ ἦσαν συλλαλ-
οῦντες τῷ Ἰησοῦ. Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος
λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ· Ῥαββὶ, καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς
ὧδε εἶναι· καὶ ποιήσωμεν σκηνὰς τρεῖς, σοὶ
μίαν, καὶ Μωσεῖ μίαν, καὶ Ἠλίᾳ μίαν. Οὐ
γὰρ ᾔδει τί λαλήσῃ· ἦσαν γὰρ ἔκφοβοι. *Καὶ
ἐγένετο νεφέλη ἐπισκιάζουσα αὐτοῖς· καὶ ἦλθε
φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης· Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μου
ὁ ἀγαπητός· αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε. Καὶ ἐξάπινα
περιβλεψάμενοι οὐκέτι οὐδένα εἶδον, ἀλλὰ τὸν
Ἰησοῦν μόνον μεθ' ἑαυτῶν. Καταβαινόντων
δὲ αὐτῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς, ἵνα
μηδενὶ διηγήσωνται ἃ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ ὅταν ὁ υἱὸς
à
τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ. 10Καὶ τὸν
λόγον ἐκράτησαν, πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς συζητοῦντες
τί ἐστι τὸ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι. 11 Καὶ ἐπηρ-
ώτων αὐτὸν, λέγοντες· Ο,τι λέγουσιν οἱ γραμ-
ματεῖς, ὅτι Ηλίαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον; 12Ο
δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Ἠλίας μὲν ἐλθὼν
πρῶτον ἀποκαθιστᾷ πάντα· καὶ πῶς γέγραπται
ἐπὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ
D 2
36
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
καὶ ἐξουδενωθῇ. 13Ἀλλὰ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι καὶ
Ἠλίας ἐλήλυθε, καὶ ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ, ὅσα
ἠθέλησαν, καθὼς γέγραπται ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν.
14Καὶ ἐλθὼν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς εἶδεν ὄχλον
πολὺν περὶ αὐτοὺς, καὶ γραμματεῖς συζητοῦντ
ας αὐτοῖς. 15 Καὶ εὐθέως πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος, ἰδὼν
αὐτὸν, ἐξεθαμβήθη, καὶ προστρέχοντες ἐσπάζ-
οντο αὐτόν. 16Καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς· Τι
συζητεῖτε πρὸς αὑτούς; 17 Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς εἷς
ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου εἶπε· Διδάσκαλε, ἤνεγκα τὸν
υἱόν μου πρός σε, ἔχοντα πνεῦμα ἄλαλον.
19[αὶ ὅπου ἂν αὐτὸν καταλάβῃ, ῥήσσει αὐτόν·
καὶ ἀφρίζει, καὶ τρίζει τοὺς ὀδόντας αὑτοῦ, καὶ
ξηραίνεται· καὶ εἶπον τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου, ἵνα
αὐτὸ ἐκβάλωσι, καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσαν. 19Ὁ δὲ
ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει· Ω γενεὰ ἄπιστος,
ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι, ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι
ὑμῶν; φέρετε αὐτὸν πρός με. 20Καὶ ἤνεγκαν
αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν· καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, εὐθέως τὸ
πνεῦμα ἐσπάραξεν αὐτόν· καὶ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τῆς
γῆς ἐκυλίετο, ἀφρίζων. 21 Καὶ ἐπηρώτησε τὸν
πατέρα αὐτοῦ· Πόσος χρόνος ἐστὶν, ὡς τοῦτο
γέγονεν αὐτῷ; Ὁ δὲ εἶπε· Παιδιόθεν. 22 Καὶ
πολλάκις αὐτὸν καὶ εἰς πῦρ ἔβαλε, καὶ εἰς
ὕδατα, ἵνα ἐπολέσῃ αὐτόν· ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τι δύνασαι,
G
Band
CHAPTER IX.
37
βοήθησον ἡμῖν σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐφ' ἡμᾶς. 23 Ο
δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Τὸ εἰ δύνασαι πιστεῦ-
σαι· πάντα δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι. 24 Καὶ εὐθ-
έως κράξας ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ παιδίου μετὰ δακρύων
ἔλεγε· Πιστεύω, βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ.
25Ἰδὼν δὲ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, ὅτι ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος,
ἐπετίμησε τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἀκαθάρτῳ, λέγων
αὐτῷ· Τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν, ἐγώ
σοι ἐπιτάσσω, ἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ, καὶ μηκέτι
εἰσέλθῃς εἰς αὐτόν. 26 Καὶ κράξας, καὶ πολλὰ
σπαράξας, ἐξῆλθε· καὶ ἐγένετο ὡσεὶ νεκρὸς,
ὥστε πολλοὺς λέγειν, ὅτι ἀπέθανεν. 2Ὁ δὲ
Ἰησοῦς κρατήσας αὐτὸν τῆς χειρὸς ἤγειρεν
αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀνέστη. 28Καὶ εἰσελθόντα αὐτὸν
εἰς οἶκον, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν
κατ' ἰδίαν· Ο,τι ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκ-
βαλεῖν αὐτό; 2Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Τοῦτο τὸ
γένος ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν
προσεύχῃ καὶ νηστείᾳ.
c/
J
30ΚΑΙ ἐκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντες, παρεπορεύοντο διὰ
τῆς Γαλιλαίας· καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν, ἵνα τὶς γνῷ·
31ἐδίδασκε γὰρ τοὺς μαθητὰς αὑτοῦ, καὶ ἔλεγεν
αὐτοῖς· Ὅτι ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται
εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν·
καὶ ἀποκτανθεὶς τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀναστήσεται.
·
38
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
32Οἱ δὲ ἠγνόουν τὸ ῥῆμα, καὶ ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτὸν
ἐπερωτῆσαι.
Krat
s
33]αὶ ἦλθεν εἰς Καπερναούμ. Καὶ ἐν τῇ
οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς· Τί ἐν τῇ
ὁδῷ πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς διελογίζεσθε· 34οἱ δὲ ἐσι-
ώπων· πρὸς ἀλλήλους γὰρ διελέχθησαν ἐν
τῇ ὁδῷ, τίς μείζων. 35 Καὶ καθίσας ἐφώνησε
τοὺς δώδεκα, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· Εἴ τις θέλει
πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος, καὶ
πάντων διάκονος. 36 Καὶ λαβὼν παιδίον ἔστη-
σεν αὐτὸ ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν· καὶ ἐναγκαλισάμενος
αὐτὸ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς• 37^Ος ἐὰν ἓν τῶν τοιούτων
παιδίων δέξηται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ
δέχεται· καὶ ὃς ἐὰν ἐμὲ δέξηται, οὐκ ἐμὲ
δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με. 38'ATTE-
κρίθη δὲ αὐτῷ Ἰωάννης, λέγων· Διδάσκαλε,
εἴδομέν τινα τῷ ὀνόματί σου ἐκβάλλοντα
δαιμόνια, καὶ ἐκωλύσαμεν αὐτὸν, ὅτι οὐκ
ἀκολουθεῖ ἡμῖν. 39Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπε· Μὴ
κωλύετε αὐτόν· οὐδεὶς γάρ ἐστιν, ὃς ποιήσει
δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, καὶ δυνήσεται
ταχὺ κακολογῆσαι με. 40Ὃς γὰρ οὐκ ἔστι
καθ᾽ ὑμῶν, ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐστιν. 41Ὃς γὰρ ἂν
ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος, ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί
μου, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε, ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ
0
"
•
CHAPTER IX.
39
C
μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὑτοῦ. 42 Καὶ ὃς ἂν
σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τῶν πιστευόντων
εἰς ἐμὲ, καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον, εἰ περίκειται
λίθος μυλικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ
βέβληται εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. 43 Καὶ ἐὰν σκανδ
αλίζῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου, ἀπόκοψον αὐτήν· καλόν
σοι ἐστὶ κυλλὸν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν, ἢ τὰς
δύο χεῖρας ἔχοντα ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὴν γέενναν,
εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον, 44ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ
αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ, καὶ τὸ πῦρ οὐ σβέννυται.
45 Καὶ ἐὰν ὁ ποῦς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἀπόκοψον
αὐτόν· καλόν ἐστί σοι εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν
χωλὸν, ἢ τοὺς δύο πόδας ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς
τὴν γέενναν, εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον, 46ὅπου ὁ
σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ, καὶ τὸ πῦρ οὐ
σβέννυται. 47 Καὶ ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκαν-
δαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν· καλόν σοι ἐστὶ
μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ
Θεοῦ, ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς
τὴν γέενναν τοῦ πυρὸς, 48ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν
οὐ τελευτᾷ, καὶ τὸ πῦρ οὐ σβέννυται. 49Πᾶς
γὰρ πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται, καὶ πᾶσα θυσία ἁλὶ
ἁλισθήσεται. 50Καλὸν τὸ ἅλας· ἐὰν δὲ τὸ
ἅλας ἄιαλον γένηται, ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε;
ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλας, καὶ εἰρηνεύετε ἐν
ἀλλήλοις.
0
40
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
gr
CHAP. X. 1ΚΑΚΕΙΘΕΝ ἀναστὰς ἔρχε-
ται εἰς τὰ ὅρια τῆς Ἰουδαίας, διὰ τοῦ πέραν τοῦ
Ιορδάνου· καὶ συμπορεύονται πάλιν ὄχλοι πρὸς
αὐτὸν, καὶ, ὡς εἰώθει, πάλιν ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς.
῾Καὶ προσελθόντες Φαρισαῖοι ἐπηρώτησαν
αὐτὸν, εἰ ἔξεστιν ἀνδρὶ γυναῖκα ἀπολῦσαι,
πειράζοντες αὐτόν. Ο δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν
αὐτοῖς· Τί ὑμῖν ἐνετείλατο Μωσῆς; 4Οἱ δὲ
εἶπον· Μωσῆς ἐπέτρεψε βιβλίον ἀποστασίου
γράψαι, καὶ ἀπολῦσαι. Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ
᾿Ιησοῦς, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν
ὑμῶν ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην. Ἀπὸ
δὲ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν
αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεός. *Ένεκεν τούτου καταλείψει
ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὑτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα,
καὶ προσκολληθήσεται πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα
αὑτοῦ· καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν·
ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶ δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ. 9Ο οὖν
ὁ Θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω.
10Καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ πάλιν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ
περὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτόν. 11Καὶ
λέγει αὐτοῖς· Ὃς ἐὰν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα
αὑτοῦ, καὶ γαμήσῃ ἄλλην, μοιχᾶται ἐπ' αὐτήν.
12Καὶ ἐὰν γυνὴ ἀπολύσῃ τὸν ἄνδρα αὑτῆς, καὶ
γαμηθῇ ἄλλῳ, μοιχᾶται.
CHAPTER X.
41
13 Καὶ προσέφερον αὐτῷ παιδία, ἵνα ἅψηται
αὐτῶν· οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐπετίμων τοῖς προσφέρ-
ουσιν. 14Ἰδὼν δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀγανάκτησε,
καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· ῎Αφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι
πρός με· μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά· τῶν γὰρ τοιού-
των ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ. 15 Αμὴν
λέγω ὑμῖν, ὃς ἐὰν μὴ δέξηται τὴν βασιλείαν
τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν.
10 Καὶ ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ, τιθεὶς τὰς χεῖς-
ας ἐπ' αὐτὰ, ηὐλόγει αὐτά.
17 Καὶ ἐκπορευομένου αὐτοῦ εἰς ὁδὸν, προσ-
δραμὼν εἷς καὶ γονυπετήσας αὐτὸν ἐπηρώτα
αὐτόν· Διδάσκαλε ἀγαθὲ, τί ποιήσω, ἵνα
ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω; 18Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς
εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν; οὐδεὶς
ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός. 19Τὰς ἐντολὰς
οἶδας· Μὴ μοιχεύσῃς· Μὴ φονεύσῃς· Μὴ
κλέψῃς· Μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς· Μὴ ἀπο-
στερήσῃς· Τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν
μητέρα. 20Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ·
Διδάσκαλε, ταῦτα πάντα ἐφυλαξάμην ἐκ νεό-
τητός μου.
21Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ,
ἠγάπησεν αὐτὸν, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Ἓν σοι
ὑστερεῖ· ὕπαγε, ὅσα ἔχεις πώλησον, καὶ δὸς
τοῖς πτωχοῖς, καὶ ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐραιῷ·
Jetta
42
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
καὶ δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι, ἄρας τὸν σταυρόν.
22Ο δὲ στυγνάσας ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ ἀπῆλθε
λυπούμενος· ἦν γὰρ ἔχων κτήματα πολλά.
23Καὶ περιβλεψάμενος ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει τοῖς
μαθηταῖς αὑτοῦ· Πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήσ
ματα ἔχοντες εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ
εἰσελεύσονται. 24Οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐθαμβοῦντο
ἐπὶ τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ. Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν
ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτοῖς· Τέκνα, πῶς δύσκολ-
όν ἐστι τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐπὶ τοῖς χρήμασιν
εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν. 25 Εὖ-
κοπώτερόν ἐστι κάμηλον διὰ τῆς τρυμαλιᾶς
τῆς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν βασιλ-
είαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν. 26Οἱ δὲ περισσῶς
ἐξεπλήσσοντο, λέγοντες πρὸς ἑαυτούς· Καὶ
τίς δύναται σωθῆναι; 27 Εμβλέψας δὲ αὐτοῖς
ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει· Παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἀδύνατον,
ἀλλ᾽ οὐ παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ· πάντα γὰρ δυνατά ἐστι
παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ. 28Ηρξατο ὁ Πέτρος λέγειν
αὐτῷ· Ἰδοὺ, ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα, καὶ ἠκολου-
θήσαμέν σοι. 29 Αποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν·
Ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐδείς ἐστιν, ὃς ἀφῆκεν οἰκίαν,
ἢ ἀδελφοὺς, ἢ ἀδελφὰς, ἢ πατέρα, ἢ μητέρα,
ἢ γυναῖκα, ἢ τέκνα, ἢ ἀγροὺς, ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ
ἕνεκεν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 30 ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ ἑκα-
C
CHAPTER X.
43
τονταπλασίονα νῦν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ, οἰκίας,
καὶ ἀδελφοὺς, καὶ ἀδελφὰς, καὶ μητέρας, καὶ
τέκνα, καὶ ἀγροὺς, μετὰ διωγμῶν, καὶ ἐν τῷ
αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 31 Πολλοὶ δὲ
ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι· καὶ ἔσχατοι, πρῶτοι.
0
32ΗΣΑΝ δὲ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἀναβαίνοντες εἰς
Ἱεροσόλυμα· καὶ ἦν προάγων αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς,
καὶ ἐθαμβοῦντο, καὶ ἀκολουθοῦντες ἐφοβοῦντο.
Καὶ παραλαβὼν πάλιν τοὺς δώδεκα, ἤρξατο
αὐτοῖς λέγειν τὰ μέλλοντα αὑτῷ συμβαίνειν·
83῞Οτι, ἰδοὺ, ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ
ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχ-
ιερεῦσι καὶ τοῖς γραμματεῦσι, καὶ κατακριι-
οῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ, καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν
τοῖς ἔθνεσι· 34καὶ ἐμπαίξουσιν αὐτῷ, καὶ
μαστιγώσουσιν αὐτὸν, καὶ ἐμπτύσουσιν αὐτῷ,
καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν· καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ
ἀναστήσεται.
K
35 Καὶ προσπορεύονται αὐτῷ Ἰάκωβος καὶ
Ἰωάννης οἱ υἱοὶ Ζεβεδαίου, λέγοντες· Διδάσκ-
αλε, θέλομεν ἵνα ὃ ἐὰν αἰτήσωμεν, ποιήσῃς
ἡμῖν. 30Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Τί θέλετε ποιῆ-
σαί με ὑμῖν; 3Οἱ δὲ εἶπον αὐτῷ· Δὸς ἡμῖν,
ἵνα εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν σου, καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου
καθίσωμεν ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου. 38Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς
36
44
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Οὐκ οἴδατε τί αἰτεῖσθε. Δύνασθε
πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον, ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, καὶ τὸ βάπτισ-
μα, ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθῆναι; 39Οἱ
δὲ εἶπον αὐτῷ· Δυνάμεθα. Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς
εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Τὸ μὲν ποτήριον, ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω,
90
πίεσθε· καὶ τὸ βάπτισμα, ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι,
0
βαπτισθήσεσθε· 40τὸ δὲ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν
μου καὶ ἐξ εὐωνύμων οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι,
ἀλλ᾽ οἷς ἡτοίμασται. 41Καὶ ἀκούσαντες εἱ
δέκα ἤρξαντο ἀγανακτεῖν περὶ Ἰακώβου καὶ
Ἰωάννου. 42῾Ο δὲ Ἰησοῦς προσκαλεσά-
μενος αὐτοὺς λέγει αὐτοῖς· Οἴδατε, ὅτι οἱ
δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν, κατακυριεύουσιν
αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι αὐτῶν κατεξουσιάζουσιν
αὐτῶν. 43Οὐχ οὕτω δὲ ἔσται ἐν ὑμῖν· ἀλλ᾽
ὃς ἐὰν θέλῃ γενέσθαι μέγας ἐν ὑμῖν, ἔσται ὑμῶν
διάκονος. 44 Καὶ ὃς ἐὰν θέλῃ ὑμῶν γενέσθαι
πρῶτος, ἔσται πάντων δοῦλος.
45 Καὶ γὰρ
ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἦλθε διακονηθῆναι,
ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι, καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὑτοῦ
λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν.
ΤΟ
46Καὶ ἔρχονται εἰς Ἱεριχώ· καὶ εκπορευο-
μένου αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ Ἱεριχὼ, καὶ τῶν μαθητῶν
αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὄχλου ἱκανοῦ, υἱὸς Τιμαίου, Βαρτί-
μαιος ὁ τυφλὸς, ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν
CHAPTER XI.
45
0
προσαιτῶν. 47 Καὶ ἀκούσας ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ὁ
Ναζωραῖός ἐστιν, ἤρξατο κράζειν καὶ λέγειν·
῾Ο υἱὸς Δαβίδ, Ἰησοῦ, ἐλέησόν με. 48 Καὶ
ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ πολλοὶ, ἵνα σιωπήσῃ· ὁ δὲ
πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραξεν· Υἱὲ Δαβὶδ, ἐλέησόν
με. 49 Καὶ στὰς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτὸν φωνη-
θῆναι· καὶ φωνοῦσι τὸν τυφλὸν, λέγοντες
αὐτῷ· Θάρσει, ἔγειραι· φωνεί σε. 50 Ὁ δὲ
ἀποβαλὼν τὸ ἱμάτιν αὑτοῦ, ἀναστὰς ἦλθε
πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν. 51 Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει
αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Τί θέλεις ποιήσω σοι; Ὁ δὲ
τυφλὸς εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Ραββουνὶ, ἵνα ἀναβλέψω.
52 Ο δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Υπαγε, ἡ πίστις
σου σέσωκέ σε. Καὶ εὐθέως ἀνέβλεψε, καὶ
ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ.
0
ע
2
CHAP. XI. 1ΚΑΙ ὅτε ἐγγίζουσιν εἰς
Ἱερουσαλὴμ, εἰς Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν,
πρὸς τὸ ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν, ἀποστέλλει δύο
τῶν μαθητῶν αὑτοῦ, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· Ὑπάγ-
ετε εἰς τὴν κώμην τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν· καὶ
εὐθέως εἰσπορευόμενοι εἰς αὐτὴν εὑρήσετε
πῶλον δεδεμένον, ἐφ᾿ ὃν οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων
κεκάθικε· λύσαντες αὐτὸν ἀγάγετε. Καὶ ἐάν
8
τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ· Τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο; εἴπατε· Οτι
ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει, καὶ εὐθέως αὐτὸν
46
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
ἀποστέλλει ὧδε. Απῆλθον δὲ, καὶ εὗρον
πῶλον δεδεμένον πρὸς τὴν θύραν ἔξω ἐπὶ τοῦ
ἀμφόδου, καὶ λύουσιν αὐτόν, Καί τινες τῶν
ἐκεῖ ἑστηκότων ἔλεγον αὐτοῖς· Τί ποιεῖτε
λύοντες τὸν πῶλον; 6Οἱ δὲ εἶπον αὐτοῖς.
καθὼς ἐνετείλατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς· καὶ ἀφῆκαν
αὐτούς. Καὶ ἤγαγον τὸν πῶλον πρὸς τὸν
Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐπιβάλλουσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτια
αὑτῶν· καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ. Πολλοὶ δὲ
τὰ ἱματία αὑτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν· ἄλλοι
δὲ στοιβάδας ἔκοπτον ἐκ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ
ἐστρώννυον εἰς τὴν ὁδόν. Καὶ οἱ προάγοντες
καὶ οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες ἔκραζον, λέγοντες· Ω-
σαννὰ, εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι
Κυρίου· 10 εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία
τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Δαβίδ· Ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς
ὑψίστοις. 11 Καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ὁ
Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἰς τὸ ἱερόν· καὶ περιβλεψάμενος
πάντα, ὀψίας ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας, ἐξῆλθεν
εἰς Βηθανίαν μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα. 12Καὶ τῇ
ἐπαύριον, ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας,
ἐπείνασε. 13Καὶ ἰδὼν συκῆν μακρόθεν, ἔχου-
σαν φύλλα, ἦλθεν, εἰ ἄρα εὑρήσει τι ἐν αὐτῇ·
καὶ ἐλθὼν ἐπ᾿ αὐτὴν οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα·
οὐ γὰρ ἦν καιρὸς σύκων. 14Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς
GA
CHAPTER XI.
47
0
εἶπεν αὐτῇ· Μηκέτι ἐκ σοῦ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα
μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι. Καὶ ἤκουον οἱ μαθηταὶ
αὐτοῦ. 15 Καὶ ἔρχονται εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα· καὶ
εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς
πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ· καὶ τὰς
τραπέζας τῶν κολλυβιστῶν, καὶ τὰς καθέδρας
τῶν πωλούντων τὰς περιστερὰς κατέστρεψε·
10καὶ οὐκ ἤφιεν ἵνα τὶς διενέγκῃ σκεῦος διὰ
τοῦ ἱεροῦ. 17 Καὶ ἐδίδασκε, λέγων αὐτοῖς· Οὐ
γέγραπται· Ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς
κληθήσεται πᾶσι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ; ὑμεῖς δὲ
ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν. 18 Καὶ
ἤκουσαν οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, καὶ
ἐζήτουν πῶς αὐτὸν ἀπολέσουσιν· ἐφοβοῦντο
γὰρ αὐτόν· ὅτι πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἐξεπλήσσετο ἐπὶ
τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ. 19Καὶ οτε ὀψὲ ἐγένετο,
ἐξεπορεύετο ἔξω τῆς πόλεως. 20Καὶ πρωΐ
παραπορευόμενοι εἶδον τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην
ἐκ ῥιζῶν. 21 Καὶ ἀναμνησθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει
αὐτῷ· Ῥαββὶ, ἴδε ἡ συκῆ, ἣν κατηράσω,
ἐξήρανται. 22 Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς Ἰησοῦς λέγει
αὐτοῖς· Ἔχετε πίστιν Θεοῦ. 23Ἀμὴν γὰρ
λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ·
Ἄρθητι, καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν· καὶ
μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὑτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστ-
0
•
•
48
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
εύσῃ ὅτι ἃ λέγει γίνεται· ἔσται αὐτῷ ὃ ἐὰν
εἴπῃ. 24 Διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν, πάντα ὅσα ἂν
προσευχόμενοι αἰτεῖσθε, πιστεύετε ὅτι λαμβ-
άνετε, καὶ ἔσται ὑμῖν. 25Καὶ ὅταν στήκητε
προσευχόμενοι, ἀφίετε, εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος·
ἵνα καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἀφῇ
ὑμῖν τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν. 26Εἰ δὲ ὑμεῖς
οὐκ ἀφίετε, οὐδὲ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς
οὐρανοῖς ἀφήσει τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν.
εν
27ΚΑΙ ἔρχονται πάλιν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα· καὶ
ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ, ἔρχονται
πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς,
καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, 28 καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ·
Ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς; καὶ τίς σοὶ
τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην ἔδωκεν, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς ;
20῾Ο δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς·
Ἐπερωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ ἕνα λόγον· καὶ
ἀποκρίθητέ μοι, καὶ ἐρῶ ὑμῖν, ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ
ταῦτα ποιῶ· 30Τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου ἐξ
οὐρανοῦ ἦν, ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων; ἀποκρίθητέ μοι.
31 Καὶ ἐλογίζοντο πρὸς ἑαυτοῦς, λέγοντες·
Ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, Ἐξ οὐρανοῦ· ἐρεῖ, Διατί
οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ; 32 Αλλ’ ἐὰν
εἴπωμεν, Ἐξ ἀνθρώπων· ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν
λαόν· ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον τὸν Ἰωάννην, ὅτι
CHAPTER XII.
49
ὄντως προφήτης ἦν. 33Καὶ ἀποκριθέντες
λέγουσι τῷ Ἰησοῦ· Οὐκ οἴδαμεν. Καὶ ὁ
Ἰησοῦς ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτοῖς· Οὐδὲ ἐγὼ
λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ.
CHAP. XII. 1Καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παρα-
βολαῖς λέγειν. Ἀμπελῶνα ἐφύτευσεν ἄνθρωπ-
os, καὶ περιέθηκε φραγμὸν, καὶ ὤρυξεν ὑπο-
λήνιον, καὶ ᾠκοδόμησε πύργον, καὶ ἐξέδοτο
αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς· καὶ ἀπεδήμησε. Καὶ ἀπέ-
στειλε πρὸς τοὺς γεωργοὺς τῷ καιρῷ δοῦλοι,
ἵνα παρὰ τῶν γεωργῶν λάβῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ
τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος. Οἱ δὲ λαβόντες αὐτὸν ἔδειραν
καὶ ἀπέστειλαν κενόν. 4Καὶ πάλιν ἀπέστειλε
πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἄλλον δοῦλον· κἀκεῖνον λιθο-
βολήσαντες ἐκεφαλαίωσαν, καὶ ἀπέστειλαν
ἠτιμωμένον. Καὶ ἄλλον ἀπέστειλε· κἀκεῖνον
ἀπέκτειναν· καὶ πολλοὺς ἄλλους, τοὺς μὲν
δέροντες, τοὺς δὲ ἀποκτείνοντες. 6῎Ετι οὖν ἕνα
υἱὸν ἔχων, ἀγαπητὸν αὑτοῦ, ἀπέστειλε καὶ
αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔσχατον, λέγων· Ὅτι
ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου. Ἐκεῖνοι δὲ οἱ
γεωργοὶ εἶπον πρὸς ἑαυτούς· Ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν
ὁ κληρονόμος· δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτὸν, καὶ
ἡμῶν ἔσται ἡ κληρονομία. Καὶ λαβόντες
Mark.
E
50
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
;
αὐτὸν, ἀπέκτειναν, καὶ ἐξέβαλον ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελ-
ῶνος. Τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελ-
ῶνος; Ἐλεύσεται καὶ ἀπολέσει τοὺς γεωργ-
οὺς, καὶ δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις. 10Οὐδὲ
τὴν γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε; Λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκ-
ίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς
κεφαλὴν γωνίας. 11Παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη,
καὶ ἔστι θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν. 12Καὶ
ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν
ὄχλον· ἔγνωσαν γὰρ, ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν
παραβολὴν εἶπε· καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἀπῆλθον.
13ΚΑΙ ἀποστέλλουσι πρὸς αὐτόν τινας τῶν
Φαρισαίων καὶ τῶν Ηρωδιανῶν, ἵνα αὐτὸν
ἀγρεύσωσι λόγῳ. 14Οἱ δὲ ἐλθόντες λέγουσιν
αὐτῷ· Διδάσκαλε, οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀληθὴς εἶ, καὶ
οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός· οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς
πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἀληθείας τὴν
ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ διδάσκεις. Εξεστι κῆισον
Καίσαρι δοῦναι, ἢ οὔ; δῶμεν, ἢ μὴ δῶμεν;
15Ὁ δὲ εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν, εἶπεν
αὐτοῖς· Τί με πειράζετε; φέρετέ μοι δηνάριον,
ἵνα ἴδω. 10Οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν. Καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς·
Τίνος ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη, καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή; οἱ δὲ
εἶπον αὐτῷ· Καίσαρος. 1Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ
·
CHAPTER XII.
51
᾿Απόδοτε τὰ Καίσαρος
Καὶ
Τ
し
​0
Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς·
Καίσαρι, καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ.
ἐθαύμασαν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ. 18 Καὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδουκ-
αῖοι πρὸς αὐτὸν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν
μὴ εἶναι· καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν, λέγοντες·
19 Διδάσκαλε, Μωσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν
τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ, καὶ καταλίπῃ γυναῖκα,
καὶ τέκνα μὴ ἀφῇ, ἵνα λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ
τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα
τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ. 20Ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν· καὶ
ὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβε γυναῖκα, καὶ ἀποθνήσκων οὐκ
ἀφῆκε σπέρμα. 21[αὶ ὁ δεύτερος ἔλαβεν αὐτὴν,
καὶ ἀπέθανε, καὶ οὐδὲ αὐτὸς ἀφῆκε σπέρμα·
καὶ ὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως. 22Καὶ ἔλαβον αὐτὴν οἱ
ἑπτὰ, καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκαν σπέρμα· ἐσχάτη πάντων
ἀπέθανε καὶ ἡ γυνή. 23 Ἐν τῇ οὖν ἀναστάσει,
ὅταν ἀναστῶσι, τίνος αὐτῶν ἔσται γυνή; οἱ γὰρ
ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα. 24Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς
ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλαν-
ᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν
δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ; 25 Οταν γὰρ ἐκ νεκρῶν
ἀναστῶσιν, οὔτε γαμοῦσιν, οὔτε γαμίσκονται,
ἀλλ᾽ εἰσὶν ὡς ἄγγελοι ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. 26 Περὶ
δὲ τῶν νεκρῶν, ὅτι ἐγείρονται, οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε
E 2
52
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
0
0
0
ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ Μωσέως, ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου ὡς εἶπεν
αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς, λέγων· Ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς ᾽Αβραὰμ,
καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ; 2Οὐκ
ἔστιν ὁ Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων· ὑμεῖς οὖν
πολὺ πλανᾶσθε. 28Καὶ προσελθὼν εἷς τῶν
γραμματέων, ἀκούσας αὐτῶν συζητούντων,
εἰδὼς ὅτι καλῶς αὐτοῖς ἀπεκρίθη, ἐπηρώτησεν
αὐτόν· Ποία ἐστὶ πρώτη πάντων ἐντολή;
29Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ· "Οτι πρώτη
πάντων ἐντολή· Ἄκουε, Ἰσραὴλ· Κύριος, ὁ
Θεὸς ἡμῶν, Κύριος εἷς ἐστι· 30 καὶ ἀγαπήσεις
Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου,
καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς
διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου· αὕτη
πρώτη ἐντολή. 31 Καὶ δευτέρα ὁμοία, αὕτη·
᾿Αγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν.
Μείζων τούτων ἄλλη ἐντολὴ οὐκ ἔστι. 32 Καὶ
εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ γραμματεύς· Καλῶς, διδάσκαλε,
ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας εἶπας, ὅτι εἷς ἐστι, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν
ἄλλος πλὴν αὐτοῦ. 33 Καὶ τὸ ἀγαπᾷν αὐτὸν
ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς συνέσεως,
καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος,
καὶ τὸ ἀγαπᾷν τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν, πλεῖόν
ἐστι πάντων τῶν ὁλοκαυτωμάτων καὶ θυσιῶν,
CHAPTER XII.
53
34Καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, ὅτι νουνεχῶς ἀπε-
κρίθη, εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς
βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ. Καὶ οὐδεὶς οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα
αὐτὸν ἐπερωτῆσαι.
35ΚΑΙ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἔλεγε, διδάσκων
ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ· Πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς, ὅτι
ὁ Χριστὸς υἱός ἐστι Δαβίδ; 36Αὐτὸς γὰρ
Δαβὶδ εἶπεν ἐν Πνεύματι ἁγίῳ· Λέγει ὁ
Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου· Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου,
ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν
ποδῶν σου. 37 Αὐτὸς οὖν Δαβὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν
Κύριον· καὶ πόθεν υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστι; Καὶ ὁ
πολὺς ὄχλος ἤκουεν αὐτοῦ ἡδέως. 38 Καὶ ἔλεγεν
αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὑτοῦ· Βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῶν
γραμματέων, τῶν θελόντων ἐν στολαῖς περι-
πατεῖν, καὶ ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς, 39 καὶ
πρωτοκαθεδρίας ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς, καὶ
πρωτοκλισίας ἐν τοῖς δείπνοις· 40 οἱ κατεσθω
ίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν, καὶ προφάσει
μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι· οὗτοι λήψονται περισσ-
ότερον κρίμα.
Jak
Τ
41 Καὶ καθίσας ὁ Ἰησοῦς κατέναντι τοῦ
γαζοφυλακίου ἐθεώρει πῶς ὁ ὄχλος βάλλει
χαλκὸν εἰς τὸ χαζοφυλάκιον· καὶ πολλοὶ
54.
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
πλούσιοι ἔβαλλον πολλά. 42Καὶ ἐλθοῦσα μία
χήρα πτωχὴ ἔβαλε λεπτὰ δύο, ὅ ἐστι κοδρ-
άντης. 43 Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς μαθητὰς
αὑτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἡ
χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ πλεῖον πάντων βέβληκε
τῶν βαλόντων εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον. 44 Πάντες
γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον· αὕτη
δὲ ἐκ τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν
ἔβαλεν, ὅλον τὸν βίον αὑτῆς.
ע:
?
CHAP. XIII. 1Καὶ ἐκπορευομένου αὐτοῦ·
ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ λέγει αὐτῷ εἷς τῶν μαθητῶν
αὐτοῦ· Διδάσκαλε, ἴδε ποταποὶ λίθοι, καὶ
ποταπαὶ οἰκοδομαί. 2Καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀποκριθείς
εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας
οἰκοδομάς ; οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ, ὃς οὐ
μὴ καταλυθῇ. Καὶ καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ
ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐπηρώτων
αὐτὸν κατ' ἰδίαν Πέτρος καὶ Ἰάκωβος καὶ
Ἰωάννης καὶ Ἀνδρέας· 4Εἰπὲ ἡμῖν, πότε ταῦτα·
ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον, ὅταν μέλλῃ πάντα
ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι ; *Ο δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἀποκριθεὶς
αὐτοῖς, ἤρξατο λέγειν· Βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς
πλανήσῃ. ‘Πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ
ὀνόματί μου, λέγοντες· Οτι ἐγώ εἰμι· καὶ
CHAPTER XIII.
5:5
πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν. *Όταν δὲ ἀκούσητε
πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων, μὴ θροεῖσθε· δεῖ
γὰρ γενέσθαι· ἀλλ᾽ οὔπω τὸ τέλος. 8'Εγερθήσε-
ται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ
βασιλείαν· καὶ ἔσονται σεισμοὶ κατὰ τόπους,
καὶ ἔσονται λιμοὶ καὶ ταραχαί. 9Αρχαὶ
ὠδίνων ταῦτα. Βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς·
παραδώσουσι γὰρ ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια, καὶ εἰς
συναγωγὰς δαρήσεσθε, καὶ ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνων καὶ
βασιλέων σταθήσεσθε ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, εἰς μαρ-
τύριον αὐτοῖς. 10Καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη δεῖ
πρῶτον κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον. 11'Οταν δὲ
ἄγωσιν ὑμᾶς παραδιδόντες, μὴ προμεριμνᾶτε τί
λαλήσητε, μηδὲ μελετᾶτε· ἀλλ᾿ ὃ ἐὰν δοθῇ
ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ, τοῦτο λαλεῖτε· οὐ γάρ
ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ
ἅγιον. 12Παραδώσει δὲ ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς
θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον· καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται
τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς.
13Καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων διὰ τὸ
ὄνομά μου· ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθ-
ήσεται.
Ja,
14"ΟΤΑΝ δὲ ἴδητε τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημ-
ώσεως ἑστὼς ὅπου οὐ δεῖ (ὁ ἀναγινώσκων
56
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
ει
νοείτω·) τότε οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ φευγέτωσαν εἰς
τὰ ὄρη· 15ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος μὴ καταβάτω
εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, μηδὲ εἰσελθέτω ᾀραί τι ἐκ τῆς
οἰκίας αὐτοῦ· 16καὶ ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν ὢν, μὴ
ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ᾆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον
αὑτοῦ. 1Οὐαὶ δὲ ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις
καὶ ταῖς θηλαζούσαις ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις.
18Προσεύχεσθε δὲ, ἵνα μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ
ὑμῶν χειμῶνος· 19ἔσονται γὰρ αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι
θλίψις, οἵα οὐ γέγονε τοιαύτη ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς κτίσ-
εως, ἧς ἔκτισεν ὁ Θεὸς, ἕως τοῦ νῦν, καὶ οὐ μὴ
γένηται. 20 Καὶ εἰ μὴ Κύριος ἐκολόβωσε τὰς
ἡμέρας, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ· ἀλλὰ διὰ
τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς, οὓς ἐξελέξατο, ἐκολόβωσε τὰς
ἡμέρας. 21 Καὶ τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ· Ἰδοὺ,
ὧδε ὁ Χριστός· ἢ, Ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ· μὴ πιστεύετε.
22 Εγερθήσονται γὰρ ψευδόχριστοι καὶ ψευδο-
προφῆται· καὶ δώσουσι σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα,
πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾷν, εἰ δυνατὸν, καὶ τοὺς
ἐκλεκτούς. 23Ὑμεῖς δὲ βλέπετε· Ἰδοὺ, προ-
είρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα. 24Ἀλλ᾿ ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς
ἡμέραις μετὰ τὴν θλίψιν ἐκείνην, ὁ ἥλιος
σκοτισθήσεται, καὶ ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ
φέγγος αὑτῆς· 25καὶ οἱ ἀστέρες τοῦ οὐρανοῦ
TO
CHAPTER XIII.
57
0
29
ἔσονται ἐκπίπτοντες, καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ ἐν τοῖς
οὐρανοῖς, σαλευθήσονται. 26Καὶ τότε ὄψονται
τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν νεφέλαις
μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης. 2* Καὶ τότε
ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὑτοῦ, καὶ ἐπισυνάξει
τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὑτοῦ ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμ-
ων, ἀπ᾿ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ. 28Ἀπὸ
δὲ τῆς συκῆς μάθετε τὴν παραβολήν· ὅταν
αὐτῆς ἤδη ὁ κλάδος ἁπαλὸς γένηται, καὶ ἐκφύῃ
τὰ φύλλα, γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν.
“Οὕτω καὶ ὑμεῖς, ὅταν ταῦτα ἴδητε γινόμενα,
γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἐπὶ θύραις. 30’Αμὴν
λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη,
μέχρις οὗ πάντα ταῦτα γένηται. 31Ο οὐρανὸς
καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται· οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ
παρέλθωσι. 32Περὶ δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ
τῆς ὥρας οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι οἱ ἐν
οὐρανῷ, οὐδὲ ὁ υἱὸς, εἰ μὴ ὁ πατήρ. 33Βλέπετε,
ἀγρυπνεῖτε, καὶ προσεύχεσθε· οὐκ οἴδατε γὰρ
πότε ὁ καιρός ἐστιν. 34Ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀπόδημος
ἀφεὶς τὴν οἰκίαν αὑτοῦ, καὶ δοὺς τοῖς δούλοις
αὑτοῦ τὴν ἐξουσίαν, καὶ ἑκάστῳ τὸ ἔργον
αὑτοῦ, καὶ τῷ θυρωρῷ ἐνετείλατο ἵνα γρηγορῇ.
Γρηγορεῖτε οὖν· οὐκ οἴδατε γὰρ πότε ὁ κύριος
a
58
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
τῆς οἰκίας ἔρχεται, ὀψὲ, ἢ μεσονυκτίου, ἣ
ἀλεκτοροφωνίας, ἢ πρωΐ· 36μὴ, ἐλθὼν ἐξαίφνης
εὕρῃ ὑμᾶς καθεύδοντας. 37Α δὲ ὑμῖν λέγω,
πᾶσι λέγω· Γρηγορεῖτε.
CHAP. XIV. 1ΗΝ δὲ τὸ πάσχα καὶ τὰ
ἄζυμα μετὰ δύο ἡμέρας· καὶ ἐζήτουν οἱ ἀρχιερ-
εῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς, πῶς αὐτὸν ἐν δόλῳ
κρατήσαντες ἀποκτείνωσιν. 2Ελεγον δέ· Μὴ
ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, μήποτε θόρυβος ἔσται τοῦ λαοῦ.
Καὶ ὄντος αὐτοῦ ἐν Βηθανίᾳ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ
Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ, κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ, ἦλθε
γυνὴ ἔχουσα ἀλάβαστρον μύρου, νάρδου πιστι-
κῆς πολυτελοῦς· καὶ συντρίψασα τὸ ἀλά-
βαστρον κατέχεεν αὐτοῦ κατὰ τῆς κεφαλῇς.
“Ησαν δέ τινες ἀγανακτοῦντες πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς,
καὶ λέγοντες· Εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ
μύρου γέγονεν ; Ηδύιατο γὰρ τοῦτο πραθῆναι
ἐπάνω τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ δοθῆναι τοῖς
πτωχοῖς. Καὶ ἐνεβριμῶντο αὐτῇ. “Ὁ δὲ
Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν· Αφετε αὐτήν· τί αὐτῇ κόπους
παρέχετε ; καλὸν ἔργον εἰργάσατο ἐν ἐμοί.
"Πάντοτε γὰρ τοὺς πτωχοὺς ἔχετε μεθ' ἑαυτῶν,
καὶ, ὅταν θέλητε, δύνασθε αὐτοὺς εὖ ποιῆσαι·
ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε. Ὁ ἔσχεν αὕτη,
5'
Gr
Bel
د
CHAPTER XIV.
59
0
0
ἐποίησε· προέλαβε μυρίσαι μου τὸ σῶμα εἰς
τὸν ἐνταφιασμόν. 9’Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅπου ἂν
κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο εἰς ὅλον τὸν
κόσμον, καὶ, ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη, λαληθήσεται εἰς
30
μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς. 10Καὶ ὁ Ἰούδας ὁ Ἰσκαρ-
ιώτης, εἷς τῶν δώδεκα, ἀπῆλθε πρὸς τοὺς
ἀρχιερεῖς, ἵνα παραδῷ αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς. 11Οἱ δὲ
ἀκούσαντες ἐχάρησαν, καὶ ἐπηγγείλαντο αὐτῷ
ἀργύριον δοῦναι· καὶ ἐζήτει, πῶς εὐκαίρως
αὐτὸν παραδῷ.
12 Καὶ τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν ἀζύμων, ὅτε τὸ
πάσχα ἔθυον, λέγουσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ.
Ποῦ θέλεις ἀπελθόντες ἑτοιμάσωμεν, ἵνα φάγῃς
τὸ πάσχα ; 13 Καὶ ἀποστέλλει δύο τῶν μαθητῶν
αὑτοῦ, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· Ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν
πόλιν· καὶ ἀπαντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος κεράμ-
ιον ὕδατος βαστάζων· ἀκολουθήσατε αὐτῷ·
14 καὶ ὅπου ἐὰν εἰσέλθῃ, εἴπατε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ·
Οτι ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει· Ποῦ ἐστι τὸ κατά-
λυμα, ὅπου τὸ πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου
φάγω ; 15Καὶ αὐτὸς ὑμῖν δείξει ἀνώγαιον μέγα
ἐστρωμένου ἕτοιμον· ἐκεῖ ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν.
10Καὶ ἐξῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἦλθον εἰς
τὴν πόλιν, καὶ εὗρον καθὼς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· καὶ
60.
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
0
ἡτοίμασαν τὸ πάσχα. 1Καὶ ὀψίας γενομένης
ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα. 18[αὶ ἀνακειμένων
αὐτῶν καὶ ἐσθιόντων εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς· ᾿Αμὴν
λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν παραδώσει με, ὁ ἐσθί-
ων μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ. 19Οἱ δὲ ἤρξαντο λυπεῖσθαι, καὶ
λέγειν αὐτῷ εἶς καθ᾿ εἶς· Μήτι ἐγώ ; καὶ ἄλλος·
Μήτι ἐγώ ; 20Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Εἷς
ἐκ τῶν δώδεκα, ὁ ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ
τρυβλίον. 21Ὁ μὲν υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει,
καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ· οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ
ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ, δι᾿ οὗ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου
παραδίδοται· καλὸν ἦν αὐτῷ, εἰ οὐκ ἐγεννήθη
ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος. 22 Καὶ ἐσθιόντων αὐτῶν,
λαβὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἄρτον, εὐλογήσας ἔκλασε, καὶ
ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ εἶπε· Λάβετε, τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ
σῶμά μου.
28 Καὶ λαβὼν τὸ ποτήριον εὖ-
χαριστήσας ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς· καὶ ἔπιον ἐξ αὐτοῦ
πάντες. 24Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ
αἷμα μου τὸ τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης, τὸ περὶ
πολλῶν ἐκχυνόμενον. 25 Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι
οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ πίω ἐκ τοῦ γεννήματος τῆς
ἀμπέλου ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης, ὅταν αὐτὸ
πίνω καινὸν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ. 26 Καὶ
ὑμνήσαντες ἐξῆλθον εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν.
0
CHAPTER XIV.
61
0
ΚΑΙ λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· ῞Οτι πάντες
σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ·
ὅτι γέγραπται· Πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ
διασκορπισθήσεται τὰ πρόβατα.
28 Αλλά
0
μετὰ τὸ ἐγερθῆναι με, προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν
Γαλιλαίαν. 20Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἔφη αὐτῷ· Καὶ
ὖ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐγώ.
30Καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· ᾿Αμὴν λέγω σοι,
ὅτι σὺ σήμερον ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ, πρὶν ἢ δὶς
ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήση με. 31'Ο δὲ
ἐκ περισσοῦ ἔλεγε μᾶλλον· Ἐάν με δέῃ συν-
αποθανεῖν σοι, οὐ μή σε ἀπαρνήσομαι. Ωσαύ
τως δὲ καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον.
32 Καὶ ἔρχονται εἰς χωρίον, οὗ τὸ ὄνομα
Γεθσημανῆ· καὶ λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὑτοῦ·
Καθίσατε ὧδε ἕως προσεύξωμαι. 33 Καὶ παρα-
λαμβάνει τὸν Πέτρον καὶ Ἰάκωβον καὶ
Ἰωάννην μεθ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ· καὶ ἤρξατο ἐκθαμβεῖσθαι
καὶ ἀδημονεῖν. 34Καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· Περίλυπ-
ός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου ἕως θανάτου· μείνατε
ὧδε καὶ γρηγορεῖτε. 35 Καὶ προελθὼν μικρὸν
ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· καὶ προσηύχετο ἵνα, εἰ
δυνατόν ἐστι, παρέλθῃ ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα· 36 καὶ
ἔλεγεν· 'Λββᾶ ὁ πατὴρ, πάντα δυνατά σοι·
62
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
παρένεγκ: τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ τοῦτο· ἀλλ'
οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλὰ τί σύ. Καὶ ἔρχεται,
καὶ εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας· καὶ λέγει τῷ
Πέτρῳ· Σίμων, καθεύδεις ; οὐκ ἴσχυσας μίαν
ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι; 38Γρηγορεῖτε καὶ προσεύχ-
εσθε, ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν· τὸ μὲν
πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής. 39 Καὶ
πάλιν ἀπελθὼν προσηύξατο, τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον
εἰπών. 40 Καὶ ὑποστρέψας εὗρεν αὐτοὺς πάλιν
καθεύδοντας· ἦσαν γὰρ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν
βεβαρημένοι, καὶ οὐκ ᾔδεισαν, τί αὐτῷ ἀποκριθ-
ὦσι 41Καὶ ἔρχεται τὸ τρίτον, καὶ λέγει
αὐτοῖς· Καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε.
Απέχει, ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα· ἰδοὺ, παραδίδοται ὁ
υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν ἁμαρτωλ-
ῶν. 42 Εγείρεσθε, ἄγωμεν· ἰδοὺ, ὁ παραδιδούς
με ἤγγικε.
0
43 Καὶ εὐθέως, ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος, παραγίνε
εται ᾿Ιούδας, εἷς ὢν τῶν δώδεκα, καὶ μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ
ὄχλος πολὺς μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων, παρὰ
τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων καὶ τῶν
πρεσβυτέρων.
44 Δεδώκει δὲ ὁ παραδιδοὺς
αὐτὸν σύσσημον αὐτοῖς, λέγων· Ὃν ἂν φιλήσω,
αὐτός ἐστι· κρατήσατε αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀπαγάγετε
S
CHAPTER XIV.
63
T
ἀσφαλῶς. 45 [αὶ ἐλθὼν, εὐθέως προσελθὼν
αὐτῷ, λέγει· Ῥαββὶ, Ραββί· καὶ κατεφίλ-
ησεν αὐτόν. 46Οἱ δὲ ἐπέβαλον ἐπ' αὐτὸν τὰς
χεῖρας αὑτῶν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν. Εἶς δέ
47
τις τῶν παρεστηκότων, σπασάμενος τὴν μάχ
αιραν, ἔπαισε τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, καὶ
ἀφεῖλεν αὐτοῦ τὸ ὠτίον. 48Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ
Ἰησοῦς, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· ῾Ως ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθετε
μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συλλαβεῖν με; 49 Καθ'
ἡμέραν ἤμην πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων,
καὶ οὐκ ἐκρατήσατέ με· ἀλλ᾿ ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν
αἱ γραφαί. 50Καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν πάντες ἔφυγον.
αί
51 Καὶ εἷς τις νεανίσκος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ, περι-
βεβλημένος σινδόνα ἐπὶ γυμνοῦ· καὶ κρατοῦσιν
αὐτὸν οἱ νεανίσκοι. 52Ὁ δὲ, καταλιπὼν τὴν
σινδόνα, γυμνὸς ἔφυγεν ἀπ' αὐτῶν,
53ΚΑΙ ἀπήγαγον τὸν Ἰησοῦν πρὸς τὸν
ἀρχιερέα· καὶ συνέρχονται αὐτῷ πάντες οἱ
ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι καὶ οἱ γραμμα-
τεῖς. 54 Καὶ ὁ Πέτρος ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἠκολούθη-
σεν αὐτῷ ἕως ἔσω εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως·
καὶ ἦν συγκαθήμενος μετὰ τῶν ὑπηρετῶν, καὶ
θερμαινόμενος πρὸς τὸ φῶς. 55Οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς
καὶ ὅλον τὸ συνέδριον ἐζήτουν κατὰ τοῦ Ἰη-
64
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
T
σοῦ μαρτυρίαν εἰς τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν· καὶ
οὐχ εὕρισκον. 56Πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐψευδομαρτύρ-
ουν κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἶσαι αἱ μαρτυρίαι οὐκ
ἦσαν. 57 Καί τινες ἀναστάντες ἐψευδομαρ-
τύρουν κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ, λέγοντες· 58 Οτι ἡμεῖς
ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος· Ὅτι ἐγὼ κατα-
λύσω τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον τὸν χειροποίητον, καὶ
διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ἄλλον ἀχειροποίητον οἶκο-
δομήσω. 59 Καὶ οὐδὲ οὕτως ἴση ἦν ἡ μαρτυρία
αὐτῶν. 60Καὶ ἀναστὰς ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς εἰς μέσον
ἐπηρώτησε τὸν Ἰησοῦν, λέγων· Οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ
οὐδέν; τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν; 61Ὁ δὲ
ἐσιώπα, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο. Πάλιν ὁ
ἀρχιερεὺς ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· Σὺ
εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ εὐλογητοῦ; 62 Ο δὲ Ἰη-
σοῦς εἶπεν· Ἐγώ εἰμι· καὶ ὄψεσθε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ
ἀνθρώπου ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως,
καὶ ἐρχόμενον μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ.
63Ὁ δὲ ἀρχιερεὺς, διαῤῥήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας
αὑτοῦ, λέγει· Τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων;
64Ἠκούσατε τῆς βλασφημίας· τί ὑμῖν φαίνεται;
Οἱ δὲ πάντες κατέκριναν αὐτὸν εἶναι ἔνοχον
θανάτου. 65 Καὶ ἤρξαντό τινες ἐμπτύειν αὐτῷ,
καὶ περικαλύπτειν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, καὶ
C
0
Gay
CHAPTER XV.
65
κολαφίζειν αὐτὸν, καὶ λέγειν αὐτῷ· Προφήτευ
σου. Καὶ αἱ ὑπηρέται ῥαπίσμασιν αὐτὸν
ἔβαλλον.
66Καὶ ὄντος τοῦ Πέτρου ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ κάτω,
ἔρχεται μία τῶν παιδισκῶν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως.
Καὶ ἰδοῦσα τὸν Πέτρον θερμαινόμενον, ἐμ-
βλέψασα αὐτῷ, λέγει· Καὶ σὺ μετὰ τοῦ
Ναζαρηνοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἦσθα. 68Ὁ δὲ ἠρνήσατο,
λέγων· Οὐκ οἶδα, οὐδὲ ἐπίσταμαι τί σὺ λέγεις,
Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἔξω εἰς τὸ προαύλιον· καὶ ἀλέκτωρ
ἐφώνησε. “Καὶ ἡ παιδίσκη, ἰδοῦσα αὐτὸν
πάλιν, ἤρξατο λέγειν τοῖς παρεστηκόσιν· Ὅτι
οὗτος ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐστιν. 70Ὁ δὲ πάλιν ἠρν-
εῖτο. Καὶ μετὰ μικρὸν πάλιν οἱ παρεστῶτες
ἔλεγον τῷ Πέτρῳ· ᾿Αληθῶς ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ· καὶ
γὰρ Γαλιλαῖος εἶ, καὶ ἡ λαλιά σου ὁμοιάζει.
71Ὁ δὲ ἤρξατο ἀναθεματίζειν καὶ ὀμνύναι·
῞Οτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον, ὃν λέγετε.
*Καὶ ἐκ δευτέρου ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησε. Καὶ ἀνε-
μνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ῥήματος, οὗ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ
Ἰησοῦς· Οτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι δὶς,
ἀπαρνήσῃ με τρίς. Καὶ ἐπιβαλὼν ἔκλαιε.
0
CHAP. XV. ΚΑΙ εὐθέως ἐπὶ τὸ πρωΐ
συμβούλιον ποιήσαντες οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς μετὰ τῶν
πρεσβυτέρων καὶ γραμματέων, καὶ ὅλον τὸ
Mark.
F
66
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
συνέδριον, δήσαντες τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ἀπήνεγκαν καὶ
παρέδωκαν τῷ Πιλάτῳ. Καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν
αὐτὸν ὁ Πιλάτος· Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν
Ἰουδαίων; ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Σὺ
λέγεις. Καὶ κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς
πολλά. 4Ο δὲ Πιλάτος πάλιν ἐπηρώτησεν
αὐτὸν, λέγων· Οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν ; ἴδε πόσα
σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν. Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς οὐκέτι
οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίθη, ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν Πιλάτον,
‘Κατὰ δὲ ἑορτὴν ἀπέλυεν αὐτοῖς ἕνα δέσμιον,
ὅνπερ ᾐτοῦντο. *Ην δὲ ὁ λεγόμενος Βαραβ-
βᾶς μετὰ τῶν συστασιαστῶν δεδεμένος, οἵτινες
ἐν τῇ στάσει φόνον πεποιήκεισαν. 8 Καὶ
ἀναβοήσας ὁ ὄχλος ἤρξατο αἰτεῖσθαι, καθὼς
ἀεὶ ἐποίει αὐτοῖς. Ὁ δὲ Πιλάτος ἀπεκρίθη
αὐτοῖς, λέγων' Θέλετε ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν τὸν
βασιλέα τῶν Ἰουδαίων ; 10 Εγίνωσκε γὰρ, ὅτι
διὰ φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχ
ιερεῖς. 11Οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς ἀνέσεισαν τὸν ὄχλοι,
ἵνα μᾶλλον τὸν Βαραββᾶν ἀπολύσῃ αὐτοῖς.
12 Ο δὲ Πιλάτος ἀποκριθεὶς πάλιν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς·
Τί οὖν θέλετε ποιήσω, ὃν λέγετε βασιλέα τῶν
Ἰουδαίων; 13Οἱ δὲ πάλιν ἔκραξαν· Σταύρ-
ωσον αὐτόν. 1Ὁ δὲ Πιλάτος ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς·
ע
ܚ
CHAPTER XV.
67
Τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν; οἱ δὲ περισσῶς
ἔκραξαν· Σταύρωσον αὐτόν. 15Ὁ δὲ Πιλάτος
βουλόμενος τῷ ὄχλῳ τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιῆσαι, ἀπέ
λυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν, καὶ παρέδωκε
τὸν Ἰησοῦν, φραγελλώσας, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ.
16Οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν ἔσω τῆς
αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστι πραιτώριον, καὶ συγκαλοῦσιν
ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν. 17 Καὶ ἐνδύουσιν αὐτὸν
πορφύραν, καὶ περιτιθέασιν αὐτῷ πλέξαντες
ἀκάνθινον στέφανον. 18 Καὶ ἤρξαντο ἀσπάζεσ-
θαι αὐτόν· Χαῖρε, ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων.
19 Καὶ ἔτυπτον αὐτοῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν καλάμῳ, καὶ
ἐνέπτυον αὐτῷ, καὶ τιθέντες τὰ γόνατα προσε-
κύνουν αὐτῷ. 20[αὶ ὅτε ἐνέπαιξαν αὐτῷ, ἐξέ-
δυσαν αὐτὸν τὴν πορφύραν, καὶ ἐνέδυσαν αὐτὸν
τὰ ἱμάτια τὰ ἴδια.
21Καὶ ἐξάγουσιν αὐτὸν, ἵνα σταυρώσωσιν
αὐτόν. Καὶ ἀγγαρεύουσι παράγοντά τινα
Σίμωνα Κυρηναῖον, ἐρχόμενον ἀπ' ἀγροῦ, τὸν
πατέρα Αλεξάνδρου καὶ Ρούφου, ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν
σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ.
22Καὶ φέρουσιν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ
Γολγοθᾶ τόπον· ὅ ἐστι μεθερμηνευόμενον,
κρανίου τόπος. 23 Καὶ ἐδίδουν αὐτῷ πιεῖν
ἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔλαβε. 24 Καὶ
r 2
-
68
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL,
th
σταυρώσαντες αὐτὸν διαμερίζονται τὰ ἱμάτια
αὐτοῦ, βάλλοντες κλῆρον ἐπ᾽ αὐτὰ, τίς τί ᾄρῃ.
25*Ην δὲ ὥρα τρίτη, καὶ ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν.
26Καὶ ἦν ἡ ἐπιγραφὴ τῆς αἰτίας αὐτοῦ ἐπι-
γεγραμμένη· Ὁ ΒΑΣΙΛΕΥΣ ΤΩΝ ἸΟΥΔΑΙ-
ΩΝ. 27 Καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ σταυροῦσι δύο λῃστὰς,
ἕνα ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ἕνα ἐξ εὐωνύμων αὐτοῦ.
28[Καὶ ἐπληρώθη ἡ γραφὴ ἡ λέγουσα· Καὶ
μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη. 29Καὶ οἱ παραπορ-
ευόμενοι ἐβλασφήμουν αὐτὸν, κινοῦντες τὰς
κεφαλὰς αὑτῶν, καὶ λέγοντες· Οὐὰ, ὁ κατα-
λύων τὸν ναὸν, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν·
30 σῶσον σεαυτὸν καὶ κατάβα ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ.
31 Ομοίως καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, ἐμπαίζοντες πρὸς
ἀλλήλους μετὰ τῶν γραμματέων, ἔλεγον· Αλλ-
ους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι ; 32Ο
Χριστὸς, ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καταβάτω
νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ, ἵνα ἴδωμεν καὶ πιστεύ-
σωμεν. Καὶ οἱ συνεσταυρωμένοι αὐτῷ ὠνείδ-
ιζον αὐτόν, 33 Γενομένης δὲ ὥρας ἕκτης,
σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ' ὅλην τὴν γῆν, ἕως ὥρας
ἐννάτης. 34Καὶ τῇ ὥρᾳ τῇ ἐννάτῃ ἐβόησεν ὁ
Ἰησοῦς φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, λέγων· Ἐλωΐ, Ἐλωΐ,
λαμμᾶ σαβαχθανί; ὅ ἐστι μεθερμηνευόμενον·
5/
C
d
CHAPTER XV.
69
Ὁ Θεός μου, ὁ Θεός μου, εἰς τί με ἐγκατέλιπες ;
35 Καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων ἀκούσαντες,
ἔλεγον· Ἰδοὺ, Ἠλίαν φωνεῖ. 36Δραμὼν δὲ εἶς,
καὶ γεμίσας σπόγγον ὄξους, περιθείς τε καλ-
άμῳ, ἐπότιζεν αὐτὸν, λέγων· Ἄφετε· ἴδωμεν,
εἰ ἔρχεται Ἠλίας καθελεῖν αὐτόν. 3* Ο δὲ
Ἰησοῦς ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην ἐξέπνευσε.
38Καὶ τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς
δύο, ἀπὸ ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω. 39Ἰδὼν δὲ ὁ
κεντυρίων, ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ,
ὅτι οὕτως κράξας ἐξέπνευσεν, εἶπεν· Αληθῶς
ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος υἱὸς ἦν Θεοῦ. 40*Ησαν δὲ
καὶ γυναῖκες ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι· ἐν
αἷς ἦν καὶ Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ, καὶ Μαρία ἡ
τοῦ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσὴ μήτηρ, καὶ
Σαλώμη· 41αἳ καὶ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ,
ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ· καὶ
ἄλλαι πολλαὶ, αἱ συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱερο-
σόλυμα.
αι
ފ
42ΚΑΙ ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρα-
σκευὴ, ὅ ἐστι προσάββατον, 43ἦλθεν Ἰωσὴφ
ὁ ἀπὸ Ἀριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτὴς, (ὃς
καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν βασιλείαν
τοῦ Θεοῦ) τολμήσας εἰσῆλθε πρὸς Πιλάτον,
70
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
καὶ ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. 440
δὲ Πιλάτος ἐθαύμασεν, εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκε· καὶ
προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν κεντυρίωνα, ἐπηρώτη-
σεν αὐτὸν, εἰ πάλαι ἀπέθανε. 45 Καὶ γνοὺς
ἀπὸ τοὺ κεντυρίωνος, ἐδωρήσατο τὸ σῶμα τῷ
Ἰωσήφ. 40[αὶ ἀγοράσας σινδόνα, καὶ καθελὼν
αὐτὸν, ἐνείλησε τῇ σινδόνι· καὶ κατέθηκεν
αὐτὸν ἐν μνημείῳ, ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ
πέτρας· καὶ προσεκύλισε λίθον ἐπὶ τὴν
θύραν τοῦ μνημείου. 4* Η δὲ Μαρία ἡ Μαγ
δαληνὴ καὶ Μαρία Ἰωσὴ ἐθεώρουν, ποῦ τίθεται.
CHAP. XVI. Καὶ διαγενομένου τοῦ σαβ-
βάτου, Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ καὶ Μαρία ἡ τοῦ
Ἰακώβου καὶ Σαλώμη ἠγόρασαν ἀρώματα,
ἵνα ἐλθοῦσαι ἀλείψωσιν αὐτόν. 2Καὶ λίαν
πρωΐ τῆς μιᾶς σαββάτων ἔρχονται ἐπὶ τὸ
μνημεῖον, ἀνατείλαντος τοῦ ἡλίου. 3 αί
ἔλεγον πρὸς ἑαυτάς· Τίς ἀποκυλίσει ἡμῖν τὸν
λίθον ἐκ τῆς θύρας τοῦ μνημείου; 4Καὶ
ἀναβλέψασαι θεωροῦσιν, ὅτι ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ
λίθος· ἦν γὰρ μέγας σφόδρα. Καὶ εἰσελθ-
οῦσαι εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, εἶδον νεανίσκον καθήμε--
νον ἐν τοῖς δεξιοῖς, περιβεβλημένον στολὴν
λευκήν· καὶ ἐξεθαμβήθησαν. “Ὁ δὲ λέγει
CHAPTER XVÍ.
71
αὐταῖς· Μὴ ἐκθαμβεῖσθε· Ἰησοῦν ζητεῖτε
τὸν Ναζαρηνὸν, τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον· ἠγέρθη,
οὐκ ἔστιν ὧδε· ἴδε, ὁ τόπος, ὅπου ἔθηκαν αὐτόν.
*Αλλ᾿ ὑπάγετε· εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ,
καὶ τῷ Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλ-
αίαν· ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν.
8 Καὶ ἐξελθοῦσαι ἔφυγον ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου·
εἶχε δὲ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις, καὶ οὐδενὶ
οὐδὲν εἶπον· ἐφοβοῦντο γάρ.
Ἀναστὰς δὲ πρωΐ πρώτῃ σαββάτου, ἐφάνη
πρῶτον Μαρίᾳ τῇ Μαγδαληνῇ, ἀφ᾿ ἧς ἐκβε
βλήκει ἑπτὰ δαιμόνια. 10 Εκείνη πορευθεῖσα
ἀπήγγειλε τοῖς μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ γενομένοις, πενθοῦσι
καὶ κλαίουσι. 11 ἀκεῖνοι, ἀκούσαντες ὅτι ζῇ καὶ
ἐθεάθη ὑπ᾽ αὐτῆς, ἠπίστησαν. 12Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα
δυσὶν ἐξ αὐτῶν περιπατοῦσιν ἐφανερώθη ἐν ἑτέρᾳ
μορφῇ, πορευομένοις εἰς ἀγρόν. 13 Κἀκεῖνοι ἀπ-
ελθόντες ἀπήγγειλαν τοῖς λοιποῖς· οὐδὲ ἐκείνοις
ἐπίστευσαν. 14Ύστερον ἀνακειμένοις αὐτοῖς
τοῖς ἕνδεκα ἐφανερώθη, καὶ ὠνείδισε τὴν
ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν καὶ σκληροκαρδίαν, ὅτι τοῖς
θεασαμένοις αὐτὸν ἐγηγερμένον οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν.
15[αὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Πορευθέντες εἰς τὸν
κόσμον ἅπαντα, κηρύξατε τὸ εὐαγγέλιον πάσῃ
-
TO
72
ST. MARK'S GOSPEL.
τῇ κτίσει. 16 Ο πιστεύσας καὶ βαπτισθεὶς
σωθήσεται· ὁ δὲ ἀπιστήσας κατακριθήσεται.
1Σημεῖα δὲ τοῖς πιστεύσασι ταῦτα παρα-
κολουθήσει· ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου δαιμόνια ἐκ-
βαλοῦσι· γλώσσαις λαλήσουσι καιναῖς· 18 ὄφω
εις ἀροῦσι· κἂν θανάσιμόν τι πίωσιν, οὐ μὴ
αὐτοὺς βλάψῃ· ἐπὶ ἀῤῥώστους χεῖρας ἐπι-
θήσουσι, καὶ καλῶς ἕξουσιν. 19Ὁ μὲν οὖν
Κύριος, μετὰ τὸ λαλῆσαι αὐτοῖς, ἀνελήφθη
εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ
Θεοῦ. 20Ἐκεῖνοι δὲ ἐξελθόντες ἐκήρυξαν
πανταχοῦ, τοῦ Κυρίου συνεργοῦντος, καὶ τὸν
λόγον βεβαιοῦντος διὰ τῶν ἐπακολουθούντων
σημείων.
t
VOCABULARY.
&
1
acc.
act.
adj.
adv.
nor.
art.
cf..
•
or
folld.
Tr.
*
•
•
comp.
conj.
contr.
dat.
01'
dem.
monstr.
Eng.
et al.
etym.
inf.
irreg.
Lat.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
gen.
gen. omn.
Germ.
•
D
"
瘟
​4
+
D
·
•
f. (with subst., femininc.
or pron.)
I. (with verb) } futuro.
followed.
•
•
•
•
•
·
•
·
de-} demonstrative.
imperat.
·
imperf. or imp.
•
·
ABBREVIATIONS.
accusative.
activo.
adjective.
adverb.
aorist.
article.
·
comparc.
comparative.
conjunction.
contracted.
dative.
English.
et aliter.
etymology.
from.
gonitive.
of all genders.
German.
imperative.
imperfect.
infinitive.
irregular.
Latin.
m. or masc.
mid.
倡
​n. or neut..
ncg.
nom.
•
pron.
prps.
•
q.v.
Tel.
•
opp.
opt.
P. or part.
P. or perf.
pass.
pluperf
plur.
poss.
pres.
prob.
•
•
•
Sans.
sing.
subj.
subst.
•
•
•
•
O
•
•
•
•
sup.
V. £.
v. mid.
V. 11.
VOC.
•
·
·
■
•
·
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
►
•
•
•
•
•
•
C
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
.
•
•
-
O
·
•
•
•
▸
•
·
•
·
masculine.
middle.
neuter.
negative.
nominative.
opposite or op-
posed to.
optative.
participle.
perfect.
passive.
pluperfect.
plural.
possessive.
present.
probably.
pronoun.
perhaps.
quod vido.
relative.
Sanscrit.
singular.
subjunctive.
substantive.
superlative.
verb active.
verb middle.
verb neuter.
vocative.
equal to.
N.B. Where the etymology is not given, the word is of very un-
certain or of unknown origin.
Words with an asterisk (*) prefixed are the Greek representatives
of Hebrew or Chaldee words.
Such principal tenses of verbs as are placed within parentheses
( ), do not occur in the Greek Testament.
:
VOCABULARY.
For ADDENDA see p. 179.
**Aßßa, m. indecl. ("Fa- | To love [prob. akin to Sans. root
ther") Abba.
KAP, to desire"; à is a pre-
(C
**Aẞiάoap, m. indecl. ("Fa-fix; cf. aya@ós].
ther of abundance") Abiathar;
a high-priest in the timo of
David, about B.C. 1062.
**Aẞpаáµ, m. indecl. ("Fa-
ther of a multitudo ") Abraham;
the ancestor of the Jewish nation.
His call is usually assigned to
D.C. 1921.
-TOL,
1.
11.
ȧyάyere, 2. pers. plur. 2.
aor. imperat. of ayw.
ἀγαθοποιέω,
aor.
εοι, ἠγαθοποίησα, ν
[oyal-ós, "good"; () connect-
ing vowel; Toléw, "to do"] To
do good, perform a good action,
otc.; at iii. 4, with Dat. of
Time.
J
ἀγάπητός, ητή, ητόν, adj.
[ayan-áw, " to loro "] Loved, be-
loved.
ἀγγαρεύω, f. ἀγγαρεύσω,
v. a. (ayyặp-os (Persian word),
"a mounted courier"; one of a
body of men kept at regular sta-
tions in Persia for the purpose of
forwarding the royal despatches,
and possessing the power of en-
forcing assistance when needed]
("To act the part of an ayyap-
os"; hence) To force, compel
one to do something; to impress
one into service, etc.
m.
ἄγγελος, ου, n. [ἀγγέλ-
Aw, "to carry a message "] 1. 4
λω,
messenger, etc.;-at i. 2, of John
the Baptist.-2. An angel.
|
$
ȧ-yǎe-ós, ý, óv, adj. Good
ἀ-γαθός,
[yao, like Germ. "gut," Eng.
"good," akin to Sans. part.
kydt-a, fr. root KYÂ, in original
force of "to shine"; à is an in-
separable prefix).
|
¿y-éλn, éans, f. [ay-w, "'lo
drive"]("That which is driv-
en "; hence)
hence) Of animals: 4
herd, drove.
Co
|
ἀγανακτέω, -Θ, (f. ἀγαν
ακτήσω), 1. aor. ἠγανάκτησα, |
v. n. [prob, for άyav-ax0-éw; fr.
ayar, in "strengthening" force;
axo-os, "a burden "] ("To have
a heavy mental burden," etc.;
hence) To be deeply grieved or
vexed; to be displeased, oto.
ἁγ-τός, τά, τόν, adj. (“ Το bo
adored or worshipped "; hencc)
Holy.-As Subst. : &ylós, où,
111. Of Christ: The Holy One
[akin to Sans. root YAJ,
adoro, or worship," the deities].
ἄ-γνάφ-ος, ον, adj. [ἀ, neg-
ative"; γνάμω (= κνάπτω),
"to
|
<<
1
å-уăπ-áw, -ô, 1. ayαπnow," to full or dress" cloth] ("Not
p. nyáπnkа, 1. aor. yámnoa, fulled or dressed"; hence) Of
ἠγάπηκα,
("To desire or long for": hence) cloth: New,
ἀγαπήσω,
ἠγάπησα,
76
VOCABULARY.
å-vvo-éw, -û, (f. ȧyvońow,
P. nуvónka), 1. aor. nyvónora,
v. a. [á, "negativo"; yvo
; vvo (
γνω), γι-γνώ-σκω,
yvw), a root of yi-уvú-σxw, "to
know"] Not to know, not to pos-
sess a knowledge of, to be ignorant
of, not to understand.
etc.-2. Nent.: aywμev, Let us
go, let us depart.-In Greck, as
well as in Latin, tho first pers.n
plur. Subj. is at times used to
express exhortation or admoni-
tion.
|
·
a-yop-á, âs, f. [for ȧyep-á;
fr. ayeipw, "to collect, assem-
ble," through verbal root ayep]
("An assembling"; hence,
CC an
assembly"; hence, "a place of
assembly"; hence) A market-
place, market.
å-8€λþ-ń, ñs, £. (“One of the
samo, womb"
|
hence) 1. A
sister.-2. A kinswoman [insepar-
able prefix à, akin to Sans. sa
(in first part of compound
words),
""
same ; δελφύς, “ 'a
womb"; akin to Sans. garbh-a].
ἀ-δελφ-ός, ού, na. [id.] 1.
A brother.-2. A kinsman [id.].
ἀδημον-έω, -ῶ, v. n. [obsol
ἀδήμων, ἀδήμον-ος,
To
CC sore-trou-
bled"] To be sorely troubled, to be
in mental anguish.
El.
,
]
|
P.
ayop-alw, f. ȧyopǎow, (p.
ἀγορ-άζω,
ἠγόρακα), 1. aor. ἠγόρασα, ν.
[ἀγορ-ά, "τα
market”] (“Το
market"; henco) To buy, pur-
chase, procure by purchase.
ἀγοράζων, ουσα,
pres. of ayopasw.
ἀγοράσας, ᾶσα, αν, P.
1. aor. of ἀγοράζω.
ἀγρεύσωσι, 3. pors. plur.
1. aor. subj. of ἀγρεύω.
|
་
(ἀγρ-εύω, f. ἀγρεύσω), 1. aor.
nyрevoa, v. a. [ayp-a, "the
chase "]("To tako in the chase
or by hunting"; honce) To en-
snare, catch, entangle one in one's
talk, elc.
ἄγρ-ίος, ἵα, τον, adj. [ἀγρ-
ós, "a feld"] ("Pertaining to
ός,
ἀγρός”; hence) Of honey:
Found in the fields or country,
wild; as opposed to that obtained
from hives.
Bran
01',
ἀ-δύνατος, δύνατον, adj.
[ά, "negative"; durarós (of
things), "possiblo"] Not possible,
impossible; -at x. 27 supply
τοῦτο (Ξτὸ σωθῆναι) ἐστι,
ael, adv. Always, continu-
ally, ever [akin to Sans. αντιδη
ayus,
lifo"].
(6
ἄζυμα, ὧν, n. plur. [ἄζυμος,
"unleavened"]("The unlcaven-
ed things or cakes"; hence)
The feust of unleavened bread.
tr
ἀθετέω, -ω, f. ἀθετήσω,
1. aor. ἠθέτησα, ν. . [ἄθer-or,
set aside "] ("To make ãler-
os"; hence) To sel aside, dis-
regard, reject,
|
]
ἀθετῆσαι, 1. aor. inf. of
ἀθετέω.
ἀγρ-ός, οὗ, m.: 1. A field,
esp. of arable land.-2. Plur.:
Lands, property in land.-3. The
country. 4. Plur.: Inhabited
country, country places [akin to
Sans. ajr-a; cf. Lat. Ager, figr-i;
Eng. "acre"].
αἷμα, ατος, 11. Blood.
αἰρόμενος, η, ον, P. prcs.
pass. of aïpw.
|
(C
аурuπν-éш, -, v. n. [ayp-
υπνος, sleepless, wakeful"]|
("To be aуpurvos"; hence) To be
watchful, or vigilant.
αἴρω, f. άρῶ, ν. ἦρκα, 1. πΟΥ.
pa, v. a.: 1. To raise; to take
or_lift_up.-2. (To tako up in
order to carry; hence): a. To
carry, bear, take, etc.-b. With
els: To put into and carry; vi. 8.
-3.: a. To take away, remore,
etc. b. With Gen. of thing:
To take away from.-4. To take
or carry with one. Pass.:
ǎy-w, f. ä§w, (p. xa, later
aynoxa), 2. nor. nyayov, v. a.
and n.: 1. Act.: To bring, lead,
CC
S
+
:
77
αἴρομαι, p. ἦρμαι, 1, aor.
ήρθην, 1. fut. άρθήσομαι.
ἀκανθΐνος, ἴνη, ἵνον, adj.
[akavo-a, "a thorn "] ("Pertain
ing to akavea"; hence) Of, or
belonging to, thorns: Made of
thorns :--ἀκάνθινος στέφανος, ἅ
alreiσbe, contr. 2. pers.
plur. pres. mid. of airéw.
αἰτέω, -ὢ, f. αἰτήσω, p.
-û,
ᾔτηκα, 1. aor. ήτησα, ν. α
1. Act.: a. With Acc. of thing :
To ask for. b. With Acc. of
α
M
Without fruit, barren, unfruitful.
crown of thorns.
ἄ καρπος,
ov, adj. [á,
"negative"; κарπ-ós, "fruit"1
person and Acc. of thing: To("Not having κaprós"; hence)
ask one for something; to ask
something or, or from, onc.-2.
Mid. alréoμαι, -ovμat, f.
αἰτήσομαι, 1. aor. ᾐτησάμην
With Acc.: To ask for something
for one's own self; to request,
beg for.-b. Alone: To make a
request or entrcaty; to beg a far-
our, etc. [akin to Saus. root
YACH, "to ask "].
α
|
αἰτήσῃς, 2. pers. ging. 1.
aor. fubj. of αἰτέω,
alтnooμal, fut. ind. mid,
of airéw.
P
VOCABULARY.
|
ȧкo-ń, ñs, f. [ako-úw, "lo
hear"] ("A hearing"; hence
(act.)" that which hears (pass.)
that which is heard" ; hence)
1. plur.: The ears.—2.: a. A re-
port, rumour.-b. Fame, etc.
akoλověεíтw, 3. pers. sing.
ἀκολουθείτω,
pres. imperat. of àкoλovléw.
ἀκολουθ-έω, -@, f. ἀκολουθ-
ήσω, p. ἠκολούθηκα, 1.
ἠκολούθησα, V. 1. [ἀκόλουθ-ος,
"following"] To follow-most-
ly with Dat.;-at viii. 34 with
oríow ;-at x. 32 alone.
alтηoov, 2. pers. sing. 1. aor.
imperat. of airéw.
αἰτήσωμεν, 1. pers. plur.
1. aor. subj. of airéw.
alrla, as, f. A charge, ac-
cusution, otc.
αἰών, ὦνος, 121.: 1. Life-time, |
life.-2. An age, generation, per-
iod of time.-3. The world as it
now is.-4. An infinite space of
time, eternity [akin to Sans. ayus,
"life").
|
ἀκολουθῶν, οὖσα, οὖν, Ρ.
pres. contr. of àkoλovléw.
aor.
ἀκούσας, ἃσα, αν, Ρ. 1. π01.
of ἀκούω.
ἀκούω, f. ἀκούσω and ἀκού-
σομαι, p. ἁκήκοα, 1. nor, ἤκουσα,
v. a. and n.: 1. Act.: a. With
Acc. of thing; or Gen. of person
or thing: To hear.-b. With
Acc. of thing: To hear of.-c.
With Gen. of person: To hear
or heed; to attend, or give eur, to
one.-2. Neut.: a. To hear.-b.
To hear, i.e. have, or possess, the
facully of hearing.-c. To attend,
give ear. -- Tags: ἀκούομαι,
ip, ἤκουσμαι), 1. nor. ήκούσθην,
1. f. àkovσlýσoμal. — Impers.
ἀκουσθήσομαι.
1. nor. pass.: йкovoln, It was
heard; ii. 1 [prob. to be divided
à-ko-úw; fr, á, inseparable prefix,
in strongthening force; root ko,
found in Ko-éw, "to hear, per-
"accive"].
<<
|
1
ἀκάθαρτος, τον, adj. [ά,
"negative
καθαίρω, to
cleanse"; through verbal root
καθαρ] ("Not cleansed" ;
henco) Morally: Unclean, im-
pure; in St. Mark only of un-
clean spirits.
ǎк-ανo-α, ns, f. [prob, ák-,
åk-avo-α,
"a sharp point"; avo-os,
flower"] ("That which has
sharp points and flowers"; i.e.) ȧkovo.
A thorn tree, thorn-bush.
ἀκούων, ουσα, ον, P. prcs. of
ἀκρίς, ίδος, f. A locuse
αἰώνιος,
alov-los, for, adj. [alúr,
"oternity }} ; seo alúr, no. 4]
("Portaining to alúr"; hence)
Eternal, everlasting.
78
VOCABULARY.
¿кũρ-ów, -☎, 1. aor. kúρwσα,
V. a. (äkuρ-os, "without auth-
[ἄκύριος,
ority or validity "] ("To render
ākūpos"; hence) To deprive oƒ
authority, etc.; to invalidale,
make of no effect.
акр-ov, ov, n. [аäxp-os, “high- | hence, "to defend, aid"; dráp,
est"; heuce, "furthest "] Fur- ȧvôp-ós, "a
|
man"] ("Man-
thest point, extremity, end.
defender," etc.) Alexander, the
son of Simon of Cyrene.
ἀλήθεια, είας, 1. [ἀληθ-ής,
true"] ("The quality of the
áλŋ¤ýs”; hence) Truth :
àλyleías, in truth, truly,
ἐπ'
¿кūρâν, oûσα, oûr, P. pres.
of ἀκυρόω.
ἀληθής, ές, adj. [ά, “negat
tivo"; Anew, "to lic hid"]
("Not lying hid"; hence, “un-
reserved"; hence) Morally: True.
aλáẞaσтрov, ou, n. ("Ala-
baster ; hence) An alabaster
box, caskel, etc., for unguents.
ἀλαλ-άζω, (f. ἀλαλάξω in
LXX, áλaλáfoµal, clnss.), v. n.
[áλăλ-n, "a loud cry"] To uller
[ἀλαλη,
a loud cry, to cry out aloud; to
wail, etc.;-in Gr. Test. only in
P. pres.
ἐλάλαζων, ουσα,
ov, P.
pres. of aλadásw.
1. ǎ-λăλ-os, or, adj. [à,
ἄλαλος,
"negative"; Aaλ-éw, "to speak"]
("Not speaking"; hence) Dumb,
unable to speak. As Subst.:
áλăλoç,ov, w. A dumb person.
-Plnr. with art.: The dumb.
J
<<
2. áλăλos, ov; see 1. ãλăλos.
ἄλαλος, ἄλαλος.
ἅλας, ἄτος, 11. Salt [liko
A-s, akin to Sans. sar-a, "salt";
ef, Tat. sal; Eng. salt).
1
»
ἀληθῶς, adv. [ἀληθής,
"true"] ("After the manner of
the ἀληθής”; hencc) Truly, τη
in
|
truth.
(άλ-τζω), f. pass. ἁλισθή,
oopal, v.a. [äλ-s,äd-os,“salt"]
To salt.-Pass.: To be salled.
ἁλισθήσομαι, fut. ind. pass.
of ddigw.
"
th
1. Aλá, conj. [originally
ἀλλά,
neut. acc. plur. of ăλλos, a11-
other," with the accent changed]
("In another way, otherwise ";
hence) 1. Bul.-2. Except, only.
2. λλa, neut. nom. and acc.
plur. οἱ ἄλλος.
>
p.
Το
ἀλλήλοις, αις, οις, dat. of
ἀλλήλων.
ἀ-λείφω, (f. ἀλείψω), Do
ἤλειφα, 1. που. ἤλειψα, ν. μο
anoint [akin to Saus. root LIP,
"to anoint"; à is an inseparablé
prefix without force].
ἀλλήλους, as, a, acc. of
¿ðýλwv.
|
¿λλ-ńλ-wv, pron. plur. with-
out nom. (reduplicated and
changed fr. ăλλ-os, “another"]
ἄλλος,
Oy, etc., one another.
¿λeldwory, 3. pers. plur.
1. aor. subj. οἱ ἀλείφω.
ἀλεκτορ-ο-φωνία, ἴας, f.
[ἀλέκτωρ, ἀλέκτορ-ο-, “a cock”; &λλ-os, n, o, pron. adj.: 1.
(o) connecting vowel; wr-ćw, Sing.: a. Another, other;-at iv. 5,
"to crow"; see pwréw, no. 1, b] and 7 and 8 supply orépa with
A cock-crowing, cock-crow-the aλo.-As Subst.: (a) äλros,
|
name of the last night-watch of ov, m. Another man, another.-
|
the Jews, or the watch befcro | (b) äλλn, ys, f. Another woman.
day-break ;—at xiii. 35, λekтOP-b. Repented, whether as adj. or
ofwrias is gen, of time "when." subst., and whether in tlo samo
• •
ἀλέκτωρ, τορος, 11. A cock. or a different case: One an-
Αλέξανδρος, [ἀλέξη
'Aλé-av8p-o5, or, m. [àλég- | other. — 2. Plur, : Other, — As
"to ward off" an enemy, etc.; ' Subat.: a. ¿λλOL, w:, m.: (a)
W,
ἁλιεύς, τέως, 11. [ἅλς, ἅλ-ος,
"the sca"]("The one pertain-
ing to as "; hence) A fisherman,
fisher.
J
VOCABULARY.
79
...
|
Alono: Other men, others.-—(b)
Repeated: Some . others.-b.
ἄλλαι, ων, f. Other women.
~c. ἄλλα, ων, n. Other things
[akin to Sans. an-ya, "other"].
ἅλυσις, εως, f. A chain.
aλ-s, ós, n. Salt (akin to
Sans. sar-a, C salt"; cf. Lat. sal,
Eng. sall; sec, also, äλas].
ἀμφί-βληστρον, στρου, Π.
[aµpí, “around "; Bλn, a root of
Báλw, "to throw," etc.] (" That
which is made for throwing
around"; hence) A casting-net;
a fishing-net; a seine, etc.
'Alpaîos, ov, m. Alphæus:
1. The brother of Joseph the
husband of the mother of Jesus,
father of James the Less; iii. 18.
|
2. The father of Levi, i.c. of
Matthew; ii. 14.
ἄμφοδον, ου, 1. [ἀμφί,
around"; od-ós, "a way, road,"
elc.] ("That which has ways, or
roads, around"; hence) A part,
or quarter, of a town, village,
ele., surrounded by ways, etc.; a
meeting, or junction, of roads, etc.
1. av, conj.=1. čav. If ; sec čav,
2. av, conditional particle,
modifying the power of the word
to which it belongs: 1. With
Verbs (of all moods except the
Imperative): a. With 1. aor.
Indic.: Could have, should have.
b. With Subj., the force of av is
thrown on some preceding con-
junction, or some relative word;
see below, no. 2.-2.With Relative
pronouns, adverbs, conjunctions,
elc.: os år, whoever, whosoever
ὅπου ἄν, wherever; ἕως ἄν, undii,
whatever time it be (that); övoi
år, how many soever, as many
soever as.
It
ἁμάρτημα, ἡμᾶτος, n.
[aμapr-ávo, to sin"] ("The
[ἁμαρτ-άνω,
simming thing"; hence) Sin.
åμaρr-la, ías, f. [id.] ("The
act of sinning"; hence) 1. Sin,
generally.-2. Plur.: Šins; i.c.
various acts or forms of sin.
|
ἁμαρτωλός, ωλόν, adj.
[id.] Sinning, sinful.-as Subst.:
a. aμаρтwλós, oû, m. A sin-
ἁμαρτωλός,
ful person, a sinner.-b. Plur.:
ἁμαρτωλοί ῶν, 11. As
designation of the Gentiles: Sin-
a
ners.
*ἀμήν, adv. In trulli, of a
verity, verily,
ἄμπελος, ου, f. [prob. fr.
dun-í, Bolic form of aup-i,
around"; A, root of A-toow,
"to roll or wind”] (“That which
rolls itself, or winds, around";
her.cc) 4 vine, as twining its
tendrils around trees, etc., for
support.
CL
ἀμπελών, ὧνος, 11. [ἄμπελ-
ης, a vino"] ("The thing hav-
ing aureos"; henco) A vine-
yard.
(c
åvá, prep. gov. acc. (“Up,
up along"; hence) 1. Of place:
Through, throughout.-2. Dis-
tributively, with numerals: Up
to the number of, in bodies or com-
panies of.
|
|
ರ
ἀνα-βαίνω, f. ἀνα-βήσομαι,
p. ȧva-Béßŋka, 2. aor. ár-éßny,
v. n. [ává, "up"; Baivw, "to
βαίνω,
go”] 1. Of personal Subjects : a.
To go up from a place, etc.-b.
To go up or around.-c. Of a
vessel, etc.: With eis: To go up
into; to go on board of; vi. 51;
also with πρός and acc. of person.
-d. With cis: To go up from
the country, etc,, into or to a city,
cte.; x. 32; 33.-2. Of seeds, etc.,
as Subjects: To come up, i.c. to
spring up, grown up, out of tho
|
ground.
to
(ἀμφιβάλλω, f. audi- |
βαλῶ, p. ἀμφιβέβληκα, ν. c.
[ἀμφί, “ around”; βάλλω, “to
throw"] To throw, or cash, around;
to turn about.-In Ar. Test. only
as part. pres. and in one passage).
ἀμφιβάλλων, ουσά, or, f.
prcs. of ἀμφιβάλλω.
80
VOCABULARY.
ἀναβαίνων, ουσα,
οι, Ρο
pres. of ἀναβαίνων
ἀναβάς, ἆσα, άν, Ρ. 2. πor.]
of ἀναβαίνω.
ἀνακείμενος, η, ον, P.
pres. of ἀνάκειμαι.
ἀνακλῖναι, 1. aor. inf. of
ȧvakdivw.
ἀνα-βλέπω, (f. ἀνα-βλέψω),
1. aor, ἀνέβλεψα, v. n. [ἀνά;
βλέπω, “ to look or see”] 1.
[ἀνά, σε
up, upwards"]: a. To
look up or upwards.-b. To lift
up the eyes.-2. [ává, denoting
"repetition"] To see again, to
recover sight.
""
ἀνα - κλίνω, f. ἀνα-κλίνω,
1. aor. ár-ékλīva, v. a. (árá,
"backwards, back ; κλίνω, “τό
make to bend"] ("To mako to
bend backwards»; hence) Of
personal Objects: To cause to re-
| cline, to make to sit town, etc.
(ἀνα-κράζω, f. ἀνα-κράξο-
ἀναβλέψας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ.]
1. aor. of ἀναβλέπω.
ἀναβλέψω, l. aor. subj. of
ἀναβλέπω ; Χ. 51.
(ἀνὰ-βοάω, -ῶ, f. ἀνα-βοή- μαι in LXX), 1. aor. ἀνέκραξα,
σομαι), 1. aor. ἀνεβόησα, V. 11. v. n. [ává, in " augmentative
[ἀνά, in “augmentative" forco ; | forco; κράζω, “to cry out”] Το
βοάω, “ to cry out”] Το cry out cry out cloud.
aloud, to shout out, cto.
""
•
ἀναβρήσας, ἀσα, αν, Ρ.
1. που. of ἀναβοάω.
ἀνάγγειλον, 1. aor. imperat.
of ἀναγγέλλω.
ἀναγινώσκων, ουσα, ον, Ρ.
prcs. οἱ ἀναγινώσκω,
ἀναγκάζω, (f. ἀναγκάσω,
p. ἠνάγκακα), ν. α. [ἀνάγκη,
constraint, necessity"]("To
make" something" a necessity";
honco) To constrain, force, com-
pel.
“ backwalls, back”; κεῖμαι, « to
lie" at tablo, elc.] (“ To lie back";
hence) Το recline on a couch at
table.
ἀνα-λαμβάνω, (f. ἀναλήψο-
μαι), 2. aor. ἀνέλαβον, ν. α. [ἀνά,
up"; daµßărw, "to tako "] To
take up ----Pass.: 1. aor. ἀνελήφ-
θηκ.
|
ἄν-ἅλ-ος, ον, adj. [άν, “ neg-
ativo" particle;
particlo; ἅλς, ἁλός,
"salt"] Without sall, saltless; i.e.
corrupt, deteriorated, savourless,
etc.
|
ἀναγγέλλω, f. ἀν-αγγελῶ,
1. aor. av-ýyyeida, V. a. [ává,
denoting “ repetition”; ἄγγελλω,
"" to carry word, or tidings,
about"] To carry back word, cto.,
about; to report, relate, etc.
ἀνά-γινώσκω, (f. ἀνα-γνώσ-
ομαι, p. ἀν-έγνωκα), 2.
ár-éyrov, v. a. and n. [ává, de-
“repetition”; γινώσκω,
noting
"to know"] ("To know again
hcnce) Of written characters ;
201.
ἀνα-μιμνήσκω, f. ἀνα-
μνήσω, ν. α. [ἀνά, denoting “10-
petition ”; μιμνήσκω, “ to put in
mind"] To put in mind again, to
remind. ---- Pass. : ἀνα-μιμνή-
σκομαι, 1. aor. ἀν-εμνήσθην ;
In mic. forco : Τo recall to mind,
to remember.
"".
|
To read.
ἀναθεματίζω, 1. ποι, ἀνα
eθυμάτισα, V. 1. [ἀνάθεμα, ἀνα-
θέματος, a curgo”] Το utter al
(C
curse or curses; to curse.
ἀνάκειμαι, το
1.
B
ἀναμνησθείς, εῖσα, άν, Ρ.
1. nor. pass. of ἀναμιμνήσκω,
ἀναπαύω, f. ἀνα-παύσω,
(γ). ἀνα-πέπαυκα), v. εν. [ἀνά, in
"strengthening force, παύω,
"to make lo ccaso"] (“To make
-a person -- to cease" from some-
thing; hence) To give rest to
n person. --- Mid.: ἀναπαύο
μαι, (Γ. ἀνα-παύσομαι), 1, aor.
ανεπαυσάμην, (“Το givo rcat to
ond's golf”; hcnce) Το rest, talie
Γάνά, I resta
·
VOCABULARY.
81
|
ἀναπεσεῖν, 2. aor. inf. of |
ἀναπίπτω.
(ἀνα-πίπτω, f. ἀνα-πεσοῦς
μαι, D. ἀνα-πέπτωκα), 2. aor. ἀν- ἀναβλέπω,
έπεσον, v. n. [ἀνά, “ backwards,
back”; πίπτω, “ to fall ’] (“Το
fall back"; hence) To recline, lie
down, al table, otc.
|
ἀνασείω, 1. nor. ἀνέσεισα,
v. a. (ává, "up"; oeiw, “ to
shake"] ("To shake up"; hence) |
Of persons as Objects : To stir up,
excile, etc.
|
ἀναστάς, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ. 2. not.
οἱ ἀνίστημι.
᾿Ανδρέας, ου, m. andreio
the brother of Simon Peter.
ἀνέβλεψα, 1. aor. ind, of
ἀνέγνων, 2, aor. ind. of ἀνα
γινώσκω.
|
ἀναστενάξας, άσα, αν, Ρ.
1. aor. of ἀναστενάζω.
ἀνάστῃ 3. perf. sing. 2. aor.
Fulj. of ἀνίστημι,
ἀναστῆναι, 2. aor. inf. of
ἀνίστημι,
ἀναστήσομαι, fut. ind.
|
mid. of ἀνίστημι,
ἀναστῶσι(ν), 3. pers. plur.
2. aor. subj. of ἀνίστημι,
ἀνατείλας, ἄσα, αν Ρ.
1. aor. of ἀνατέλλω,
""
-
ἀνα-φέρω, (f. ἀν-ρίσω), 1. aor. |
ἀνήνεγκα, v. a. [ἀνά, up";
φάρω, “to bring] Το bring u
ἀνα-χωρέω, χωρῶ, ({. ἀνα-
χωρήσω), 1. aor. ἀνεχώρησα,
[ἀνά, “ back again"; χωρέω, “to
go" To go back again, retire,
withdraw one's self.
ἄνδρα, aco. sing. of ἀνήρι
Dark,
ἀνελήφθην, 1. aor. ind. pass,
οἱ ἀναλαμβάνω,
|
ἀνεμνήσθην, 1. aor. ind.
pass. οἱ ἀναμιμνήσκω.
CC
ἀνα-στᾶ-σις, σεως, f. [ἀνά,
u]”; στα, α root of ἵστημι,
11]
in neut. force, " to stand "] (A
standing up, a rising"; hence)
Of the dead : Resurrection.
}}
|
1.
ἄνεμος, έμου, 111. (“The
blowing thing ; hence)
Wind.-2. Plur.: The quarters of
heaven, whence the winds blow;
xiii. 27 [akin to Sans. root AN,
"to blow"].
åva-orevāĻw, 1. aor. àv-|
εστέναξα, V. . [ἀνά, in “ ang-
mcntative " force; στενάζω,
"to groan"] To groan much or
deeply.
ἀνέξομαι, fut. ind. mid. of
avexw.
ἀνέπεσον, 2. aor. incl. of
ἀναπίπτω.
ἀνέσεισα, 1. aor. ind. of
ἀναστίω.
ἀνεστέναξα, 1. aor. ind. of
ἀναστενάζω.
ἀνέστην, 2. aor. ind. of
ἀνίστημι
ἀνέτειλα, 1. aor. incl. of
ἀνατέλλω.
p.
ἀνατέλλω, (f. ἀνα-τελῶ), ν.
ἀνα-τέταλκα, V.
11. [ἀνά, In |
“ gtrongthening force”; τέλλω
(v. n.), "to rise"] Of the sun :
To rise.
6
|
(ἀνέχω, f. ἀν-έξω, D. ἀν·
έσχηκα, ν. ε. [ἀνά, “up”; ἔχω,
"to hold "] To hold up.-In Gr.
Test. not found in act. roice).
Mid: ἀνέχομαι, f. ἀν ἕξομαι,
2. aor. ήνεσχόμην, (“Το hold up
for one's self ; hence) With
Gen. of Object: Τo bear, endure,
put up with, tolerate, suter.
ἀνεχώρησα, 1. aor. inc. of
ἀναχωρέω,
35
|
ἀ-νήρ, νδρός, 121,: 1, 4 man.
2. A husband [akin to Saus, nar-
a, “a man”; & is a prefix, cf.
à-ya0-ós]).
"a
ἀνέκραξα, 1. aor. inc. of
ἀνακράζω.
ἀνεκτότερος, οτέρα, ότερον,
comp. adj. [ἀνεκτ-ός, “tolerable,
endurable"] More tolerable, or
endurable.
Madag
J
ἄνθρωπος, ου, comama. gcu.
A human being; a man, person;
G
82
VOCABULARY.
ὁ υἱος τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, the son of
man; i.e. Christ in respect to
His human naturo; viii. 20, etc.:
—οἱ ἄνθρωποι, men, or persons,
generally; vii. 8: the people;
ix. 27.
"1
1. ἄ-νομος, ov, adj. [a,
"nogative"; vóμ-os, "law"j
νόμος, "law"]
("Not having law, lawless
hence) Wicked, impious. As
Subst. : ἄνομός, ου, m. A
wicked, or impious, person;
transgressor.
a
Ap
2. ἄνομος, ου ; see 1.
VOUOS.
ȧπаɣάуETE, 2. pers. plur.
2. aor. imperat. of anayw.
ä-VITT-os, ov, adj. [à, “neg-
ative"; víπT-w, "to wash "]
· νίπτω,
Not washed, unwashen ;—at vii. 2,
Supply χερσί with ἀνίπτοις.
ἀνίστημι, f. ἀνα-στήσω,
p. ἀνέστηκα, 1. aor. ἀν-έστησα,
1ο
ἀπ-αγγέλλω, f. ἀπ-αγγελῶ,
1, nor. ἀπ-ήγγειλά, v. u. [ἀπό,
in “intcugive” force; ἀγγέλλω,
ἀν-έστην,
ἵστημι,
2. aor. áν-éσтηy, v. a. and n. [av-"to carry word"] To carry word
á, "up"; "σтnut, "to make to about; to announce, report, relate,
stand-to stand"] 1. Act.: In tell;-at v. 14, xvi. 10, etc., with-
pros., imporf., fut. and 1. aor.: To out nearer Object.
make to stand up; to raise up, etc.
-2. Neut. In 2. aor.: a. To
stand up.-b. To rise from the
dead, etc.-c. To rise up for the
purpose of going; to set out, de-
part-3. Mid; ἀν-ίσταμαι,
f. ἀνα-στήσομαι : a. Το stand
up; arise.-b. To rise from the
dund.
ä-
""
ἀντάλλαγμα, μᾶτος, n.
[ἀνταλλάσσω, “ to exchange for
something else, through verbal
|
100t ἀνταλλαγ] ("That
which is oxchanged for" some-
thing else; hence) With Gen. of
that which is exchanged: An
exchange for, or in return for.
avrl, prep. gov. gen. ("Over
against"; hence) In the place of,
instead of in return for.
"above
ἀνώ-γαι-ον, ου 1. [ἄνω,
; yaî-a," the earth or
ground"]("The thing pertain-
ing to that which is above the
ground"; hence) Of a houso:
An upper floor or chamber,
|
ävw-0ev, adv. [ärw,“ above";
particle der="from"] ("From
above hence, by a Greek
idiom) ibove, etc.:--ἀπὸ ἄνωθεν
(supply Toû), from that which is
above; i.e. from the upper part
or top.
""
ܕܕ
ảπ-ǎyw, (f. ȧn-ážw), 2. aor.
an-nyayov, v. a. [ar-ó, "away";
ayw, "to lead"] 1. To lead
aioay.-2. To carry off to prison,
or as a prisoner.
"C
(ἀπαίρω, f. ἀπαρῶ, p. ἀπ
ἥρκα, ν. α. [ἀπό, “οι”; αἴρω,
to lift"] ("To lift off"; hence,
"to carry away, take away ").
Pass.: (&π-alроμal), 1. aor.
(ἀπαίρομαι),
ár-ýp◊nv, To be taken away.
ἁπαλός, ή, όν, adj, (“Soft
to the touch; hence) Tender.
ἀπαντάω αυτώ, f. άπα
avтnow, (Р. áπ-ývтnka), 1. aor.
ἀπήντησα, V.
[àπ-ó, in
"strengthening " force; άντα
áw, "to meet "] With Dat.: To
meel.
Il.
M
ἀπαντήσει, 3. pers. sing.
fut, ind. of åravráw.
aтápen, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj. of araipa-only in this
form in Gr. Test.
aor.
ἀπ-αρνέομαι, αρνοῦμαι,
1. ἀπ-αρνήσομαι, 1. noi, ἀπηρνη-
oauny, v. mid. [ár-ó, in "inton-
sive" force; apréoμai," to deny"]
To deny utterly.
ἀπαρνησάσθω, 3. pors
sing. 1. aor. imperat. of άπ-
apréoμai.
f.
ἀπαρνήσομαι, f, incl. of
àтapréoμai.
ἄπᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, adj. [ά, in
VOCABULARY.
83
2. [ἀπό, denoting
"intensive force " ; πås, “all"]| removed.
1. Quile all; the whole, all com- “ completencss’; ἔχω (act.), σε το
pletely.---As Subst.: ἅπαντες,|have"](‘To have completeness”;
ων, m. plur. All men, all persons. | hence) Impers.: ἀπέχει, (I has
-2. The whole of that denoted completeness; i.e.) It is sufficient;
by the subst. to which it is in at- -a rare use of the word, and
tribution.
one occurring only in later
writers.
ἀπάτη, ης, f. Deceitfulness,
deceit.
ἀπεδήμησα, 1. aor. ind. of
ἀποδημέω.
ἀπήγαγον, 2. aor. ind. of
ἀπάγω.
ἀπεδοκίμασα, 1. aor. ind.]
cf ἀποδοκιμάζω.
ἀπήγγειλα, 1. aor. inc. of
ἀπαγγέλλω.
ἄπηλθον, 2. aor. ind. of
ἀπέθανον, 2. aor. ind. of | ἀπέρχομαι.
ἀποθνήσκω.
ἀπήνεγκα, l. aor. ind. of
ἀπεκεφάλισα, 1. nor. ind. | ἀποφέρω.
of ἀποκεφάλιζω.
ἀπήντησα, 1. aor. ind. of
ἀπεκρίθην, 1. aor. ind. of
ἀποκρίνονται.
ἀπαντάω.
ἀπέκτεινα, 1. aor. inc. of
ἀποκτείνω.
|
ἀπιστέω, -ὦ, (f. ἀπιστήσω,
p. ἠπίστηκα), 1. aor. ἠπίστησα,
v. n. [amior-os, "unbelieving "Í
[ἄπιστος,
(“ Το bc ἄπιστος”; hence) Νοΐ ιο
believe, to disbelieve.
ἀπεκρινάμην, 1. aor. ind.
of ἀποκρίνομαι,
ἀπελθεῖν, 2. aor. inf. of
ἀπέρχομαι.
ἀπιστήσας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ.
1. aor. of ἀπιστέω.
ἀπιστία, ίας, f. [ἄπιστος,
“ unbelieving*] (“The quality,
or state, of the ἄπιστος”; hence)
Unbelief.
'
ἀπελθών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ. 2. πor.
Οf ἀπέρχομαι.
ἀπέλυον, imperf. ind. of
ἀπολύω.
ἀπέλυσα, 1. aor. inc. of
ἀπολύω.
"C
*
1
ἀπ-έρχομαι, f. ἀπελεύσο- |
μαι, p. ἀπ-ελήλυθα, v. inid [ἀπ-ό, | lieving, withcut
away”; ἔρχομαι, "to come, to | faithless.
go"] 1. Τo go away, depart2.
To betake one's self, sel out, go, or
cone to, etc., Bome pergon or
place.
ἀπεστέγασα, 1. aor. ind, of |
ἀποστεγάζω.
ἀπέστειλα, 1. aor. ind. of
ἀποστέλλω,
ἀπό (before n soft vowel ἀπ';
but ἀπὸ ἀγορᾶς, vii. 4; ἀπὸ
᾿Αριμαθείας, xv. 43 :-before an
aspirated vowol a'; but dтò
Ἱεροσολύμων, iii. 8, etc., ἀπὸ
Tepixw, x. 46), prep, gov. gen.:
| 1. From in the fullest meaning of
the word.-2. In the place of the
Gen. alone, after verbs act., to
denoto a part: Some of, a part
or portion of: τὰ κυνάρια
ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων, the dogs
cat (a part) of the crumbs; vii. 28;
ἵνα . . . λάβῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ
...
ἀπέχει; πεο ἀπέχω,
ἀπ-έχω, (f. ἀφ'-έξω and ἀπο-
σχήσω), v. n. [ἀπό; ἔχω] 1.
[aπ-ó, "away"; exw (nout.), "to
[ἀπό,
έχω
bave or hold one's self"; henco,
“ to bo"] (“* Το bo away" from
to
|
a placo; “to be far off '; lence) | ἀμπελῶνος, ihat he might receive
Mentally or morally: To be far (some) of the fruit of the vine-
G ?
σε bea
•
ἄπιστος, πιστον, adj. [a,
negative πιστός,
licving *] Not believing, unbe-
belier or faith,
""
84
VOCABULARY.
|
yard; xii. 2.—3. With words de-
noting heed, caution, etc.: of
4. With words denoting heal-
ing, etc.: Of; v. 29; 34-5. With
words denoting to learn, etc.: Of,
from; xiii. 28.-6. Out of; xvi.
9.7. Prefixed to adverbs:
From :
ἀπὸ μακρόθεν, from
afar [akin to Sans. apa, (C ayay
from"].
-----
ἀποθάνῃ, 3. pcrs. sing.
2. aor. subj, of ἀποθνήσκω,
ἀποθνήσκω, f. ἀπο-θανα
οἶμαι, 2. πor, ἀπέθανον, V. 12.
[áró, in" strengthening "force;
Onokw, "to dic"] 1. To die.-2.
In 2. aor., To have died, 1.0. to be
i.o.
dead.
“
|
"C
ἀποθνήσκων, ουσα, ον, Ρ.
prcs. of ἀποθνήσκω.
ἀποκαθιστᾷ, 3. pers. sing,
pres. inc. of αποκαθιστάω.
ἀποκαθιστάω, καθισ
·
Tô, v. a., another form of άло-
καθίστημι, To restore to the
original condition ; only at is. 12 ;
500 αποκαθίστημι,
ἀποκαθίστημι, f. ἀπο
καταστήσω, (p. ἀπο-καθέστακα),
V. a.
ευπ [από, “Dack again
(ἀποβάλλω, f, ἀπο-βαλῶ),
f.
2. aor. ἀπέβαλον, ν. α. [ἀπό,
"away, off ”; βάλλω, "to
throw"] To throw away from
one; to cast off.
ἀποβαλών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ.]
2. που. of αποβάλλω.
ἀποδημέω, -Ω, (f. ἀπο
δημήσω, p. (irrcg.) ἀπεδήμηκα),
1. aor. ἀπεδήμησα, V. 1. [ἀπό,
away from"; δῆμος, “ the | καθίστημι, σε το sit down"
people ”] (“To be away from | hcnce, “ to bring into n (certain)
the people"; hence) To be abroad | condition," etc.; hence, as a
οι in a far country ;---at xii. 1, naedical term, “to rcstoro ” to
the original state] Το restore
ἀπό-δημος, ον, adj. [ἀπό, to a forner state of health,
away from δῆμος, i tho
Itilo, etc.
etc.-Pass.: (ἀπο-καθίστα
people”] ("Away from tho μαι, p. ἀποκαθέστᾶμαι), 1. aor.
people”; hence) Going abroad or ¦ ἀποκατεστάθην and ἀπεκατεστ
to a foreign land.
with Acc. of "Duration of time.”
1)
τᾶθην.
|
ἀποκατεστάθην, 1. 201,
ind. pass. of αποκαθίστημι,
ἀποκεκύλισμαι, perf. ind,
pass. οἱ ἀποκυλίω.
aor.
(ἀπο-κεφαλίζω), 1. που.
ἀπεκεφάλισα, ν. α. [από,“ froma”
κεφαλή, “head '] (“Το take tho
head from” one; hence) To be-
Το
head.
}
"}
Το
ἀπο-δίδωμι, f. ἀπο-δώσω,
2. aor. ἀπέδων, v. a. [ἀπό, “ backs
again”; δίδωμί, “ to givo"] (“Το
give back again”; hence) Το
pay, render;-at xii. 17 with Acc.
of nearer Object and Dat. of
remoter Object.
|
|
|
σε
'
ἀπο-δοκιμαζω, (f.
(f. ἀπο-
δοκιμάσω, p. ἀπο-δεδοκίμακα), |
1. aor. ἀπ εδοκίμᾶσα, v. a. [ἀπό,
denoting "negation or reversal”
δοκιμάζω, “to put to the proof,
test”; bence, as a result, “to
approve"] To disapprove of, reject,
refuse.--Pass.:(ἀπο-δοκιμάζ
ομαι), p. ἀπο-δεδοκίμασμαι, 1.]
που. ἀπ-εδοκιμάσθην.
ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι, 1. aor.
inf. pass. of ἀποδοκιμάζω.
ἀπόδοτε, 2 pers. plur. 2,
nor, imperat, of ἀποδίδωμι.
1
|
ἀποκρίθητε, 2. pers. plur.
1. nor imperat. of ἀποκρίνομαι..
ἀποκρίνομαι, (f. ἀπου
11
•
(ἀποκόπτω, f, ἀπο-κόψω),
1. aor. ἀπέκοψα, π. α. [ἀπό,
“from”; κόπτω, “to cut"]
(“Το cut from an object;
hence) To cut off.
ἀπόκοψον, 1, aor. imperat.
of ἀποκόπτω.
P.
ἀποκριθείς, εῖσα, έν, Ρ.
1, aor. of ἀποκρινομαι,
;
VOCABULARY.
85
κρίνοῦμαι), 1. 201. ἀπεκρινάμην,
1. aor. pass. in mid. force, άπ-
εκρίθην, v. mid. [ἀπό, “from " ;
Kрívoμaι (mid.), in force of "to
adjudge" something to some
ono] ("To adjudge" something
to some one
""
"from another;
hence," to give a decision, pro-
nounce an opinion," respecting a
maatter; hence) In conversation,
etc. To reply, answer;-some-
times with Dat. of person.
ἀπό κρύφος, ον, adj. [ἀπό,
! "from" ; κρύφω (late forn of
KрÚπ-тw), "to hido"] ("Hidden
from" one; hence) Hidden, con-
cealed, secret.
άπоктаVOEís, eîoa, év, P.
ἀποκτανθείς,
I. 201. pass. of ἀποκτείνω.
ȧπокTAVOηvau, 1. aor. inf.
pass. of ἀποκτείνω,
ἀποκτεῖναι, 1. aor. inf. of
ἀποκτείνων
M
ἀπολέσαι, 1, aor. inf. of
ἀπόλλυμι,
àπоλéσel, 3rd pers. sing. f.
ind. of άñóλdūμi.
1
aπoλéon, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj. of arróXXÿµì.
ἀπόλλυμι.
¿πodéσw, fut,ind, and 1. aor.
subj. of àπóλàÿµi.
|
ἀπόλλυμι, f. ἀπολέσω, (p.
ἀπολώλεκα), 1. 201. ἀπώλεσα,
v. a. [áró, in "intensive" force;
[ἀπό,
ὄλλυμι,
Aλvμ, "to destroy "] 1. Act.:
a. Το destroy utterly or entirely.
-b. To cause the death of, to kill.
-c. Of a roward: To incur the loss
of, to fail of, to miss.—d. Of the
soul, life, elc.: To effect the loss of,
to lose.-e. Of evil spirits: With
accessory notion of punishment :
To subject to eternal punishment
or death; i. 24.-2. Mid. : &π-
ὀλλυμαι, f. ἀπολοῦμαι, (“Το
destroy ono's self utterly "
hence) Of persons or things: Το
perish.
"
fut. mid. of áróλdüµı.
ἀποκτείνω, f ἀπο-κτενῶ,
(1. ἀπ-έκτονα), 1. aor. ἀπέκτεινα, |
V. a. [dmó, in "strengthening' åπoλoûνтaɩ, 3. pers. plur.
force; Kreivw, "to kill," etc.] To
kill, put to death, etc.:—αποκτείν-
wuer (1. pers. plur. subj. used to
express mutual exhortation, etc.),
let us kill, suppose we kill; xii. 7.
-Pass.: (ἀποκτείνομαι),
1. aor. ἀπ-εκτάνθην.
ἀπολῦσαι, 1. aor. inf. of
aroλŬw.
ἀπολῦσῃ, 3. pers. sing.
1. aor. subj. of arоλvш.
ἀπόλυσον, 1. aor. imperat.
of ἀπολύω.
ἀποκτείνων, ουσα, ον, P.
pres. of αποκτείνω,
¿πоλúσw, fut. ind. (viii. 3),
and 1. aor. subj. (xv. 9) of aπо-
λύω.
|
.
ἀποκτενοῦσι(ν), 3. pers.
plur. fut. ind. of dπokreivw.
ἀπο-κύλίω, f. ἀποκυλίσω,
v. a. [dró, "awny"; kůλiw, "to
[ἀπό,
κυλίω,
roll"] To roll away.-Pass. perf.:
ἀποκεκύλισμαι
|
ἀπο-λαμβάνω, f. άro-
λývojaι, (p. ȧn-ciλnpa), 2. aor.
λήψομαι, ἀπείληφα),
ἀπελαβον,
άл-eλăßov, V. a. (dró, “away";
Aapßáva, "to take"] To take
λαμβάνω,
away; 1.0. to take apart or aside.
--Mid.: (ἀπο-λαμβάνομαι), |
2. που. ἀπελαβόμην, Το take apart
or aside, as one's own act.
åтoλaßóµevos, ", ov, P.
2. aor. mail. οἱ ἀπολαμβάνων
ἀπολύω, f. ἀπο-λύσω, (p.
ἀπο-λέλυκα), 1. aor. ἀπέλυσα,
V. n. [áró, "from"; Auw,
λύω, "to
loose "] ("To loose from "some-
thing; hence) 1. To release, set
free.-2. Of a multitude, etc.: To
send away, dismiss.-3. Of hus-
bands or wives: To put, or send,
away; to divorce.
ἀπο-πλᾶναν, pres. inf. of
ἀποπλανάω,
ἀποπλάνάω,
πλανῶ,
v. a. [àró," away"; mλavá…,“ to
make to wander "] ("To mako
to wander away"; hence) Mor-
86
VOCABULARY,
ally: To lead astray, to cause to
err, to seduce from the truth;-
at xiii. 22 τὸ ἀποπλανᾷν answers
to the Lat. Gerund in dum of
acc. case, and depends on πρós.
•
(C
(ἀπο-τάσσω), v. a. [ἀπό,
"asunder"; táoow, ( to arrange
or set "] ("To set asunder" from
ἀπο-στάσ-ιον, ἴου, 11. [ἀπό, somcthing; hence, “ to detach."
away”; στάσεις, " ((
a putting "Mid. &Tro-тáσσoμaι, 1.
ἀπο-τάσσομαι,
("A putting away"; hence) Of aor. áπ-етasaun, ("To detachi
husbands and wives: A divorce- one's self" from something;
ment or divorce.
hence) With Dat. of person: To
bid adieu to, take leave of, quit,
etc.
|
åтo-σreyãlw, 1. aor. àπ-
εστέγασα, ν. α. [ἀπό, deuoting
"reversal"; σreyάw, "to cov-
cr"] To uncover, unroof.
ἀποστείλας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ.]
1. aor. of ἀποστέλλω.
ἀποστείλω, 1. aor. gubj. of
ἀποστέλλω.
B
ȧπотagáμevos, P. 1, aor.
mid. of ἀποτάσσω,
ἀποφέρω, (f. ἀπ-οίσω, p. ἀπ
ενήνοχα), 1. aor. ἀπήνεγκα, V. (.
[ἀπό,“away”; φέρω, “ to bear or
carry "] To bear, or carry, Away.
С
ȧTOσTEλEî, 3. pers. sing.
fut. indic. of àπоσтéλλw.
""
άπτω, (f. ἅψω), 1, aor.
ĥa, v. a.: 1. Act.: a. To fasten
to, to join.-b. To kindle, light, by
bringing into contact with fire.-
2. Mid.: ἅπτομαι, (Γ. ἅψο-
μαι), 1, aor. ἡψάμην, (“Το fast-
en, or join, one's self" to some-
thing; hence) With Gen.: To
take, or lay, hold of to touch.-
3. Pass.: ἅπτομαι, (f. ἀφιθή-
σouat, p. huuai), To be kindled or
σομαι, ήμμαι),
lighted [perhaps akin to Sans.
root SAP, "to connect "].
|
ἀποστέλλω, f. ἀπο-στελῶ,
p. ἀπέσταλκα, 1. εον. ἀπέστειλ.
α [από, “ from ; oréλλw, "to
στέλλω,
send"] ("To send from" a per-
son or place; hence) 1. To send
forth on a mission, etc.; --- at
iii. 31; vi. 17, without nearer
Object; at iii. 14, with Acc. of
nearer Object, and Inf.-2. To
send away to bid, or command, to
depart.-3. Of an instrument:
To put forth-nt iv. 29 supply
αὐτός (Ξάνθρωπος) bcloro ἀπο-|
στέλλαιο
.
ἀπώλεια, είας, f. [strength-
ened fr. áróλ-cia; fr. άæód-düµi,
"to destroy"] (" Destruction
hcnce) faste.
ȧTOOTEλ, fut. ind. of àro-
στάλλω,
ἀποστερέω, στερώ, 1.
που. ἀπεστέρησα, ν. ενώ [οπό,
in "strengthening" force; σтер-
ća, "to deprivo"] ("To de-
έω
prive" one of something; hence)
To defraud, despoil:-in classical
Gr. with Acc. of person, and Gen.
or Acc. of thing; but at x. 19
without any following case.
ἀποστερήσῃς, 2. pers.
sing. 1. nor, guibj. οἱ ἀποστερίω,
ἀπόστολος, ου, 1. [for
ἐπόστολος ; fr. ἀποστέλ-λω,
send forth" ("One sent forth";
hence) An apostle.
is to
""
-
1
apa, adv.: 1. Perchance, in-
deed.-2. In questions: To mark
amazement, elc.: I, etc., pray
you; them, in the world :-τίς ἄρα
äpa
οὗτός ἐστιν, who in the world is
this man? iv. 41.
ᾆραι, 1. nor. inf. of αἴρω.
apas, āσa, av, P. 1. aor. of
cipw.
apaтw, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
imperat, of aipw.
ἀργύριον, ἴου, n. dim.
[apyup-os, "silver"] (“Small
silver"; hence, "silver-moncy",
hence) Money in general.
ἀρέσας, ἆσα, αν, p. 1. aor. of
άpéoкW.
ἀρέσκῳ,
ἀρέσκω, f. ἀρίσω, (p. ἀρή-
VOCABULARY.
87
|
ós," a chief"; iepeus," a pricst "]
("Chief-priest") Of the Jews:
1. High-priest. -2. Plur.: The
chief-priests; i.e. the heads of the
24 courses,-oi ȧpxiepeis kai oi
yрaμμareîs, the chief priests and
the scribes; i.c. the members of
the Sanhedrim; see ovvédplov.
peka), 1. aor. йpera, v. n. With
Dat. of person: To be pleasing
to; to please or gratify.
ȧponooμai,
pass. of αἴρω.
1. fut. ind.
ǎρonti, 2. pers. sing. 1. aor.
imperat. pass. of aipa.
'Apiμalala, as, f. Arima-
thea; a city of Judea, the sito of
which is not dotermined.
syn-
|
ἀρχ-ϊ-συναγωγ-ος, ου, m.
[apx-w, "to rule"; () connect-
ing vowel ; συναγωγή, “a Ey11-
agogue"] A ruler of a syn-
agogue.
1.
nor.
ἀρνέομαι, -οῦμαι, f. ἀρν-
ήσομαι,
nprnoäuny,
v. mid. To say "no"; to deny.
ᾆρον, 1. aor. imperat. of
aipw.
|
apoûợɩ, 3. pers. plur. fut.
ind, of alpw.
1. ἄ-ῥ-ῥω-στος, στον, adj.
[à, "negative"; pw, root of
pó-vvùμl; in pass. force "to be
strong," with doubled] ("Not
strong"; hence) Weak in health,
sick, etc.-As Subst.: appwoT-"to
os, ou, m. A person weak in
health, a sick person, etc.
2. äßpwoтos, ov, m.; sce
1. ἄῤῥωστος.
ἄρσεν, ενός ; seo ἄρση".
apony, ev, adj. fale, belong-fragrance].
ing to the male sex.-As Subst.:
apoev, evos, n. A male, one of
the male sex.
ἀρτύω, f. ἀρτϋσω, τ. ε. (“Το
prepare"; hence) Of food, etc.:
With accessory notion of skill,
etc.: To render savoury, to season,
etc.;-at ix. 50 applied to salt.
ǎpxw, (f. upέw, p. √pxa),'v. a.
("To be first"; hence) In power,
etc.: With Gen.: To rule, govern,
command; x. 42.- Mid.: &px-
ομαι, (f. ἄρξομαι), 1. aor. ήρξ-
duny: In time: To begin, com-
mence.
άpx-n, îs, l. [apx-w, "to be-
gin"] A beginning, commence-
ment; ~nt xiii. 9 in plur.
ἀρχιερεύς, ιερέως, m. [άρχη
})
ἄρχων, οντος, 11. [ἄρχων,
"ruling ;P. pres. of apx-w,
rule," used as subst.] ("Ono
ruling"; hence) A ruler, chief, etc.
ἄρωμα, ατος, 11. A spice
[prob. akin to Sans. root GHRÂ,
"to smell"; and so, "the thing
that is smelt" on account of its
äρтos, ov, m.: 1. A loaf of
broad;-Plur.: Loaves.-2. In
collective force: Bread.-3. Food,
victuals :--ὁ ἄρτος τῶν τέκνων,
the children's food; i.c. intended
for thoir uso; vii. 27-aprovousness.
payeîv, lo eat food; i.c. to par-
take of an entertainment; iii. 20.
ÅρTÑσETE, 2. pers. plur. fut.
incl. of ἀρτύω,
ἄ-σβεστος, στον, adj. [ά,
"negative"; oße, root of oßé-
σβέ
vvūμ, "to extinguish "] Not to
ννύμι,
be extinguished, unquenchable.
]
ἀσέλγεια, eίας, f. [ἀσελγ
ns, "licentious, wanton "](" The
quality of tho ἀσελγής”; lacnce)
Licentiousness, wantonness, lascivi-
<<
ἀσθεν-έω, -ὢ, 1. aor. ἠσθέν
ησα, v. n. [ἀσθενής, “ without
strength, weak"]("To be á-
o0erns"; hence) To be in weak,
σθενής
or ill, health; to be sick, etc.
a-σlev-ńs, es, adj. [à,“ not";
σ0év-os, "strongth "]("Without
σlévos"; hence) Weak.
|
ἀσθενῶν, οὖσα, οὖν, contr.
P. pres. of do@créw :--As Subst.:
sick person:-οἱ ἀσθινοῦντες,
the sick; i.c. sick persons gen-
| ernity.
d
88
VOCABULARY.
•
ȧσкós, οû, m. ("A leathern-
ἀσκός,
bag," mostly made of goat-skin; | of av§ăvw.
hence, as used for wine) A wine-
skin-in English Vcrsion trans-
lated "bottle."
(C
ἀσπάζομαι, (f. ἀσπάσομαι), |
1. aor. noтаoaμny, v. n. To sal-
ute by words.
αὐτό μᾶτος, τη, τον, adj.
[aur-ós, "self"; (o) connecting
Vowel μá-oμai, "to desiro "
;
(“ Self-desiring”; hence, of
one's Own will on accord" ;
hence) Of things: Of itself, etc.,
by itself, etc.
|
(
|
1. auroû, masc. and neut.
gen. sing. of αὐτός.
ἀσπασμός, μοῦ, m. [for
ἀσπαδμός ; fr. ἀσπάζομαι τα
ἀσπάδ-σομαι), “ to salute”] 4
saluting, sulutation, greeting.
ἀστήρ, στέρος, na.
m. ("A
strewer "; hence) a star, as a
strower of light [à, prefix; Sans.
root STRI," to strow"].
&-σÚVETOS, σúverov, adj. [ά,
CC negative"; ovverós, "intellig-
ent, sagacious"] ("Not ovver-
ós"; hence) Devoid of intellig-
ence or sagacity; unwise, ignor-
ant.
2. αὑτοῦ, ἧς, οὗ ; sec ἑαυτοῦ.
αὐτός, τή, τό, pron, adj.:
1. Self, very.-As Subst.: Of all
persons: aúrós, oû, m. I my-
self, you yourself, he himself, otc.-
2. With article prefixed, in all
genders and cases: The same.-
As Subst.: Tò aÚTÓ, the same
thing.-3. As simple pron. of
3rd person: Ile, she, it, they, etc.;
-sometimes repeated; cl. v. 2;
ix. 28; put in conjunction with
a relative pron. in same clause;
cf. vii. 25 [akin to a pron. av,
preserved in the Zend language].
or
|
ἀφ-αιρέω, -αιρῶ, f. ἀφ
αιρήσω, (D. ἀφῄρηκα), 2. aor.
adeîdor, V. a. [am-ó, "away on
ἀφεῖλον, [από,
off"; aipéw, "to take"] To take
away, or of, by a blow, etc.; to
cut off.
ȧopăλ-ôç, adv. (dopăl-ýs,
"safe" ("After the manner of
the dopaλús"; hence) Safely,
ἀσφαλής”
securely.
(C
nega-
ἄτιμος, ον, adj. [ά,
tive”; τιμή, lionour”j (“Not
having run"; hence) Without
τιμή
honour, unhonoured, dishonour-
ed.
(ÅTIµ-ÓW, -☎), 1. àtiμwow,
p. ήτίμωκα, V. f, [ἄτιμος, “ cis-
"dis-
P. a.
honoured" ("To make äros";
hence) To dishonour, to treat
shamefully.-Pass.: p. ripwμal,
(l. nor. γτιμώθην, 1. f. ἀτιμωθή,
σομαι).
(C
t
αὐ-λή, λῆς, f. (“A court
yard"; hence, a dwelling-
place," surrounding the court-
yard; hence
hence "a dwelling or
abode" in general; hence) A pa-
lace, etc. Colther fr. a-w," to
blow," fr. Sans. rool vâ; or
nkin to Sans. root VAS, "to
dwell").
|
|
|
a
αὐξάνω, (f. αὐξήσω, p. ηΰξω
nka), v. a. To grow, grow up, in-
crease [akin to Sans. root VAKSH,
"to grow "].
αὐξάνων, ουσα, ον, P. pres.
<<
-
¿¿-edp-úv, ŵros, m. [án-ó,
away from"; edp-a, "a scat"]
("That which has a scat away,
or apart, from " the other rooms
οι a house; hence) 4 closet,
privy.
apéon, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj, pass. of ådínpi.
ἀφεθήσεται, 3. pers. sing.
1. fut. ind. pass. of ainu.
ἀφεῖλον, 2. aor. ind. of
auipéw.
apels, eîoa, év, P. 2. aor. of
ȧisme.
apes, 2. pers. sing. 2. aor.
imperat. of ἀφίημι.
·
11
ἄφεσις, σίως, f. [Γον ἄφ-τ
σις ; fr, ἀφίημι (=άπ-ώ, from"
E, root of ï-nu, “to onnse to go,
VOCABULARY.
89
to send "), "to send away "]
("A sending away"; hence)
Remission, pardon, forgiveness.
ἀφέωνται, foν ἀφεῖνται,
8. pers. plur. perf. ind. pass. of
ἀφίημι.
1. aor. ind. of
ἀφῆκα,
ἀφίημι.
apiéval, precs. infin. of ad-
ημια
åplere, 2. pers. plur. pres.
ind. of ἀφίημι,
quality of the appwv"; hence)
Foolishness, folly.
ἀ-χειροποίητος, χειρο-
ποίητον, adj. [ά, “negative”
xcipoтol"тos (=xεip-o-Tole-Tos ;
fr. xeip, "hand"; (o) connect-
ing vowel; moié-w, "to make"),
"made by hands"] Not made by
hands.
ἅψωμαι, 1. aor. subj. of ἄπτω.
T
+C
βάθ-ος, εος ους, 1. [βαθ-ύς,
"deep"]("The state, etc., of
the Balus"; hence) Depth.
1)
""
Stag
|
ἀφίημι, f. ἀφήσω, (p. ἀφ-
είκα), 1. aor, ἀφῆκα, 2. aor.
áþĥv, v. a. [áπ-ó, "from, away
ἀφήν,
(sce aπ-ó); inui, "to send"] 1.
("To send from' one; hence)
To send forth, utter, a cry, sound,
elc.-2. a. To send away, dis-
miss, etc.-b. To pass by or over;
to make no account of, neglect,
transgress, etc.-c. To forgive,
remit, pardon, etc., sin, an in-
jury, etc. at xi. 25; 26 àpíere
stuacls without a nearer Object.
-d. From the idea of "giving
up, yielding," etc., connected with
"sending away": (a) To allow,
suffer, permit, etc.-(b) Without
Object: Apere, Suffer it to be so;
let alone, hold,"ctc.; but at x. 31
abere bolongs to no. d. (a)
above; aul at xiv. to no. 3. d.--|
and
3. (In a reflexive force: "To
send one's self away from some-
thing; hence) a. To leave, for-
sake, abandon.-b. To leave, let
remain.-c. To leave behind ono
at death.-d. To leave alone or
ammolested; xiv. 6.--Pass.: ἀφ-
ίεμαι, p. ἀφεῖμαι, 1. που. (άμο
aor. (dib-
είθην, επε) αφεθην, 1. fut. ἀφ-
σθήσομαι.
βαλεῖν, 2. aor. inf. of βάλλω.
βάλλω, (f. βάλω), p. βέ-
Bλnka, 2. aor. eßaλor, v. a. ("To
βλήκα, ἐβαλον,
cause to fall"; hence) 1. Act.:
a. To put, place, luy :- · ἔβαλε
τοὺς δακτύλους, κ.τ.λ., he put his
(own) fingers into his (the deaf
man's) ears; vii. 33. b. To
throw, cast-at xii. 44 supply
χαλκὸν εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον after
ἔβαλον, ad εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον
alone aftor eßadev.-2. In perf.
and pluperf. pass.: ("To be cast,"
etc., hence) To lie, lie down,—ά.
Of a person as Object: To strike,
smile, hil, ctc.-2. Pass.: Báλ-
λομαι, p. βέβλημαι, 1. aor.
ἐβλήθην, 1. 1. βληθήσομαι [altin
f.
to Saus. root GAL, "to fall," in
causative force).
tò
"}
βάλλων, ουσα, ον, P. prcs. of
Báλλw.
βαλω, fut, incl. of βάλλω.
βαλῶν, οὖσα, όν 1.2. aor. of
βάλλω.
ἀφρίζω, (f. αφρίσω), ν. n.
[ap-ós, foam"] To foam at
the mouth.
ἀφρίζων, ουσα, ον, I’. prcs.
οι αφρίζω
Vi
βαπτίζω, f. βαπτίσω, ], βέ
βάπτῖκα, 1, aor, ἐβαπτίσα, V, 2,
und n. [akin to ßárr-w, “to dip
in water"] ("To dip in water";
henco) 1.: a. Act.: To baptize a
person.-b, Neut.: To baptize,
administer baptism. 2. Mid. :
βαπτίζομαι, 1. aor. ἐβαπτ
("To
ἀφροσύνη, σύνης, f. [for|ισάμην, (Το dir one's scit in
abpov-oúvn; fr. ädoir, ädpor- water"; hence) To wash one's
of "foolish " ("The state or self, etc.; vii. 4.-
3. Pass.
By
P
Mag
C
•
90
VOCABULARY.
BaπT-CLOμal, p. ẞeßáπтioμat, | ("Son of Tolmai") Bartholomew;
1. aor. ἐβαπτίσθην, 1.1, βαπτισ. | one of tho twelve Apostles. Πό
Onσoμal, ("To be dipped in is said to have preached the
water"; hence) To be baptized; | Gospel in India.
see eis, no. 2;-nt x. 38, 39 in
figurative force, and with" Acc.
of Respect."
βαπτίζων, ουσα, ον, P. prcs.
of βαπτίζω.
|
βασάνιζόμενος, η, ον, Ρ.
pres. pass. oι βασανίζω.
|
"}
βασάνιζω, (f. βασανίω),
1. nor. ἐβασάνισα, ν. α. [βάσαν
os, "a touch-stone"] ("To apply
βάπτισμα, μᾶτος, 11. [for the βάσανος to” a thing; hence,
βάπτιδωμα; fr. βαπτίζω (=βαπτ- | “to put to tho test”; hcnce,
is-ow), "to baptize"] The "to examino (persons) closely
baptizing thing"; hence) Bapt- hence, " to examine by torture"
ism;at x. 38; 39, in a figura- hence).1. To torture, torment,
tive senso.
rack.-2. To distress greatly, to
bring into great trouble, etc.
Pass: βασανίζομαι, (ρ. βeα
βασάνισμαι), 1. aor. ἐβασανίσθην.
|
βαπτισθείς, εἶσα, έν, Ρ.
1. nor. pass. of Barrisw.
βαπτισθήσομαι, 1. f. ind.
pass, of βαπτίζω.
βαπτισμός, μοῦ, m. [for
βαπτιδ-μός ; fr. βαπτίζω (=βαπτ.
ίδ-σω), “to diy in water']
("A dipping in water" ; hence)
Of culinary vessels, etc.: A rins-
ing, cleansing, washing.
BaTTio-Ths, Toû, m. [for
βαπτιστής, τοῦ,
BaTTIS-Týs; fr. BaTTilw (=Banт-
βαπτιδυτής; βαπτίζω (=βαπτ
id-ow), "to baptizo"] ("A door
of baptizing"; hence) Baptist,
as a designation of John the son
of Zacharins.
βαπτίσωμαι, 1. aor. subj.
naicl, of βαπτίζω.
|
*Bapriμaîos, ov, m. (“ Son
of Timai") Bartimæus; a blind
beggar-man, whoso sight Jesus
restored.
m.
J
Bǎoăvions, 2. pers. sing.
1. aor. subj. of Baoavisw.
βασιλεία, είας, f. [βασιλ-
evo, "to be a king, to reign "]
("A reigning"; hence) A king-
dom.
βασιλεύς, έως, m. A king.
βαστάζω, f, βαστάσω, 1.
aor. ἐβάστᾶσα, v. ad Τo carry,
bear.
βαστάζων, ουσα, ον, P. prcs.
οι βαστάζω.
βάτος, ου, 121. A bramble-
bush; a bush in genoral.
|
*Bapaßßas, ov, m. ("Son
of Abba," or of a "Father")
Barabbas; a Jewish prisoner con-
demned to death for insurrection
and murder, whose liberation
was demanded by the people of
Jerusalem at the feast of tho
Passover, in the place of Christ.
(Băp-éw, -@, 1. Bapnów, p.
βαρήσω,
βεβάρηκα, ν.ε. [βαρ-ύς,“ heavy"]
(Το mako βαρύς”; honco) Το
make heavy, weigh down, oppress.
--Pass.:) βαρέομαι, -οῦμαι,
D. βεβάρημαι, 1. aor. ἐβαρήθην :
Of the eyes: To be made heary,
to be heavy, to be weighed down or
oppressed with sleep.
*Βαρθολομαίος, ου,
βδέλυγμα, μᾶτος, 11.
[B8eλUY, à
[βδελυγί verbal root of
Bdelvoow, "to make loathsome";
in mid.: "to fecl disgust at, do-
test, abominato"] ("That at
which disgust is felt," etc.; henco)
An
|
,
|
|
4n abomination, an abominabie
Πing:τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώ
oews, the abomination, or abomin-
σεως,
able thing, of the desolation, ig
probably the heathen liomne
army, which, under Titus, cap.
tured and plundered Jerusalem,
and destroyed the Templo.
βεβαιόω, α, 1. βεβαιώου,
-ŵ, f.
VOCABULARY.
91
| The means of the sustentation of
life; living, property [akin to
Sans. root JIV].
(βλάπτω), f. βλάψω, (p. βέ
Bλăpa), 1. aor. eßλaya, v. a.
(“Το cause
P. ("To cause to grow faint or
languid"; hence) To hurt, harm,
injure [akin to Sans. root MLAI,
"to be faint or languid"; in
causative force].
[βέβαιος,
v. n. [Béßulos, "firm "] ("To
make BéBalos"; henco) To con-
firm, establish.
βέβαιῶν, οὖσα, οὖν, P. prcs.
οἱ βεβαιόω,
βεβαρημένος, η, ον, Ρ.
perf. pass. of Bapéw.
βέβληκα, βάλλω.
Béẞλnka, porf. ind. of ßáλλw.
BéẞAnual, perf. ind. pass.
of Buddw.
βεβλημένος, η, ον, P. perf.
pass. οι βάλλω.
*Βεελζεβούβ, m. indecl.
("Lord of Flies ") Beelzebub; the
name of a god worshipped by the
Philistines; sco 2 Kings i. 2. In
the Gr. Test. used as the name of
the prince of the evil spirits, the
saino as Satan.
www
|
*Βηθανία, ας, f. (acc. to
f. (acc. to
some, The House of dates";
acc. to others, "The House of
ships") Bethany (now El-Azarich,
"The Village of Lazarus"); a
village something less than two
miles from Jerusalem, at the E.
foot of the Mount of Olives, more
especially remarkable as the
scene of the raising of Lazarus.
|
*Bnloaïda, n. indecl. ("The
IIouse of provisions or food":
or, "The House of the Chasc"
βλαστάνω, (f. βλαστήσω,
p. βιβλάστηκα), 1. εοι. ἐβλάστ
noa, v. 11. Of plants, seeds, elc.:
To grow up, to sprout or burst
forth, to bud [akin to Sans. root
VRIDII, "to grow"].
P.
βλασφημ-έω, -ώ, (f. βλασ
nunow, p. βεβλασφήμηκα),
i. aor. ἐβλασφήμησα, v. a. and
n. [Bλáodnµ-os,
1. [βλάσφημος, “speaking pro-
fanely "] 1. Act.: To speak pro-
fanely of or about; to blaspheme.
-2. Neut.: a. To speak profanely
or blasphemously; to blaspheme.-
b. With cognato Acc.: To utler,
or speak, blasphemously.
βλασφημία, ἵας, f. [βλασ
nu-éw, "to blaspheme"] A
blaspheming, blasphemy.
Bλán, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj. of βλάπτω.
βλέπω, (f. βλέψω, D, βί
Bλeda), v. a. and n.: 1. Act. :
P.
CC
of fishing") Bethsaida; a
town of Galilee, on the W. shorca. To see or behold an object.—b.
of the Sea of Tiberias. Its in-
habitants were mainly fisher-
To take care, or heed, about; to see
to.-2. Neut.: a. To possess the
faculty of sight, to see.-b. To lake
heed, beware.-c. To look.
inon.
βλέπων, ουσα, οι, P. prcs. of
Bλénw.
|
βληθῆναι, 1. aor. inf. pass.
of Bảλdw.
βλήθητι, 1. aor. imperat.
pass. of ßáλλw.
*Bη0þǎyń, n. indecl. ("The
House of unripe figs") Bethphägë;
a place on Mount Olivet, between
Bethany and Jorusalem.
βιβλίον, του, 11. dim.
[Biß-os, "a book" ("A littlo
[βίβλος,
book"; hence) A scroll of writing;
a writing, document, etc.
βίβλος, ου, 1. (“The inner
bark of the papyrus"; hence,
"paper" made of the inner bark
of tho papyrus; henco) 4 book,
otc.
Bl-os,ov, m. ("Lifo "; honce)
βλητέος, τέα, τέον, verbal
adj. [βλη, a root of βάλλω, “ to
put"; see ẞádλw, no. 1] Must
be put;-nt ii. 22 Bantéor with
čarí to be supplied forms an
impors. pass. verb: there must be
put by onc, i.e. one must put. In
92
VOCABULARY.
such a construction as tho fore-
going verbal adjectives are folld.
by the case grammatically be-
longing to the verb from which
they spring.
*Boavεpyés, m. plur. indccl.
Explained by St. Mark as Sons of
Thunder;—more literally, accord-
ing to the Hebrow, "Sons of a
Sons of a
noisy crowd." The term points
out forvid and zoalous men.
Bo-άw, -w, (l. Bonou, P.
βοήσω,
βόηκα), 1. aor. ἐβόησα, v. 1.
cry, or call, out [akin to Sans.
root HVE, “to call"].
Bono-éw, -, (f. Bon@now,
p. βεβοήθηκα), 1. aor. ἐβοήθησα,
v. n. [Bono-ós," an aider"](" To
[βοηθός,
bo a Bonlós"; honco) To aid,
assist, help, succour.
βοήθησον, 2. pors. sing.
1. aor. imperat. of Bonoéw.
βοσκόμενος,
Bookóμevos, n, ov, P. pres.
midl, of βόσκω.
a.
βό-σκω, (Ι. βοσκήσω), ν. Ο
("To nourish "; hence) 1. Act. :
Of animals as Object: To drive
to pasture, feed, tend.-2. 66-
σкоμaι, ("To nourish one's
self"; lience) Of animals as
Subjects: To feed, graze [akin to
Sans. root râ, "to nourish "].
βουλευτής, τοῦ, in. [βουλ-
euw, "to counsel'] A counsel-
lor'.
Be
kar
To
βούλ-ομαι, f. βουλήσομαι,
p. Beßovλnual, 1. aor. éßovλnon
βεβούλημαι, ἐβουλήθην
and ßovλony, v. mid. To will,
wish, desire [root ẞovλ(= Boλ),
akin to Sans. root VRI, "to
chooso"].
ἠβουλήθην.
βοῶν, ὡσα, ῶν, contr. P. pres
of Boúw. As Subst. m.
one
crying, or calling, out; i. 3.
Bodyros, mas. gen. sing.
βοῶν.
of
βροντή, ἧς, f. Thunder.
βρῶμα, μᾶτος, . [βρω, root
of Bi-ẞpw-σkw," to cat"]("That
βιβρώσκω,
which is caten"; henco) Food.
|
in.
Γαδαρηνός, ηνοῦ,
[Tádap-a, "Gadara" (now "Om
Keiss"); a city of Palestine to
the SE. of the Sea of Galilee]
A man of Gadara; a Gadarene.
γαζοφυλακῖον, ΐου, 11.
[yagopvλa§, yâÇo¶ïλäк-os, "ono
who guards treasuro"; fr. yáš-a,
"royal treasure"; hence, "riches,
treasure" in general; (o) con-
necting vowel; púλag, "a guard,
guardian"] ("A thing portain-
ing-i.e. hero, entrusted-to a
yāšopŭdas"; hence) A place
γαζοφύλαξ
where treasure, ctc., is kept or de-
posited; a treasury.
')
γαλήνη, ης, f. Stillness of
the ocean; a calm.
*Γαλιλαία, ας, f. Galilee ;
the extreme N. part of the Holy
Land, on the confines of Phoenicia
and Cold-Syria, divided into
Lowor and Upper Galileo. It
scems to have been originally
that district in the tribo of
Naphthali, which contained the
twenty cities (standing round
Kedesh as
Kedesh as a supposed centro)
given by Solomon to Hiram, king
of Tyre.-Hence, Faλiλaîos,
a, ov (for Tadıdaí-los), adj. of,
or belonging to, Galilee; Galilean.
|--As Subst.: Γαλιλαίος,ον, m.
A man of Galilee; a Galilean
["a circle or circuit"; the torm
"C
Eretz hagalil, “ Land of the circle
or circuit," being that which is
employed to donoto this district
at 1 Kings ix. 11, where tho
transfer of it to Hiram is mon-
tioned].
γάμέω, -ώ, f. γαμήσω, 1.
γεγάμηκα, 1. πός. ἐγάμησα ανα
aor.
and
cynua, v. a.: 1. Act.: Of a man :
To marry a woman.-2. Pass.:
(γἅμέομαι, ούμαι, β. γεγάμε
γμαι), 1. aor. ἐγαμήθην. Οἱ α
woman: To be married to a
man; to marry a man [akin to
Sans. root JAM, an old form of
VOCABULARY.
93
yam,
"to tame" ; and, in some
combinations, "to marry "].
vaμnon, 3. pers. sing. I. aor.
subj. pass. of yaµéw.
yaμnon, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj. of γαμέω.
γεμίσας, ἀσα, αν, P. 1. aor.
οf γεμίζω.
(γαμίσκω and γαμίζω,ν. στο
[γάμος, 4 marriage 1 1. Act. :
To give a daughter in marriage.—
2. Mid.:) γαμίσκομαι, (* Το
give one's self in marriage "
hence) of a woman as Subject: | of `yiyvoμaı : Of persons, "to
To marry, wed.
be born"] ("A being born,
birth"; hence) A generation;
i.e. the persons living at a certain
time.
γενεά, εᾶς, f. [γεν, root
YevéolaL, 2. aor. inf. of
γίνομαι.
γενέστα, ων ; sec γενέσιος.
(γενέσιος, ov, adj. [γένεσα
is, "birth"] Of, or belonging to,
one's birth; natal.-As Subst.:)
yevéola, wr, n. plur. (" A birth-
day feast"; hence) A birth-day.
γεν-ν-άω, -ῶ, f. γεννήσω, p.
γεγέννηκα, 1. aor. ἐγέννησα, να
[root γεν (see γενεά) with v
doubled] ("To cause to be born";
hence) 1. Act.: a. Of a father:
To engender, beget. - b. Of a
mother: To bear, bring forth.-
2. Pass.: yev-v-άoμai, -&μai,
p. γεγένημαι, 1. aor. ἐγεννήθην:
Of a child: To be born.
|
γάρ (usually tho second
word in a clause; but at ix. 34;
xiii. 33 and 35, in the third
place), conj. For.
(γεμίζω, f. γεμίσω, Attic
γεμίω), 1. που. ἐγέμισα, v. a. [γέμ
ω,
"to be full" ("To make to
be full" ; hence) 1. To fill.-2.
With Acc. and Gen.: To fill a
thing with something; to fill up
mult - Pass. : γεμίζομαι, 1.
aor. ἐγεμίσθην.
"
▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬
|
γαστήρ, τέρος τρός, f. (“The
belly"; also) The womb: ἐν
γαστρὶ ἔχειν, (to hold in the womb ;
i.c.) to be pregnant, or with child
[akin to Sans, jathara, "the
belly, the womb "].
yeyov-ós, vîa, ós, P. perf. of
γεγον-ώς,
γίνομαι: το γεγονός, that which
had happened; v. 14.
γέγραπται; see γράφω.
*Γέεννα, ης, f. Gehenna
[changed from Hebr. de Hinnom,
TheValley of innom," lying on
the western and southern sides of
Jerusalem. It was here that tho
Ieraclites, when they fell into
idolatry, offered their children
as burnt sacrifices to Moloch, or
Molech, the god of the Ammon-
itcs; 2 Kings xvi. 3; 2 Chron.
xxxiii. 6, etc. When Josiah had
put an end to this idolatrous
practice (2 Kings xxiii. 10), the
carcases of animals and male-
factors wero thrown into this
valloy, and unclean things of
every kind were burnt in it.
Hence] The place of eternal pun-
ishment; hell.
|
*Γεθσημανῆ, 11. indecl.
("Oil-press or Oil-vat ") Geth-
semane; tho namo of a country-
house or estate near the Mount
of Olives,
γέννημα, μᾶτος, 1. [for
yervá-μa; fr. yevvá-w," to bring
γεννάζω,
forth "] (“That which is brought
forth hence, "a child, off-
spring"; hence) Of the vine:
Produce, fruit.
#
*Γεννησαρέτ, n. indecl.
Gennesarel; an extensive district
of country on the borders of the
lake of Tiberias, which was also
called the sea of Galilee, and the
lako of Gonnesaret. This last
name is a corruption of Chinner-
eth or Chinneroth; see Numbers
xxxiv. 11; Joshua xiii. 27; xi. 2.
The modern name of this sea is
Bahr-al-Tabarich,
94
VOCABULARY.
γενόμενος, η, ον, Ρ. 2. aor.
of γίνομαι.
γένος, τος ους, n. [γεν, root
of vivoμai," to bo born"]("That
γίνομαι,
which is born"; hence) 1. A
race, family, etc. 2. A sort,
kind.
S
(γεύω, f. γεύσω), 1. aor.
eyevoa, V. n. 1. Act.: To give a
taste of.-2. Mid.: yeú-ouai,
1, yeúσoμal, 1. aor. ¿yevoduny,
γεύσομαι, ἐγευσάμην,
(p. pass. in mid. forco, yéyeupai),
v. mid. ("To give one's self a
taste of"; i.e.) With Gen.: To
taste something:-yeveolaι Oavár-
θανάτ
ov, to taste death; i.o. to experi-
ence death, to die [akin to Sans.
root JUSH, "to enjoy "].'
γεωργός, όν,
ye-way-ós, ó, adj. [for ye-
epy-os; fr. yé-a (= yn), "the
earth, soil" ; obsol. epy-w, "to
work"] ("Working the cartli
or soil"; hence) Tilling, or cult-
ivating, the ground. As Subst.:
As Subst.
γεωργός, οῦ, Ὠλ. One who tills
The soil, etc.; a liller of the ground,
a husbandman.
|
J
yŵ, yûs, f.: 1. Earth, as opp. to
"heaven."-2. Land, as opp. to
Bon.—3. A land, country.—4. The
ground.-5. Soil, or earth, in
which seeds, elc., aro sown.
yev-
|
γῖνομαι, γίγνομαι, f. γεν-
ήσομαι, p. γέγονα, 2. aor. ἐγεν-
ομην; also in pass. forms, p.
yeyévnμai, 1. nor, éyevý0ŋv,(1. fut.
γεγένημαι,
yerno jooμal, v. mid. (“To come
into being "; hence, " "to bo
born"; hence) 1.: a. Of per-
a. Of per-
sons: To be made, formed, or
created.-b. Of the Sabbath: To
be instituted, established, or 07-
09"-
dained. In both the foregoing
meanings at il. 27 by figure
zeugma. 2.:
2.: a. To happen,
come to pass, take place, occur.-
b. Impers.: ¿yéveтo: (a) Il
ἐγένετο
came to pass, etc.; 1. 9, et al.-
(b) It befel or happened; v. 16.—
3. Of time: To arrive, be pre-
sent, have come :—¿vías yevouév.
;--ὀψίας γενομένη
Ma
ns, when evening had come; i. 32;
Gen. Abs.-4. With predicate:
To be, or become, something:-
yevéolai àλieîs avopάπшv, to be-
γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων,
come fishers of men; i. 17.—
Like εἰμί, Το be:-τοῖς μετ' αὐτ
οὐ γενομένοις, to those who had
been with him; i.e. to his dis-
ciples; xvi. 10. With cis,
"for "}
: To be for something;
i.e. to be changed into, to be made;
xii. 10.-N.B. In the Gr. Test.
yívou aι is never used with a
follg. part. in the place of a finite
word eiuí alone is thus em-
ployed; sco ciui, no. 9 [rc-
duplicated, and changed, from
root yev, akin to Sans. root JAN,
in intransitive forco, "to be
born"; also, "to become, tako
place "],
: εἰμί
-5.
γινώ-σκω, γι-γνώ-σκω, f.
(yrwow), yvwoquai, p. eyiwka,
(γνώσω), γνώσομαι, ἔγνωκα,
2. aor. eywy, (imperat. yv@bi,
subj. γνῶ, γνῶς, γνῶ, opt. γνοίην,
inf. yv@vai, part. yroûs), v. a.: 1.
To perceive, mark, observe, under-
stand, learn.-2. In past tenses:
("To have perceived," elc.; hence)
To know [root yvw, akin to
Sans. root JKA, " to know"; cf.
Lat. no-sco (old form gno-sco),
Eng. “ know i].
"know"].
γλῶσσα, ης, f.: 1. A tongue
of a person, etc.-2. 4 tongue,
language..
γναφεύς, έως, m. [γναφ,
a root of yvár-rw, "to dress, or
full," cloth"] A fuller.
*Γολγοθά, n. indecl. (“A
scull") Golgotha; a place near
Jerusalem where criminals were
put to death, and in which their
bones were permitted to lio un-
buried.
"
*Γόμοῤῥα, ων, n. plur. (prob.
Submorsion") Gomorrha; ono
of the cities of the plain dc-
stroyod for their wickodnoss,
and on tho sito of which is tho
Dead Soa; sco Gon. xix, 24,
VOCABULARY.
95
To
γόνατα, acc. plur. of γόνυ. hence) 1. To watch, to be watchful.
γον-εύς, έως, m, [γον-άω 1-2. Mentally: Το watch, to be
[yov-áw
(Ξγεννάω), "to beget"] ("A | vigilant.
begetter"; hence, "a father";
hence) Plur.: Parents; xiii. 12.
γρηγορῆσαι, 1. ειοι. inf. of
γρηγορέω.
γόνυ, ἄτος (Dat. Plur. γόνατι),
n. a knee-yóvαTα TIOÉvαL, (to
γυμνός, ή, όν, adj. Naked,
without clothing;-at xiv. 51 sup-
(C
place, i.c.) to bend the knee imply αὐτοῦ with γυμνοῦ.
token of homage [akin to Sans.
jānu, a knee"].
γονυπετ-έω, ω, 1.
¿yovuπérnoα, V. a. [yovurer-ns,
falling on the knees"] To fall
on the knees to or before.
1
་
|
γονυπετήσας, ἆσα, αν, Ρ.
1. aor. of γονυπετέω.
γονυπετῶν, οῦσα, οὖν, contr.
part. pres, of γονυπετέῳ.
γραμματεύς, έως, m.
[уpáμμa, yрáμuar-os, "a written
[γράμμα, γράμματος,
character, a letter"]("Ho who
attends to ypáupa"; hence, "ax. 48.
writer or copyist"; hence) Among
the Jews after the return from
the captivity: 1. A scribe; i.c.
γράμμα
|
one whose omce it was to ex-
pound the Law as well as to
transcribe it.-2. Plur.: In con-
acction with ἀρχιερεῖς οι πρεσ-
βύτεροι, The Scribes, who were
members of the Sanhedrim.
aor.
γραφ-ή ἧς, Γ. [γράφω, “to
write " ("That which is writ-
ten"; hence) Sing, and Plur. :
With definito article: The Scrip-
ture or Scriptures; i.c. the in-
spired writings.
γράφω, f. γράψω, p. γέγραφα,
1. nor. éypaya, v. a.: 1. To write.
-2. Impors. perf. ind. pass.:
YEYρATTαι, It is written in
the Scriptures.-3. To enjoin,
command, etc., in ono's writ-
ings; xii. 19.-Pass.: ypápo-
μαι, ν. γέγραμμαι, (l. aor. ἐγράφ-
D.
θην),
γυνή, αἶκος, 1. (“Sho who
brings forth"; hence) 1. A
4
woman.-2. A wife [akin to Sans.
root JAN, in transitive force, "to
bring forth"].
γωνία, ΐας, f. A corner,
angle.
γράψαι, 1. aor. inf. of γράφω.
γρηγορέω, -ώ, 1 aor.
¿ypnyópnoα, v. n. [lato pres. fr.
é-ypnyʊp-a, perf. of ¿yeipw, "to |
Touse" ("To rouse one's self";
*Aaßi8, m. indecl. ("Be-
loved") David; king of the
Jewish nation, the son of Jesse,
and ancestor of Christ; cf. xi. 35;
δαιμονίζομαι, 1. aor.
Saμoviolony, v. pass. [Saiμwr,
Saíuov-os, "a demon or devil"]
To be possessed by a devil or devils.
δαιμονιζόμενος, η, ον, Ρ.
pres. of Sapovicoμai.
δαιμόνιον, ἴου, n. clina, only
in fori [δαίμων, δαίμονος; 5Ce
Saíuor] A demon or devil.
δαιμονισθείς, εἶσα, έν, Ρ.
1. nor. of Sapovigonal.
δαίμων, μόνος, m. [δαίω,
"to distribute, apportion"] (“Á
distributer or apportioner" of
ono's lot; hence, "a deity";
hence, a genius or tutelary
spirit"; henco) A demon, evil
spirit, devil;-so, always, in Gr.
Test.
<<
|
|
δάκρυ, ρύος, n.
n. (“That
which bites"; hence, in reference
to the effect produced on the
eyes and eyelids) A tear [aktin to
Sans, root DAMG, or DAG,
bite ” cf. Lat. lac-rima, old
form dac-rima],
"to
13.
|
δάκ-τύλος, τύλου, m. A
Δαλμανουθά, ne intech,
finger.
96
VOCABULARY.
Dalmanūtha; a village, or small
town, prob. in the plain of Gen-
nesaret, and on the shores of
its Inko.
(Săµ-ālw, f. Saμãow, p. de-
Sáμčka), 1. aor. édáµãoa, v. a.
To tame [Saμ-áw, "to tamo "].
Saµáõal, 1. aor. inf. of daµ-
άζω.
|
δάπαν-άω, -ω, f, δαπανήσω,]
(p.δεδαπάνηκα),1 aor. ἐδαπάνησα,
· V. a. [Saráv-n, "expendituro"]
To expend.
+
dătăvýoas, ãσa, av, P.
1, 201, of δαπανάω,
Sé, conj.: 1. And, also.-2.
But; sco pév.
Sedeμévos, n, ov, P. perf.
δεδεμένος, η,
pass. οι δέω,
Sεdéσ0αι, perf. pass. inf. of
δέω.
δέδομαι,
SéSoμal, perf. ind. pass. of
δίδωμι.
|
δέδωκα, perf. incl of δίδωμι.
δεδώκει, τον ἐδεδώκαι; 500
δίδωμι.
8én, pres. subj, of deî.
δεῖ, imperf. έδει, subj. δέῃ,
(opt. δέοι), inf. δεῖν, part. δέον,
(f. Senoei, 1. aor. ¿déŋne), v. n.
impers. [formed partly fr. Séw,
"to bind"; partly from déw, "to
need"] It is binding or necessary;
it is needful.
δείκ·νῦμι, μύω, f. δείξω,
(p. dédeixa), 1. aor. édeɩţa, v. n.
To show [akin to Sans. root DIG,
"to show"].
δει-λός, λή, λόν, adj. [tor
Seld-dos; fr. Seid-w, "fear"]
δείδω,
("Fearing"; hence) Filled with
fear, fearful, timorous, terrified,
etc.
Seîžov, 1. aor. imperat. of
δείκνυμι.
δείξω, fut. ind, of δείκνυμι.
· δεῖπνον, ου, 1. A meal,
whether dinner or supper.
déka, num, adj. indecl. Ten:
—oi déxa (80. pa@ŋraí), the (other)
δέκα
ten disciples [akin to Sans, daçi,
"ton"].
Δεκά-πολις, εως, f. [δέκα,
"ten"; Tóis, "a city"] ("Ten-
πόλις,
city") Decapolis; a district of
Palestine, which took its namo
from its containing within its
limits ton cities. Of these tho
names are variously stated by
different vrritera. According to
tho moro generally received
opinion they were Canatha,
Damascus, Dios, Gadara, Gorisn
(or Galása), Hippos, Pella, Phila-
delphia, Scythopolis, Raphana.
δένδρον, ου, 1. A tree [pro-
bably, like Spûs, akin to Sans.
dru, "a treo"].
δέξηται, δέξωνται, 3. pers.
sing. and plur. 1. aor. subj. of
δέχομαι.
,
δεξ-τός,ϊά, όν, adj. Right, as
opposed to "left." -Adverbial
oxpressious: €. Εκ δεξιών, οι
the right; in St. Mark always
with follg. gen.-b. 'Ev roîs de§-
Lois, on the right [Sans. daksh-a].
δερμάτινος, ἴνη, ἵνον, adj.
[δέρμα, δέρματος, “a glein
skin" ;
hence," leather," as being a pre-
pared skin] (“Of, or pertaining
to, Sépμa"; hence) of leather;
made, or consisting, of leather;
leather-, leathern-.
-
,
δέρω, (f, δερῶ), 1. aor. ἔδειρα,
v. a. (“To skin, flay"; hence)
To beat, or scourge, severely.
Pass.: (p. δέδαρμαι, 2. αοτ. ἐδάρ
ην), 2. fut. δαρήσομαι [akin to
Sans. root put, "to divido, to
tear"].
(déoμ-los, la, lov, adj. [Seoµ.
ós, "a bond, fetler "] ("Of, or
pertaining to, deoμós"; heuce)
In bonds, fettered.-As Subst.:)
Séoulos, ov, m. ("One who is
in bonds, etc.; hence) A prisoner.
|
(4
δε-σμός, σμοῦ, m. [δίνω, “ to
bind "]("that which binds" 15
hence," a bond, chain"; hence)
w
VOCABULARY,
97
Of the tongue: The string, liga-
ment, etc.
Sid, prep. gov. gen, and acc. :
1.:With Gen.: a. Through.-b. Of
time: After, after an interval of.
|
Seûpo, adv. As a particle
denoting exhortation, etc.: Come!
δεῦτε, adr. As a particlo
denoting exhortation, etc.: 1.
Come! come now! xii. 7.-2.
With the accessory notion of
moving, etc.: Come, come ye; i. 17;
vi. 31.
|
C. On account of, for the sake
of, for.-d. Through, by means
of, by.-2.With Acc.: a. Through,
in consequence of, owing to.-b.
On account of, for the sake of, for.
—c. Because of, by reason of
[akin to Sans. dvi, "two"].
διαγενόμενος, η,
2. aor. ot διαγίγνομαι.
(δια-γίγνομαι, f. διάγενήσ-
ομαι, ν. διαγέγονα), 2. aor. διε-
γενόμην, v. mid. [διά, denoting
"completion"; yiyvoμaι, "to
bo"] In time: To be completed;
to pass, elapse, be at an end.-
N.B. In Gr. Test. only in part. of
ου, Γ.
2. nor.
δεύτερος, τέρα, τερον, adj.
Second; at
at xii. 21, supply
ἀδελφός with δεύτερος ;-at xii.
81 supply ἐντολή with δευτέρα.
Adverbial expression: ¿к SEUT-
έρου, 4 second time [nkin to δύο].
δέχομαι, (ΐ. δέξομαι), p. δέ.
δεγμαι, 1. εον. ἐδεξάμην, v. mid.
("To receivo"; hence) 1. Of
persons: To receive with hos-
pitality, to entertain.-2. Of the
Gospol, etc.: To accept, give ear
to, embrace, etc. [akin to Sans.
root DACH, "to attain "].
]
J
Séw.
Snon, 8. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj. of Séw.
διαθήκη, κης, f. [διατίθημι,
11 ·
|
δέ-ω, f. δήσω, (p. δέδεκa),
1. aor. ědnσa, V. n. Το bind, tie,
fasten, feller. -Pass. p. Séde-
μai, 1. aor. ¿séðnv, (1. F. 8e0joo-
Mai) [probably akin to Sans.
root Dâ, "to bind "].
in mid. forco of "to arrange, or
settle, mutually through
διαθη, vorbal root of διατίθημι
(Siá; Tí-On-μe)] ("That which is
arranged, or settled, mutually,"
i.e. between two parties; hence)
A covenant, compact, agreement.
|
διακον-έω, -ώ, f. διακονήσω,
(p. S.Sinkówyka), 1. aor. Sinkóv-
noa, v. n. [dižkov-os,“ a servant"]
("To be a diakovos"; hence) 1.
Alone: To be a servant; to serve,
δηνάριον, ου, n. [The Grecis
form of the Lat. denarius] A
denarium or denarius; a Roman
silver coin containing originally
ten asses (whence its name, as a
"ten-as" piece), afterwards six-minister.-2. With Dat. of pors.:
teen, and equal to about 8hd. | To minister unto; to wait, or at-
English. Its currency in Judca tend, on; to do service to.-Pass. :
in two timo of our Saviou wae διακον-έομαι, -οῦμαι, (p.
owing to tho fact that tho Rom- δεδιακόνημαι), 1. nor. διηκονήθην.
διακονηθῆναι, 1. aor. inf.
pass. of Stakovéw.
|
ans were at this timo masters of
the country, and governed it by
a magistrate sent from Romo:
-δημαρίων διακοσίων, for haeo
hundred denarii; vi. 37: Gon.
of prico. The foregoing sum
is much about £6 17s. 6d. Eng-
lish.
|
διακονῆσαι, 1. aor. inf of
διακονίω.
διάκονος, ου, 12. A servant,
attendant, minister.
num.
διακοσίοι, ἴαι, ΐα, ntina.
adj. Two hundred [probably diã
lengthened fr. Stá in its elymo-
logical power of " twice, in two
parts" (sco diá); kos=кαт, fr.
δῆσαι, 1, ποr. inf. of δέωι
Shoas, aoa, ar, P. 1. nor, of
t
II
Mark.
98
VOCABULARY.
Sans. çal-a, "a hundrod"; sco
; sco | f. [diavo-éoμai, “to think over,
¿-kăt-óv].
meditato"]("A thinking over";
διά-κρίνω, (f, διακρίνω), 1. | honce) Thought, the faculty
aor. diékpiva, v. a. [dia, "be- thought, mental powers, mind.
I
tween”; κρίνω,
κρίνω, “to judge”] δι-ανοίγω, 1. που, διήνοιξα,
(“Το judge between”; hence) | v. t. [διά, in “strcngthening
In Act: Το distinguish, to dis-force; ἀνοίγω, “to open’] Το
tern.---2. Mid.: διακρίνομαι, | open, open completely, cto-Pass.:
1. aor. pass. in mail. force, διε- | perf.διήνοιγμαι,l.aor. διηνοίχθην.
κρίθην: With accessory notion διανοίχθητι,1. aor. imperat.
of hosttation: Το hesitate, doubt, | pass. οἱ διανοίγω.
etc., in forming a decision, etc.
διηνοίχθην, 1. aor. ind.
δια-λέγομαι, (f. διαλέξο | pass. of διανοίγω.
μαι, p. pass. in naid. force diei- διά - παντός, ειαν. [διά,
λεγμαι, 1. aor. διελεξάμην), 1. “through”; παντός, gou, of
aor. pass. in naid. forco διελέχθην, πᾶς, “all”] (“Through all”;
v. midl. [διά, “ono with am- | Lence) of timo: Continually,
othor”; λέγομαι (mid. of λέγω, ever, at all times, always.
"to speak"), "to sponk" one's
self] ("To speak one with an- 1. nov. of διαπεραω.
other"; henco) To converse, dis-
course, talk, argue, dispute.--Ν.Β. |
Tho forma of διαλέγω cloom not
|
διαπεράσας, ἆσα, αν, P.
w
U
|
δια-περάω, περῶ, (f. δια-
περάσω), 1. nor. διαπέρασα, V. 1.
[διά, in at strengthening" force;
περάω, "to cross over"] To cross
over, yo quite acròss.
occur in tho Gr. Yest.
διάλογ-τζομαι and δια
λογίζομαι, (διαλογίσομαι, p
διαλελυγισμαι), v. naid.: 1. [δια-
λόγος, σε tulls, conversation ’]
(“Το hold διάλογος”; lenco)
("To
Το talk, converse, or discourse
about; to dispute; x. 33.2.
[διά, 1n “gtrcngthoning ” force ;
in
λογίζομαι, “ to reason”] Το γρα
son, argue, turn over in the mind,
etc., ji. 6; 8.
|
;
διαλογισμός, μοῦ, m. [for
διαλογιδ-μός ; fr. διαλογίζομαι,
(Εδιαλογίδ-σομαι), “ to reason”]
("A roasoning or turning over"
in the mind, etc.; henco) A
thought, deliberation, ctc.
Η
-
|
|
(δΐ αρπάζω), 1. διαρπάσω
(and διαρπάσομαι, p. διήρπακα),
1. aor. διήρπασα, ν. 1. [διά, do-
noting “ completeness”; ἁρπάζω,
"to plunder "] To plunder com-
pletely or utterly; to spoil, etc.
(δίαῤῥήγνυμι, D. διάρη
ῥηχα), 1. nor. διαῤῥηξα, v. a. [διά,
ia through”; ῥήγνυμι,
break"; of garments, "to tenr,"
etc.] To tear through or asunder ;
to rend.
σε to
διαῤῥηξας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ.
1. που. Οι διαῤῥήγνυμι.
διασκορπίζω, 1, που, δια-
σκορπίσα,ν. ε [διά, in “strength-
cning” force; σκορπίζω,“to scat-
Ind
σε
διαμερίζω, 1. που, δια- |
μύρισα, ν. ε. [διά, “between"; Ler"] To scatter completely, to
μορίζω, “ to part or divido’j | disperse,olc.--Pass.:διεσκόρπ
1. Act.: To part, or divide, be- ισμαι, 1. nor. διεσκορπίσθην,
tween or amond.---2. Bic: διά [1. Τ. διασκορπισθήσομαι; -
μερίζομαι, 1. που. διαμερίσα- πίν. 27 διασκορπισθήσεται 1ng
μην, Οι several Subjects: To | for its subject a went hora.
τραγί, οι divide, between or among | plur.
ling
themselves.
διασκορπισθήσομαι, 1,
διάνοια αμadrisyll.), ίας, I fut, ind. pass. ΟΙ διασκορπίζω.
VOCABULARY.
99
8ɩασтãolat, pros, inf. pass.
of διασπάω.
((
(C
12 •
>
and n.: 1. Act.: a. Of personal
Objects: To teach, to give instruc-
δία σπάω, σπῶ, 1. δία- tion lo;--for ἦν διδάσκων Seo
σπάσω, Ι, 2ον. διασπᾶσα, ν. 2ο εἰμί, b. Of things as Object :
[διά, apart"; σπάω, "to To teach, to give instruction about.
pluck or tear"] To pluck, or tear,-2. Neut.: To teach, to give in-
apart or asunder.-Pass.: dia-struction [akin to a lost Sans.
σπάομαι, -σπῶμαι, (p. δté- | root nag].
σπασμαι), 1. aor. διεσπάσθην, δι-δάχη, ἧς, f. Teaching, iκα
(1. 1. διασπασθήσομαι).
struction [id.; cf. δε δί-δἄχτα,
ιδιαστέλλω, f. διαστελῶ, | perf. of διδάσκω ; see διδάσκω].
v. a. [Siú, apart στάλλω,
"to placo or set "]"To place,
or set, apart"; hence, "to ar-
range, set in order"; hence, "to
order."—) Mid. : Sĩα-σтéλλo-
μal, 1. aor. Sɩeoreidäµny: With
Dat. To order, enjoin, command,
as one's own especial act.
Sĭă-Tí, adv. [diá, "on ac-
διατί,
Ιδιά,
cout of”; τί (ncit. acc. sing.
of ris," who, what "), "what"
τίς,
("Ou´account of what"; i.e.)
Why, wherefore.
διαφέρω, (f. διοίσω απd διοί-
σομαι), 2. ποι. διήνεγκον, v. v.
nor. V.
[diá, through”; φέρω, "to
bear or carry"] To bear, or carry,
through a place; at xi, 16
at xi. 16
strengthened by follg. Siá.
διά-φημίζω, (1. διαφημίσω), |
I. aor. διαφήμισα, ν. ε. [διά, "Ελλ
different directions"; ruisw,
"to spread a report"] (“ To
sprond a report about something
in different directions"; henco)
henco)
Of a report, etc., as Object: To
spread far and wide; to spread |
abroad,
δί-δω-μι, f, δώσω, p. δίδωκα,
pluperf. ¿dedwкeir, 1. nov. (in ind.
only) Swka, 2. aor. edwr, (dedi-
édwka,
kel, for ¿dedúkel, 3. pers. sing.
pluperf. ind.; xiv. 44), v. a.: 1.
a.: (a) With Acc. of thing and
Dat. of person: To give some-
thing to one, to bestow something
on one, elc.;-at ii. 26 and vi. 41,
supply αὐτούς (=τοὺς ἄτους)
after edwks and ¿didov, respective-
ᾄδωκα ἐδίδον,
ly;-at xiv. 22, supply aútór (
aprov) after edwкer;-at xiv. 23,
supply αὐτό (=τὸ ποτήριον) attor
ἔδωκεν, ut xx. 21, supply αὐτά
after dós.-Pass.: with Dat. of
person alone, etc. ~ -(b) Impers.
Pass.: (a) SéSoтaɩ, It has been
(or is) given; iv. 11, its Subject
being the clause γνῶναι. con
|
Kamand
|
(
•
“
|
(β) δοθήσεται, τι shall be
given; i.o, a gift shall be given;
iv. 25; the Subject (Sŵpor) being
comprised in the meaning of the
vorb. b. With Acc. of thing
alone: To give, bestano, award;---
at x. 40, supply roûro aftor Soû-
ral.-2. In pres, and imperf.: To
over for a gift ;—at xv. 23, folld.
also by Infin.; see below, no. 3.
|
SiSaokăλ-ĭa, las, f. [Si-
dáøkăd-os, “a bencher"] (A
δάσκαλος,
Elaiaag pertaining to a διδάσκα.
dos"; honce, “teaching"; honoo)
Of religious Subjects: Doctrine;
at vil. 7 in plur.
|
111.
3. To give, supply, furnish, pro-
vide, whethior mentally or phy-
sically-at vi. 37, without Ob-
ject, and folld. by Inf. in force of
διδάσκαλος, ἄλου, m. Lat. Gerund in dum with ad :-
[διδάσκω, “lo toach”] a teacher. | δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς φαγεῖν, γίνε με
-In St. Mark always used of (something) unto them to eat; 1.0.
Christ, as a term of respect. (nd edendum) for the purpose of
St-Sá-σkw, L. Sisä§w, (p.caling-so in pass. at v. 43 :-
διδάσκω,
δεδίδαχα), 1. εον, ἐδίδαξα, ν. ε. | εἶπε δοθῆναι αὐτῇ ψαγεῖν, he or-
aor. v. a.
'
Y
E
M
K
Madag
M
Cl
N 2
100
VOCABULARY.
dered that something should be
given unto her to eat; i.e. for the
purpose of eating. 4. With
double Acc.: To give something
as, or for, something.-5. Of the
soil, etc., as Subject: To give,
yield, produce, bring forth. — 6.
Of the moon as Subject: To give,
or yield, light.-7. Of tribute,
payment, etc.: To give, pay, ren-
der, etc.;--at xii. 14 supply κῆν.
σον Καίσαρι after δῶμer. -
Of signs, wonders, etc.: To give;
to foretell, predict, etc.; or, nc-
cording to some, lo show, exhibit.
ló
-9. To give, appoint, agree upon.
-10. To give for hire, etc.; to let
out, elc.; xii. 9.-11. To grant,
concede-at x. 37 folld. by iva
with Subj.-12. To give, present,
etc.;-at xv. 23 folld. also by
Inf.; sco above, no. 3.- Pass.:
δίδομαι, p. δέδομαι, 1, που.
¿dó0ŋv, 1. l. 8o0ooμa [length-
ened and strengthened fr. root
80, akin to Sans. root DÂ, "to
givo"].
δι-ηγέομαι, -ἡγοῦμαι,
Ε. διηγήσομαι, 1. 201. διηγησάμην,
aor.
v. mid. [d-á, "through ; nyeo-
μai, "to lead " ("To lead
through"; hence, in referenco
to a statement) To detail, nar-
rate, relate, tell, etc.
|
διηγησάμην, 1. aor. ind.
of Sinyéoμai.
διηγέομαι.
Sinyoû, contr. pros. imporat.
dınyéoμal.
Sinкóvoυv, imperf. ind. of
διηκόνουν,
Siãκovéw.
διακονέω.
of
|
|
B
My
is sometimes used to express a
mutual exhortation, in which the
speaker includes both himself
and those who are addressed. In
this power, the mood is callod
"Subjunctivus adhortativus"
δίκαιος, αία, αιον, adj. [δίκη
7,"right, law"] ("Portaining to
Sien"; hence) In reference to
religion: Observant of that which
is right in the sight of God; ob-
St-eyelpw, 1. aor. Sinyeipa, edient to the law of God.-As
v. a. [St-á, in "intensive" force; Subst.: 8ikalos, ov, m. One
ἐγείρω, "to wake"] To wake observant of that which is right in
thoroughly, to arouse. Pass.: the sight of God; one obedient to
διεγείρομαι, 1. που, διηγόρ- | the law of Godl.
mor.
A net; a
θην.
διεγερθείς, εἶσα, έν,
aor. pass. oι διεγείρω.
δίκτυον, ου, 11.
fishing net.
Sis, adv.
δίς,
Twice [akin to
διελθεῖν, δι- |
SLEλOETV, 2. aor. inf. of St- Sans. dvis, "twice"; cf. Lat.
έρχομαι,
bis].
διεστειλάμην, δίεστελ.
λóµny, 1. aor. and imperf.
λόμην,
mid. of Staσréλλw.
Ρ. 1.
P. |
διέλθωμεν, 1. pars. plur. 2.
nor. subj. of διέρχομαι.
<<
δισχιλίοι χιλίας, χιλία,
num. adj. [Sis, "twico ; χίλιοι,
Ն thousand"] ("Twice
thousand"; i.e.) Two thousand.
δίωγ-μός, μοῦ, 11. [foν δίωκ
SLEVÉуKN, 3. pers. sing. 2.
μον. subj. οι διαφέρω.
ณ
δι-έρχομαι, 1. διελεύσομαι,
>>
p. διελήλυθα, 2. που διῆλθον,μός; fi. διώκω, “to pursue
v. mid. [8-á, "through"; epx-honco, "to persecute"] A per-
Qual, "to conio or go"] 1. Tosecuting, persecution.
come or go through ;-at x. 25 δοθείς, εἶσα, ὖν, Ρ. 1. που.
strengthened by follg. Stá. 2. }
To yo over or across; lo pass
over. - διέλθωμεν, suppose we
pass over, let us pass over; iv. 35.
The first pers. plur. of the subj.
'
pass. οι δίδωμι.
800, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor. ind.
pass. οι δίδωμι.
Soonval, 1. aor. inf. pass. of
δοθῆναι,
Siswμi.
VOCABULARY.
IOI
800noETAL, 3. pers. sing.
δοθήσεται,
"Lo be able"] ("A being able or
1. fut. ind. pass. of didwμi.
having power"; hence) 1.: a.
dokéw, ˆ-ŵ, (f. dóğw and Power in the widest acceptation
δοκέω,
δοκήσω, p. δικόκηκα), 1. aor. of the word; might;-at xiv. 62
čdoka, v. n. and n.: 1. Act.: To applied to the divine power or
think, suppose, imagine.-2. Neut.: the power of God.-2. A power-
To be deemed or accounted:-oiful, or mighty, work; a miracle.
δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν, those who are 3. Concr.: Plur.: With art.:
accounted to rule, i.c. the recognized The powers, or host.
rulers; x. 42.
δύνασθαι, pres. iuf. of δύνα-
δυνήσομαι, fut. inf. of
δυνατός, ατή, ἅτόν, adj.
[lor
CC
CL
δόξα, ης, F. [Joυ δόκ-σα; fr. [δῦν-ἅμαι, “ to be able 5] Oι
δοκέω, to think"]("A think- | things: ("Able" to be done;
ing"; hence, a thought";
hence, as the thoughts which
others ontertain of one) Honour,
glory.
δοκῶν, οὖσα, οὖν, contr. Ρ. μαι.
pres. of Sokéw.
δόλος, ου, ma. (“A bait” for ] δύναμαι.
fish; hence) Craft, deceit, guile.
hence) Possible.
δοξάζω, f. δοξάσω, 1. aor.
¿dó§ãσa, v. a. [8óg-a, "honour,
ἐδόξασα,
glory " To ascribe honour or
glory to; to honour, glorify.
δός, 2, aor. imperat. of δίδη
ωμία
|
δύο (Gen. δύο, Dat. δυσί;
for usual Svoî), dual num. adj.
Two-at xi. 1 and xiv. 3 with
Gen. of "thing distributed " :
but at xvi. 11 followed by ¿§ and
its Gen.;—at vi. 38, etc., in at-
tribution to a plur. subst.:-dúo
δύο (α Hebrew idior παρὰ δύο
found in the corresponding pas-
sage of St. Luko x. 1), two (and)
two, i.e. by two and two, by twos;
vi. 7.-As Subst.: Súo: a. m.:
Two persons :-oi dúo, the two
persons, the tico; X. 8; whore
observe the use of the plur. art.
οί, and also that in the expression
the masc. art. oi embraces tho
Soûval, 2. aor. inf. of diswµ.
δούς, δοῦσα, δόν, Ρ. 2. εον, of
δίδωμι.
|
female as well as the mnlc-b,
male.-b.
Two parts (supply μépn);
| xv. 98
38 [akin to Sans. dvi,
11.
(C
doûλ-os, ou, m. [prob. for
δύκολος; fr. δέτω, to bind";
ö-os, "whole"] ("One wholly
bound"; hence) 4 bondman,
slave, servant.
|
δραμών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ. 2. aor.
P.
οἱ τρέχω.
δρέπ-ἄνον, ἄνου, 11. [δρέπω,
(C
to break off, pluck"]("That "two"].
which breaks off, or plucks";
hence) A scythe, a sickle, as that
which breaks off the corn, etc.
Süvǎual, imperf. ¿dúvěμny
and duraµny, T. Surnooμal,
δυνήσομαι,
p. δεδύνημαι, 1. aor. ἐδυνήθην
and ý dvvýØyv, v. mid. irreg.
With Inf. To be able to do,
ele.; I (otc.) can;-sec, also, où
and μή;
ἠδυνάμην,
duvăμevos, n, ov, P. pres.
οἱ δύναμαι,
δύναμις, εως, Τ. [δύναμοι,
δύσκολ-ος, ον, adj. [δύς,
"diMcult"; Kóλ-ov,
"food "1
("Being dimcult about food";
hence, "hard to please"; hence,
of things," unpleasant"; hence)
Πανd, difficult.
¦
δυσκόλως, adv. [δύσκολος,
"dimeult"] (“ After the manner
of the dúσkodos”; honco) With
difficulty, hardly :----πῶς δυσκόλως,
with what difficulty, how hardly;
X. 23.
δύω, δύνω, (Γ'. δύσω, p. δέν
102
VOCABULARY.
δύκα,
ἔδυν,
Sūka, 1. aor. ědvσa), 2. nor. Edvr, | whosoever; ix. 37, etc.;-ô éáv,
V. 11. Of the sun : To set.
ὅπου
whatsoever; vi. 23, etc.; -öтov
čáv, wheresoever; xiv. 14, elc.;
ews är, until whatever time; vi. 10;
--oooi av, as many soever as; vi. 11.
|
ἑαυτοῦ αὑτοῦ), ἧς, ού,
reflexive pron. 1. Strictly of
3rd person : Of, etc., himself,
herself, or itself. - 2 Of 2nd
person: Thyself, yourself; sco
xiv. 7.
ἔβαλον, 2. aor. ind, of βάλλω.
ἐβάπτισα, 1. aor. iud. of
βαπτίζω.
CO
"}
δῶ, 2. aor. suhj, οἱ δίδωμι.
86-8eкα, num. adj. indecl.
[contr. fr. Svá-deka; fr. Súw
δυώ-δεκα; δύω
(=δύο), “two”; δέκα, “ten”]
Two and ten; i.e.) Twelve;
at xii. 19 supply Kodirovs
Épaμev.-As Subst.: m. Twelve
persons, twelve; iii. 14-oi Su-
Seka, the twelve (apostles) in-
cluding Judas; iv. 10, etc.; cl.
ἕνδεκα.
G
δῶμα, μᾶτος, 1. [lengthened |
fr. δόμημα, for δίμ-μα, fr. δήμω,
“ to buildl”; ct. δόμ-ος (for δέμ-
os), “a house"] ("That which is
built"; hence) A house.
|
δῶμεν, 1. pers. plur. 2. aor.
subj. οι δίδωμι.
((
:
(δωρ-έω, -ώ, f. δωρήσω,
1. aor. édúpnoa, v. a. [Sŵp-01',
a gift"] To make a gift of, lo give
freely. Mid. Swp-coual,
δωρ-έομαι,
-οῦμαι), 1. που. ἐδωρησᾶμην,
To make a gift or present of, as
one's own especial act; to give
freely, etc.
|
ἐβλασφήμησα, 1. 201. ind.
of βλασφημέω.
ἐβόησα, 1. εor. ind. of βοάω,
ἐγάμησα, 1. aor. ind. of
γαμάω,
ἵκα,
ἐγγ-τζω, (Γ. ἐγγίσω), p. ἤγγ
1, nor, ἠγγίσα, ν. n. [ἐγγούς,
1. aor.
"ncar"] ("To become èyyús";
hence) To come, or draw, near;
to approach.
éyy-ús, adv. [akin to ayx-4,
"near"] Near, nigh.
eyetpau, 1. aor. imperat. mid.
ἔγειραι,
οἱ ἐγείρω.
eyelp-w, f. eyepŵ, (P. ¿yńyep-
xa), 1. nor. ycipa, v. a. and n.:
1. Act.: ("To awaken"; hence,
"to rouse, or stir, up"; hence)
To raise, or lift, up.-2. Neut.:
Imperat. pres.: eyeupe, Rise,
arise.—Folld. by els: Rise (and
ἐγείρ
come) into.-3. Mid.: yelp-
ouat, (f. eyepoûμai), 1. aor.
yepaunv, ("To awaken one's
self"; hence) a. To be awake, to
wake;-at iv. 27 folld. by Acc.
of duration of time.-b. To lift,
or raise, up one's self; to rise.-
|
1. ¿-áv, conj. [for el-ár; fr.
ei, "if"; av, conditional particle]
With Subj.: If haply; if that or
v. 26 ;--ἐὰν μή, if not, i,c. umless,
except; iii. 27 (but at x. 15, ¿áv
belongs to preceding relative
pron. os; seo 2. tar); also, but;
x. 80.
so be that; if:—ὡς ἐάν, as if;4. Pass.: ἐγείρομαι, D. ἐγήγε
ερμαι, 1. 201. ἠγέρθην, 1. fut.
¿yeplýooμai, (“To be awakened”;
hence) a. To be raised up, to
arise.-b. Of false prophets, etc. :
In mid. forco: To arise, spring
δώρον, ρου, 11. [δίδωμι,
"to give,
through root Sw]
("That which is given "; hence)
A gift; the Greck equivalent
for tho Hebrew κορβᾶν,
δώσω, fut, incl. of δίδωμι.
pag
ea, interj. An exclamation
denoting wonder or vexation:
Ah! oh! alas!
-
2. ¿áv (äv), conditional part-up, appear amongst mon, etc,
iclo: With relative words (=är) [akin to Sans, root JAɑṛг, “to
inodifying their power :-ös cár, wake"].
VOCABULARY.
103
-
οἱ γίνομαι,
¿yevvý@nv, 1. aor. ind. pass.
of
οι γεννάω.
¿yevóµnv, 2. aor. ind. of
γίνομαι.
¿ýcpoñval, 1. aor. inf. pass.
οἱ ἐγείρω.
èvevñonv, 1. aor. ind. pass. | after leder: at ix. 13 supply
ποιῆσαι after ἠθέλησαν, – 2
Folid. by "va and Subj., or Subj.
alone: To wish, will, desire, that
one should do, etc. 3. With
Objective clause: To wish, etc.,
that one should do, elc.-4. With
Acc. of neut. pron. (only): To
desire, wish; xiv. 36;-in which
verse supply éλels with ơv.-5.
In connection with negative
worl: To be unwilling, etc.-6.:
a. With Inf.: To delight in doing,
|
¿ynyepμévos, n, ov, P. pcrf.
pass. of eye pw.
ἐγκαταλείπω, f. ἐγκᾶτα-
λείψω, 2. μου. ἐγκατέλιπον, γ. a.
[Τον ἐν καταλείπω ; £1, ἐν, “ in”;
κǎтăдеíño, "to leave behind" etc.; to be glad or pleased to do,
καταλείπω,
("To leave behind in" a place; | elc. b. With Acc. of nearer
"to leave in the lurch"; hence) | Object: To delight or rejoice in;
To abandon, forsake.
((
|
to love.
ἐγκατέλιπον, 2. aor. ind.
of ἐγκαταλείπω.
ἔγραψα, 1. aor. ind. of
γράφων
¿yú (Gen. ¿µoû, enclitic mov),
pron. pers. I [akin to Sans.
aham, “I”].
ἔδειρα, 1. 201. ind. of δέρω.
ἔδησα, 1. aor. ind. of δέω.
Spăμov, 2. aor. ind.
τρέχω.
of
ἔδυν, 2. αο1. ind. of δύω.
Swкα, 1. aor. ind. of Sídwp.
ἐδωρησάμην, 1. aor. ind.
maicl. of δωρέων
ἐζήτει,
ἐζήτουν, contr.
3. pers. sing. and plur. imperf.
inci. of ζητέω.
20aμßnonv,
ἐθαμβήθην,
pass. οι θαμβέω.
20αμẞоDνто, 8. pers. plur.
imperf. ind. pass. of Oaußéw.
ἐθαυμάσα, 1. aor. ind, of
θαυμάζω.
>
1. aor. ind.
ἔθηκα, Ι. aor. inc. of τίθημι ;
5ce τίθημι.
Ovos, cos ous, n.: 1. Sing.:
A nation.-2. Plur.: with art.:
("The nations," including all
who were not Jews; i.e.) The
Gentiles or Heathen.
(ἔθω), p. εἴωθα, pluperf.
elú0eur, (in pres. used only as
part. in connection with a finite
verb; the porf. and pluperf, are
nsed, respectively, as pres. and
imperf.) To be accustomed
wont.
or
1. et, 2. pers. sing. pres. ind.
of eiui.
|
2. el, conj.: 1. If :-ei dè µño
but if not, otherwise, else;-ei μń,
(if not, i.c.) except, unless.-2. In
interrogations, and expressions
of doubt, etc.: Whether, etc.:-ei
apa, whether indeed;-at xi. 13,
supply ζητῶν before εἰ ἄρα 3.
In solemn asseverations: That
not.
Compilat

|
¿0cά0ηv, 1. aor. ind. pass. of
ἐθεάθην,
θεάομαι.
eldov, 2. aor. ind. of eïdw.
|
(ἐθέλω and) θέλω, f. (ἐθελα 1. (elow, obsol. in pres.),
ήσω and) θελήσω, 1. 01. ἠθέλησα . f. εἰδήσω (and eἴσομαι), P. οἶδα,
(and ἐθέλησα, p. τεθέληκα), ν. 1. gubj. εἴδω, p. perf. εἰδώς, pluperf.
anda.: 1. With Inf.: To be willing dew, 2. aor. eldor, subj. iSw
to do, etc.;-the Inf. is often to (opt. dou), inf. ideîv, p. idúv,
bo supplied from context; e.g. at 2. aor. mid. eidóμnr, v. a.: 1. To
i. 41 supply kalapioai nlter Oéλw; know, to perceive mentally.-2.
at iii. 18 supply проσкadeîolai Perf. and pluperf. aro used as a
13
104
VOCABULARY.
|
pres. and imperf.: (I) know, (I)
knew. 3. The 2. aor. applies to
the sight: (1) saw, beheld, etc.
[akin to Sans. root VID, "LO
perceive, to know"].
tr
2. et8w, subj. of olda; seo
1. εἴδω.
εἰδώς, υία, ός, Ρ. of οἶδα ;
εἴδω.
bo
elk-áv, óvos, f. [eik-w, "to be
like " ("That which is like"
some object; hence) A likeness,
effigy, etc.; xii. 16.
εἰμί, imperf. ἦν and ἤμην,
1. oopa, v. n.: 1. To be.-2.
With eis, ("To be for"; i.e.) 10
become; x. 8. — 3. With ex: To
be of a number of persons, etc.;
xiv. 69, 70.-4. With Dat. of
person ("To be to" a person;
i.e. of the person as Subject) To
have or obtain.-5. With Gen. of
person: To be the property of, lo
belong to.-6. To be equivalent to,
etc., in meaning.-7. To happen,
take place, occur.-8. To be equi-
valent to, to make.-9. Folld. by
part. in concord with Subject,
instead of the simple verb of such
part. in the tense corresponding
to that of εἰμί :-ἦν διδάσκων
ἐδίδασκε, 1. 22 : ἦσαν θεωροῦσαι]
i.
=éleŵpovv, xv. 40; cf. also, xiii.
25;-sometimes this construction
is used to mark continuance
ἦν κράζων (Ξέκραζε),
Hv крášшv (= éкpage), he used to
keep crying out; v. 5 [for éo-uí,
akin to Sans. root As, "to bo "].
εἶναι, prcs. inf. οἱ εἰμί.
εἶπα ; seu εἶπον.
elras, 2. pers. sing. 1. aor.
εἴπας,
iud. of eἶπον,
P
sed
ELTǎTE, 2. pers. plur. im-
eïmăte,
perat. of alma.
1. εἰπέ, imperat. of eἶπον.
2. εἶπε, εἶπεν, 3. pers. sing.
of εἶπον.
bid, etc.-3. To tell, relate, men-
tion, declare.
εἴπω, subj. οf εἶπον,
,
εἰπών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ. of eἶπον.
εἰρηνεύω, ν. n. [εἰρήνη,
peace"] To have, or possess,
peace; to be at peace.
εἰρ-ήνη, ήνης, f, [prob. εΐρ-ω,
f.
cip-w,
"to bind or fasten "] ("The
binding, or fastening, thing"
hence) Peace; cf. Lat. pax (=
pac-s), fr. root PAC= PAG, whence
pa(n)g-o, "to fasten," ele.
1. els, prep. gov. ncc.: 1.
With verbs of motion: a. Horiz-
| ontally: Into, within. —
1o
b. Or
motion upwards: Up to, to.—c.
Of motion downwards: Down lo,
into.-2. With verbs of rest to
denote previous motion into a
place, and then the doing, etc., of
something in or at it-ò els
Tòv άypòv wr, (he that has gone into
the field and is in it; i.c.) he that
is in the field; xiii. 16.-3. Of a
state, condition, etc.: Into; xiv.
38:-üraye eis eipńvnv, (go away
into peace; i.c.) go and bo in
peace; v. 34; cf., also, xiii. 3,
etc.-4. To mark division, elc.:
Into, in-els Sio, into two parts,
in tuain; xv. 38.--5. Το denote
approach to, towards, or unto a
place, for tlio purpose of going
into it; x. 33; xi. 1, etc.-6. To
mark an object towards which
any mental process or moral foel-
ing is directed: a. In, on, upon;
ix. 42.-b. Against; iii. 29.—7.
To point out a purpose, aim, in-
tention, etc.: a. For the purpose
of, for :-els ri, for what pur-
pose? xiv. 4.-b. For the use or
benefit of; for, unto; viii. 19.-8.
Of time: Until, up to, for.-9.
With eἰμί ον γίνομαι: (Το be
for=) To become, to be; x. 8;
xii. 10. - 10. Τον εἰς φανερὸν
For
ἐλθεῖν and εἰς τὸ χεῖρον ἐλθεῖν,
see ἔρχομαι.,
or
2. cts, μía, er, num. adj.: 1,
εἰπεῖν, inf. of εἶπον.
εἶπον, 2. aor, 1. aor. εἶπα,
v. a. without pres.: 1. To say,
speak.-2. To direct, command,
ww
VOCABULARY.
105
One;-at ix. 42; xiv. 66, with
Gen. of thing distributed.—As
Subst.: a. Masc.: One man, or
person, one.-b. Neut.: One thing.
-2. First.-As Subst.: μla, âs,
£. First day :-TĤs µiâ: σaßßár-
ov, on the first day of the week;
Gen. of time "when"].
2. aor. inf. of
|
/
eloeλleîv,
εἰσελθεῖν,
εἰσέρχομαι,
elσeλ0étw, 3. pers. sing. 2.
aor. imperat. οἱ εἰσέρχομαι.
εἰσέλθω, 2. 201.
aor. subj. of
εἰσέρχωμαι.
|
denote the position from which
an object is viewed by a behold-
er: Om, at :-κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν
μov, sit down on my right hand;
xii. 36.-5. To mark whence any
thing comes : From, from among.
−6. After numerals : Of, out of:
εἷς ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου, one of ite multi-
tude; ix. 17-at xiv. 70, supply
εἷς before ἐξ αὐτῶν.-7. Οι ο
source, or origin, whence any
thing proceeds: From, of.-8.
To mark removal of a thing out
of the place where it is: From,
away from. 9. Of the agent
after pass. verbs: By; vii. 11.--
J
10. Of the instrument, mcans,
modc, etc.: With:—ἐξ ὅλης τῆς
kapdías σov, with all thy heart ;
xii. 30, etc.-11. After verbs of
drinking and eating ek is put
with its gen. in the place of a
simple partitive gen. :-
οὐ μή
πίω ἐκ τοῦ γεννήματος τῆς ἀμ-
εἰσ-πέλου, I will by no means arina
the produce of the vine (i.e. wine);
xiv. 25. 12. To denoto that
from which something is taken:
Out of, of, from. -13. With
eiuí; sec ciui. no. 3.-14. With
adj, rarely with fem., in
adverbial force :-EK TEPLOσoû (=
Tepiaows), strongly, vehemently;
xiv. 31;-ék Sevтépou(=Sεúтepov),
δευτέρου(=δεύτερον),
a second time, again; xiv. 72: ἐξ
ἐναντίας (Ξ ἐναντίον), over a
gainst, opposite; xv. 39.
|
ἐκαθαρίσθην, 1. aor. ind.
pass. of καθαρίζω.
èkǎońμŋv, imperf. ind. of
κάθημαι.
ἐκάθισα, 1. aor. ind. of
καθίζω.
ἕκαστος, η, ον, pron. adj.
Each. As Subst.: EkaσTOS,
ov, m. Each man, each.
ου,
E-Kǎтóν, num. adj. indeel.
§-κατόν,
One hundred, a hundred;—at iv.
10 and 20 supply σnépuаra with
èкaróv;-at vi. 40 supply ároρúπ-
ους with ἑκατόν; sce, also, ἀνά,
εἰσελθών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ. 2. 201.
of εἰσέρχομαι.
εἰσέρχομαι, f. εἰσελεύσο- |
μαι, p. εἰσελήλυθα, 2. 201. εἰσ-
ov, v. mid. [eis, "into";
"into";
epxoμal, "to come or go"] To
come, or go, into; to enter.
elonλov, 2. aor. ind. of
εἰσέρχομαι,
,
#
εἰσπορευόμενος, η, ον, Ρ.
pics. of εἰσπορεύομαι; see
πορεύω.
(elo-Toрeuw, v. a. [eis, "in-
to ”; πορεύω, "to cause to go "]
"To cause" one "to go into "
hence, to lead into."-) Mid.:
εἰσ πορεύομαι, (f. εἰσπορ-|neut.
cvooμai); ("To cause one's self
to go into "; hence) To go into,
to enterat v. 40 supply éket,
οι εἰς τὸν τόπον, after εἰσπορεύ-
<<
eral.
...
|
elra, adv.: 1. Then, there-
upon.-2. In the next place, next,
ilen : - πρῶτον . . . εἶτα . . . εἶτα,
then:
in the first place (or first) then
then.
• • •
etxov, imperf. ind. of exw.
εἰώθειν; see ἔθω.
|
Ek (before a vowel ), prep.
gov. gen.: 1. Of place: a. Out
of, from.-b. Down from, out of.
-c, On, at. — 2. Of time: a.
From, up from, ever since.-b.
Al, in; sce ésaurs.-3. Of a
commencing point: From, up
from.-4. With verbs of rest, to
|
C
106
VOCABULARY.
κατόν;
<<
no. 2 [for év-karóv; fr. els, év-ós,
CC one ; KǎTOV, akin to Sans.
çaları, a hundred "].
ἑκάτοντα πλασίων, ονος,
adj. A hundred times as many, a
hundred-fold.-As Subst.: EK-
ατονταπλασίονα,
ων, 11.
plur. A hundred times as many
things, a hundred-fold more.
¿кavμǎTíolny, 1. aor. ind.
ἐκαυματίσθην,
pass. Οἱ καυμάτιζω.
ekẞăλe, 2. pers. sing. 2. aor.
imperat. of ἐκβάλλω.
¿кßăλeîv, 2. aor. inf. of èk-
βάλλω.
|
ἐκ-βάλλω, f. ἐκβάλω, (p. ἐκ-
βέβληκα), pluperf. ἐκβεβλήκειν
(for egeßeßankew), 2. aor. ègé-
ἐξεβεβλήκειν), ἐξέ-
Bàλov, V. a. [ek, “out”; ßádλw,
"to cast"]("To cast, or throw,
out"; hence) 1. To cast out
devils, etc., from one possessed.--|
2. To drive forth, or out, from a
placo.-3. Of an eye as Object:
To pluck, or pull, out; to throw
away, from one. 4. To send
away, bid depart, dismiss.
ἐκβάλλων, ουσα, ον, Ρ. pres.
οἱ ἐκβάλλω.
ékẞăλovo, 3. pers. plur.
fut. ind. of éкßáλλw.
1. ἐκβάλω, fut. ind. of ἐκ-
βάλλω,
2. ¿кßáλw, 2. aor. subj. of
ἐκβάλλω.
ἐκβαλών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ. 2. aor.
οἱ ἐκβάλλω.
་
.
tr
|
ἐκβεβλήκειν ; sec ἐκβάλλω.
(ἐκ-δίδωμι, f, ἐκδώσω, ]
f. p.
ἐκδέδωκα, V. & [ἐκ, “out”;
a.
δίδωμι, “ to give"} 1. Act: “τό
give out"; hence," to give out
for money; to let out" on hirc,
etc.-2.) Mid. (èk-8(8oμaι),
(ἐκ-δίδομαι),
f. indúσopai, 2. aor. ¿§edóµn, To
ἐκδώσομαι, ἐξεδόμη",
let out, as one's own especial net.
(Εκδύω, f. ἐκδύσω, p, έκα
δέδυκα, 2, που, ἐξέδυν), 1. aor.
é§éðûσα, v. a. [ék," ont of, from";
Suw, "to get into, or put on,"
clothes] ("To make to get out
|
of clothes into which a person has
got, or which he has put on "
hence) With Acc. of person and
Acc. of clothing [$ 96]: To strip
one of something; to take, or
strip, something off from one.~
N.B. The perf. and 2. aor. refer
the action to a person's own self,
and hence are folld. by Acc. of
clothing alone.
¿keî, adv.: 1. There, in that
place.-2. Thither, to that place.
¿кeî-Oev, adv. [èkeî, “there":
ἐκεῖ-θεν,
suffix der, denoting removal
"from"] ("From there"; i.c.)
from that place, thence.
¿keî-vos, un, vo, pron. dem.
[èket, "there"] The person or.
thing there; that person, or
thing; frequently to mark
something that has proceded; i.
9; ii. 20, etc. As Subst. of all
genders: Ie, she, it,
ἐκεφαλαίωσα, 1. aor. ind.
of kepadałów.
¿кńρuέα, 1. aor. ind. of
κηρύσσω,
#
v. a.
ἐκθαμβ-έω, -ὦ, το εν [ἄκω
eauß-os, "amazed "] ("To make
erbaμßos"; hence) 1. Act.: To
ἔκθαμβος
amaze, astonish, astound. - 2.
Pass.: ἐκθαμβ-έομαι, -οῦ
μαι, 1. που. ἐξεθαμβήθην : α. Το
be amazed, etc. — b. With acces-
sory notion of fear: To be alarm-
ed at something which has been
seen, etc.; to be terrifled, ctc.
ἐκλάσα, 1. aor. ind. of κλάω.
(ἐκ-λέγω, 1. ποι. ἐξέλεξα,
p. ἐξαίλεχα, τ. εν. [ἐκ,
λέγω, "to pick or gather"] 1.
Act.: “To pick or gather out.”.
2.) Mid.: ¿k-λéyoμal, 1. ¿§-
ἐκλέγομαι,
eλeţăµnv, (“To pick out for one's
ελεξάμην,
self"; hence) To choose out, choose,
select.
CC
v. a.
out"
•
ἐκλεκτός, τή, τόν, adj. [for
ἐκλογητός ; fr. ἐκλέγω, in maich.
forco, "to choose out"; sco
¿kλéyw] Choven out, chosen, select,
elect.-As Subst., plur, with art.:
L
VOCABULARY.
107
The chosen
ἐκλεκτοί, ὢν, 122.
or elect of God; xiii. 27.
Ekλvońσoμau, 1. fut. pass.
ἐκλυθήσομαι,
ος ἐκλύω.
17
(èк-λuw, f. èkλvow, 1. aor.
¿§éλüøa, v. a. [čk, in force of
"completion"; Avw, "to loose "
1. Act.: “To loose completely
hence, "to unloose, undo"
hence," to relax, enfeeble."-2.)
Pasy: ἐκ-λύομαι, p. ἐκλέλιμα,
1. aor. ἐξελύθην, 1. f, ἐκλυθήσ
opal, ("To be relaxed or on-
feebled"; hence) To become faint
or weak; to be worn out with
fatigue, etc.
¿кóтǎσα, 1. aor. ind. of
κοπάζω.
ěкоTтOV, imperf. ind. of
imperf. ind. of
κόπτων
"
ἐκ-πίπτω, (f. ἐκπεσοῦμαι), |
ῃ, ἐκπέπτωκα, 1. aor. ἐξέπεσα,
2. 201. ἐξέπεσον, V. ε. [ἐκ, “out
of, down from"] To fall out of or
down from.
ἐκπίπτων, ουσα, ον, Ρ.
P. pres.
of ἐκπίπτω.
(ἐκ-πλήσσω, f. ἐκπλήξω,
v. a. [ἐκ, “out of”; πλήσσω,
"to strike"] 1. Act.: "To strike
out of, drive away by striking";
hence, "to drive out of one's
senses; to amaze, etc.-2.) Pass.:
ἐκπλήσσομαι, (p. ἐκπέπληγ
1. aor. ἐξεπλήχθην), 2. ποι.
ἐξεπλάγην, Τo be amazed
малд
or
astonished.
2.) Mid.: ἐκπορεύομαι,
f. ἐκπορεύσομαι, (“Το iake onc's
self to go out"; hence) a. To go,
or come, out or forth; to proceed
forth.-b. To go away, depart.
ἔκραξα, 1, aor, incl. of κράζω.
ἐκράτησα, 1. aor. ind. of
κρατέω.
ἐκπορευόμενος, η, ον, P.
prog, mail. of ἐκπορεύω.
(ἐκπορεύω, ν. α. [ὐκ, “out”;
Topeúw, "to make to go"] 1.
πορεύω,
Act. To mako to go out,"-
CC
ma
ἔκστά-σις,σεως, f.[ἐξίστημι,
in neut, tenses, "to be amazed
sec ἐξίστημι] Amazement,
"1
as-
tonishment.
ἐκτείνας, ἀσα, αν, Ρ. 1. aor.
of èKTEL W.
ἔκτεινον, 1, aor. imperat. of
ἐκτείνω,
46
¿k-telvw, f. ¿ktevô, (P. ¿R-
τέτακα), 1. aor. ἐξέτεινα, Τ.
[ek, "out" or forth "; τείνω,
"to stretch"] To stretch out or
forth.
{
|
Ekтivágate, 2. pers. plur.
ἐκτινάξατε,
1. nor. imperat. of ἐκτινάσσω;
vi. 11.
(ἐκ-τινάσσω, f. ἐκτινάξω),
1. nor. égereivaşa, V. a. Lék,
"off"; Tiváσow, " to shake "] To
shake of.
|
P
ἕκτος, τη, τον, num. adj.
[for e-ros; fr. §, "six"] (“Pro-
vided with eg"; hence) Sixth.
§
ἐκυλίετο ; see πυλίω.
..
ěk doẞ-os, or, adj. [ěk, in
"intensive" force; doß-éw, CC to
fear";-pass.,
"to be afraid"]
Greatly afraid or terrified; af-
frighted.
čkoúŋ, 8. pers. sing. pres.
subj. of ἐκφύω.
ແ
(ἐκ-πνέω, f. ἐκπνεύσομαι),
1. aor. ἐξέπνευσα, v. f. [ἐκ, “ out
or forth"; véw, "to breathe "]
("To breathe out or forth":
folld. by Bior, "life," "to broatho
(C
ἐκ-φύω, (f. ἐκφύσω, 1. aor.
ésévσa), V. a. (ék,
ἐξέφυσα),
out or
forth"; duw, "to produce"]
φύω,
out ono's life"; hence, with("To produce out or forth"
ellipse of Biov) To breathe one's hence) Of a tree: To put forth
last; to yield up the ghost or spirit; leaves, elc.
to expire.
|
EKXETTαι, contr. 3. pers. sing.
prcs. pass. of ἐκχέω.
ἐκχέω, f. ἐκγεῶ, 1. 201.
ἐξέχεα, (p. εκκέχυκα), ν. ε, έκα
"out"; xów, to pour"] 1.
Act. To pour out.-2. Pass.:
108
VOCABULARY.
r
p. ποι.
or
ἐκχέομαι, ν. ἐκκέχῦμαι 1, aor. | [Ἕλλην, “a Creek”] Of, οι bea
sexuon, 1. fut. éкxvońσopai: longing to, a Greek or the Greeks;
Of wine: To be poured out from Greek, Grecian.-As subst.: 4
the skin; to be spilled.
Greek woman.
ἐκχυνόμενος, ", ov, P. prcs.
pass. of èxxüro, a lalo collateral
forin of exуéw: Of blood : Poured
out or forth, shed.
ἐκώλυσα, 1. 201.
aor. ind. of
κωλύω.
ἔλαβον, 2. aor. ind. of
λαμβάνω.
[
*Eλwl, m. indecl. God.
(ἐμ- βαίνω, f, ἐμβήσομαι,
]. ἐμβέβηκα), 2. ποι. ἐνέβην, v. 1.
[Τον ἐνβαίνω, f, ἐν, “in”;
fr.
Barw, "to go"]("To go in, to
enter"; hence) Of a vessel :
With els: To enter into, go on
board of.
¿λala, as, f. An olive tree:-
Tò ŏpos Tŵv ¿Àªŵr, the mount of
ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν,
the olive trees, i.e. Mount Olivet,
which derived its name from the
number of olive trees which grew
upon it. It lay something more
than half a mile E. of Jerusalem,
and was separated from it by the
valley and brook of Cedron.
ἔλαιον, ου,
λal-ov, ou, n. [élaí-a, "an
olive tree"; hence, an olive"]
("That which pertains to dλaía";
hence) Olive oil; oil.
(C
|
|
ἐλογίσθην, 1, aor. ind. pass.
οι λογίζομαι.
ἐλύθην, 1. πο. incl. pass. of
λύω,
ἐμβαπτόμενος, η, ον, p.
pres. mid. of έμβάπτω,
|
(ἐμβάπτω, f. ἐμβάψω), 1.
ποι. ἐνέβαψα, v. v. [ior ἐν-βάπ
τω ; fx, ἐν, “in”; βάπτω, “το
fr.
dip"] 1. Act.: To dip in.-2.
Mid.: μ-Báттομаi, (1, nor.
éveßa¥áµnv): With eis: To dip
into, as one's own especial act;
at xiv. 20, probably either y
χεῖρα, “lais hand,” οι τὸ ψωμί-
ον, "his morsel," is to be sup-
plied.
¿λáλet, 3. pers. sing. imperf.
incl. of λαλέω.
ἐλάλησα, 1. aor. ind. of
λάλεω.
re
ἐλαύνω, (Γ. ἐλάσω ancὶ ἐλῶ),
P. éλýλčka, (v. a. "To set in
ἐλήλακα,
motion"; hence, with ellipse of
ναῦν, a ship," as) v. n. ("To
set, or put, a ship in motion "
hence) To row;-at vi. 48, rŵ
éλaúvew is used as n dat, caso
(see art. ó), and depends on prep.
rậ|
éy.
|
ἐλε-έω, -, f. ἐλεήσω, 1. ποτ.
aor.
ἠλά
ýλé σa, v. a. [eλe-os, "pity"]
To have pily, or compassion, on;
to pity, compassionate.
ἐλέησον, 1. aor. imperat. of
¿deów.
ἐλήλυθα,
ἔρχομαι.
perf. ind. of
|
¿ïnλvows, vîìa, ós, P. perf.
οι ἔρχομαι.
¿λÐwv, oûσa, óy, P. 2. aor. of
ἔρχομαι.
Ελληνίς, ἴδος, adj. f.
|
ܙ
*
ἐμβάς, ᾶσα, άν ; ἐμβῆναι,
P. and Inf. 2. aor. of enßairo.
ἐμ-βλέπω, (f. ἐμβλέψω), 1.
aor. évéßlepa, v. u. and a. [for
ἐν-βλέπω]
év-BAéro] 1. Neut. [èv, "at";
ẞλéπw, "to look"]: With Dat.;
To look at or upon; to fix the eyes,
or looks, upon. -2.
2. Act.
Act. Tév
(like Lat. in), without force ;
βλέπω, “ lo sce”] Τo see, be
To
hold; viii. 25.
CC
?)
ἐμβλέψας, ὃσα, αν, P. 1.
nor, οἱ ἐμβλέπω.
ἐμβριμάομαι,
βριμώ
μαι, 1. aor. ἐν βρίμησάμην, το
mid. [for èr-ßpiµáoμai; fr. èv,
"al"; Вpipásμai, "to snort"]
βριμάομαι,
("To snort at"; hence, as a re-
sult) With Dat.: 1. To be indig-
nant, or angry, at or with; lo
chide sharply; to murmur al;
xiv. 5.-2. To lay a strict charye,
VOCABULARY.
109
or injunction, upon; to charge, or
bid, strictly or straitly; i. 43.
ἐμβρίμησάμενος, η, ον,
P. 1. aor. of ἐμβριμάομαι.
¿μ-ós, ý, óv, pron, poss. [èyú,
¿μ-oû, "I"] of, or belonging to,
me; my, mine;-at x. 40, èuóv is
predicated of δοῦναι, and follows
ἐστίν.
CL
| To denote incorporation with :-
ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ,
a man with an unclean spirit; i.c.
a man who had become incorpor-
ated, as it were, with an un-
clean spirit, and was possessed
by it; cf., for construction,
ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χρίστῳ, a man i
❖
Christ; i.e. a man who had be-
come, through faith, one with
Christ; 2 Cor. xii. 2.-8. Of a
state or condition in which a per-
son is, etc.: In.
aor.
Eva, masc. acc. sing. of eis.
(ἐν ἀγκάλ-ϊζομαι), 1. εο1.
ἐνηγκαλισάμην, ν. mid. [ἐν,
"in"; àуxăλ-," the bent arm"]
To take up in the bent, or bended,
“
arm.
aor.
2)
ἐμπαίζω, f. ἐμπαίξω, 1. εοι.
érénaça, v. n. [for. év-maigo;
fr. èv, "at"; maisw, "to play as
παίζω, “
a child would ; hence, to
sport"; hence, "to mock, jest,"
ele.] With Dat.: To mock at, jest
al;-at xv. 31 supply αὐτῷ after
ἐμπαίζοντες.
Eμπallor, ovoa, ov, P. pres.
ἐμπαίζων,
οἱ ἐμπαίζω.
ἔμπροσθεν, adv. [for ἄν
προσθεν, fr. ἐν, “in”; πρόσθεν,
before"]("In the place be-
foro"; hence) With Gen.: In
the presence of, in the sight of, be-
fore the eyes of.
|
ἐμπτύω, f. ἐμπτύσω, 1. aor.
ἐνεπτῦσα, V. 1. [foυ ἐν-πτύω ; fr.
è", "at, on"; Trú∞, "to spit"]
πτύω,
With Dat.: To spit at or upon.
ἐναγκαλισάμενος, η, ον,
Ρ. 1. aor. of ἐναγκαλίζομαι.
Evavríov, adv. [adverbial
ἐναντίον,
neut. of evavríos,
ἐναντίος, opposite,
facing"] (In the way of the
ἐναντίος hence) With Gen.:
In the presence of, before.
ἐναντίος, αντία, αντίον, adj.
[èv, "without force" (cf. Lat.
in); arríos, " opposite "] 1. Op-
posite, facing: Adverbial ex-
pression è§ évavrías, with Gen.:
In the presence of, before. — 2.
With accessory notion of opposi-
tion, etc.: Of tho mind: "With
Dat.: Adverse to or against one;
unfavourable to.
ἐνδεδυμένος, η, ον, P. perf.
pass. of érdúw.
|
1
èv, prep. gov. dat. only: 1.
Locally: a. In, within. b.
Among.-c. Al-d. Of a book,
anthor, etc.; In:-èv roîs pо-
προ-
prais, in the prophets, i. 2.-2. Of
time: a. In, within, in the course
of, during: -èv, (supply
Xpóvų), during the time that,
while; ii. 19.-ɓ. On, upon :-év
τοῖς σάββασι, οτι the sabbath; ii.
23.-3. Of the instrument,
means, etc.: With, by, on account
of: -Ev & μérpw, with what mea-
sure; iv. 24-év Tivi, with what;
ix. 50.-4. Of the agent: In,
by, al; iii. 22.-5. Of persons in
whom any thing is regarded as
residing or taking effect; or ἐν-δύω, (f. ἐνδύσω), 1. που.
through whom any thing opor-évédvoa, v. a. [èr, "in"; diw,
ἐνέδυσα,
ates; v. 80; xiv. 27.-6. Of at- "to get into or pnt on ; cf.
tendant circumstances, feelings, éxdúw] 1. Act.: ("To make to
els.: In with; viii. 38; ix. 1.-7. get into, or put on, and to be
33
ev-Seкa, num. adj. indecl.
[els, év-ós, "one"; Séka, "ten"]
("One (and) ten ; i.e.) Eleven :
-oi érdeka, the cleven (apostles),
who remained after the fall of
Judas; xvi. 14.
Evdúonole, 2. pers. plur. 1.
aor. snbj. inid, of èršúw.
>>
|
|
A
""
•
IIO
VOCABULARY.
in "; hence) With Acc. of per-
son and Acc. of thing: To put
something on another; to clothe
another in something; xv. 17,
20. — 2. Mid.: ¿v-dúoμaι, (1.
évdúσoμai), (p. in act. form, év-
δέδυκα), 1. aor. ἐνεδυσάμην: With
Acc. of thing: To clothe one's
self in, to put on or upon one's self.
-3. Pass.: (èv-dúoµaɩ), p. év-
Séduμai, To be clothed;-at i. 6
with Acc. of "Respect."
|
|
ἐνέβλεψα, 1. aor. Inc. of
ἐμβλέπω.
ἐνεβρῖμησάμην,1. aor. ind.
of ἐμβριμάομαι.
|
ἐνεβριμώντο, 8, pers. plur.
contr. imperf. ind. of éµßpīµáo-
льняво
ἐν-ειλέω, -ειλῶ, 1. aor.
v. a. [év, "in"; eidéw, "to roll
up"] To roll, or wrap, up in.
ἐνείλησα, 1. aor. ind. of ἐν-
ειλέω.
¿veîxov, imperf. ind. of èv-
έχω.
ëvekev, adv. With Gen.: For
the sake of, on account of.
ἐνέπαιξα, 1. aor. ind. of ἐμ-
παίζω.
¿v-epy-éw, -, 1. aor. è-
ήργησα,
npynoa, v. n. [èv, "at"; epy-ov,
"work"] To be at work; to oper-
ale, acl,powerfully.
Evexoñval, 1. aor. inf. pass.
of φέριο:
ἐν έχω, imperf. éveixov,
(. ἐνέξω and ἐνσχήσω), v. n.
[èr, on, upon"; exw, (nent.) in
force of "to be"]("To be up-
on"; hence) With Dat. : To be
angry, or enraged, with.
-
८८
|
ἔνν-ἄτος, ἅτη, ἅτον, adj. |
[for évvé-aros; fr. évvé-a, "nino"]
"Provided with nino "; hence)
Ninth.
within"; hence, in pass.: "to
be liable, or exposed, to "] With
Gen. (dependent on Sikη or
δίκη
ypady, to bo supplied) Liable, or
exposed, to the punishment of.
"C
ἔνταλμα, μᾶτος, n. [for
ἔντελ-μα ; fr. ἐντέλ-λω, “ to cona-
mand"] ("That which is com-
manded"; honce) A command,
precept.
evox-os, or, adj. [for evex-
os; fr. évéx-w, "to havo, or hold,
ἐνταφιασμός, μοῦ, m.
[for ἐνταφιαδ-μός ; fr, ἐνταφιάζω
ἐνταφιάδ-σω), “to ontomab,
to bury" An entombing, burial.
ἐντέλλομαι, f. ἐντελοῦμαι,
ειον. ἐνετειλάμην, ν.
v. mid.
[ἐντέλλω (very rare), "to
command"] With Dat.: Το
command, enjoin, etc., of one's
own solf;-at xii. 34 folld. also
by iva with Subj.;-at xi. 6,
alone.
1.
-
sce ἐν·
τρέπω.
(ἐν-τρέπω, 2. aor. ἐνέτρ&πον,
v. a. [ev, "in
[ἐν,
τρέπω, " to
turn"] 1. Act. : To turn in"
a place; hence, "to turn about."
2.) Mid. : ἐν-τρέπομαι,
(2. aor. pass. in mid. force, év-
eтpany), 2. I. pass. in mid. force,
ἐντραπήσομαι, (“Το turn one's
self about"; honce, "to turn
towards"; hence, in figurative
sense) To pay heed or regard to ;
to respect, reverence.
1. ¿; scc ék.
2. Et, num. adj. indecl. Sia
[akin to Sans. shasi, “six”],
ἐξ-άγω, (f. ἐξάξω), 2. aor.
nyayor, v. a. [e, "out"; ayw,
"to load"] To icad oul, conduci
forth.
|
ἔννυχον,
adv. [adverbial
neut. of evvvxos, "by, or in tho,
night"] In the night.
ἐντολή, ἧς, f. [for ἐντελ-ή;
fr. ἐντέλλω ; see ἐντέλλομαί
("That which is commanded "
hence) A commandment.
ἐντραπήσομαι;
•
>
(C
¿§-alovns, adv. [鿧 (=ék),
ἐξ-αίφνης,
"strengthening
in
force;
|
aïduns, "suddenly"] Suddenly,
on a sudden.
VOCABULARY.
III
¿§ăvaothon, 3. pers. sing. | go, out or forth.-2. To come out
ἐξαναστήσῃ,
1. aor. subj. of ἐξανίστημι. of a ship; to disembark, land,
ἐξ ἀν&τέλλω, 1. aor. ἐξ- come to shore.
ἀνέτειλα, V. D. [ἐξ,
n. [ẻ§, "forth"
ἀνατέλλω (neut.), “to rige ”]
("To rise forth"; hence) Of
seeds: To spring forth or up from
the ground.
|
ἐξέστην, 2. aor. ind, of έξω
ίστημι.
ἔξεστι, (f. ἔξεσται), v. im-
pers. [eg, denoting "complete-
ness"; ori (impers.), "it is
possible"] ("It is quite possible"
for one; hence) It is lawful .or
allowable; it is permitted, etc.
at ii. 24 with neut. pron.
Subject;-at iii. 4 with Inf. as
Subject;-with clause as Subject
at ii. 26; vi. 18; x. 2; xii. 14.
ἐξέτεινα, Ι. aor. ind. of
i as
ἐκτείνω.
*
ἐξήγαγον, 2. aor. ind. of
ἐξαγω.
on a Eέ-ń-коνтα, num. adj. indccl.
[e, "six
"six";
(7) connecting
vowel;
|
κοντα; Geo τριάκοντα]
("Provided with six tens
Sixty.
}}
i.e.)
ἐξηραμμένος, η, ov, P.
perf. pass. of Enpaivw.
ἐξεδόμην, 2. aor. ind. mid.
of ἐκδιδωμι.
|
¿Enpávenv, 1. aor. ind. pass.
of ξηραίνω.
ἐξήρανται,
Enpavтaι, 3. pers. sing.
perf. iud pass. of ξηραίνω.
¿ɩorăμnv, imperf. ind. mid.
of ἐξίστημί.
ἐξέδυσα, 1. aor. ind. mid. of
ἐκδύω,
|
ἐξεθαμβήθην, 1. aor. ind.
pass. of έκθαμβέω.
éăvételλa, 1. aor. ind. of
ἐξανατέλλω.
(ἐξ-ανίστημι, ἐξαναστ-
(¿§-aviorημi, f. §ăvaσr-
ήσω), 1. aor. ἐξανέστησα, V. 2.
[, "from"; avioтnμl, "to
[ἐξ,
ἀνίστημι,
make to stand up, to raise
up"] Of children: To raise up
from a wife;-at xii. 9 supply
τῆς γυναῖκος after ἐξαναστήσῃ.
éžáπiva, adv. [late form of
ἐξαπίνης, softened from ἐξαίφνης ;
sco ἐξαίφνης] Suddenly, οπα
sudden.
ἐξ αὐτῆς, [ἐξ
¿-aurns, adv. [eg (=ék),
"at" (of time); aurns, fem. gen.
sing. of autós, "self, very"; with
cllipse of ris pas," the time "]
("From the very time"; hence)
Al once, immediately, directly.
ἐξέβαλον, 2. aor. ind. of
ἐκβάλλω.
Eloraola, pres. inf. mid.
of ἐξίστημι.
ἐξίστημι, (f.
,
ἐξελεξάμην, 1, aor. ind.
aor. ind.
micl. of ἐκλέγω,
ἐξεληλύθως, υΐα, ός, Ρ. porf.
of ἐξέρχομαι.
ἵστημι,
čeλe, 2. pers. sing. 2. aor.
imperat. of ἐξέρχομαι.
ἐξελθών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ. 2. ποr.
οἱ ἐξέρχομαι.
ἐκστήσω),
p. ἐξέστηκα, 1. aor. ἐξέστησα,
2. που. ἐξέστην, V. t. and u. [ἐξ
"out of"; tornu, "to make to
stand"; and, in certain tenses,
"to stand"] 1. (Act.: In pres.,
imperf., 1. fut., and 1. aor., "To
make to stand out of "a placc.-)
Neut. In perf., pluperf. and
ἐξεπλησσόμην,
2. aor.: (“To stand out" of one's
iucl. pass. of ἐκπλήσσω.
self; henco) a. To be out of one's
¿EπOPEVÓμnv, imperf. ind. mind or wils; to be beside one's
nuid. of ἐκπορεύω.
self; iii. 21.-b. To be amazed or
¿§-éρxoμar, f. ¿§eλevropai, astonished;-at v. 42 with Dat. of
ἐξέρχομαι,
p. ἐξελήλυθα, 2. aor. ἐξῆλθον, | manner.--2. Mid.: ἐξίσταμαι
v. mid. [eg, "out"; "prouai, (no. 1, b), To be amazed or
"Lo como or go"] 1. To come, or astonished.
imperf.
|
112
VOCABULARY.
(( cat-
ἐξ-ομολογέομαι, -ομο- | honour of somo deity; or, olse,
λογοῦμαι, f. ἐξομολογήσιμαι, in the force of iho act of
v. mid. [ès, denoting" comploto- ing"; è is a prefix].
ness"; ouodoyéouai (mid. of
ὁμολογέομαι
ὁμολογέω), in force of “to con-
fess"] To confess, own, or acknow-
ledge fully or thoroughly.
(ἐπαγγέλλω, 1. aor. ἐπήγε
γείλα, v. n. [ἐπ-ί, “to”; ἀγγέλλω,
"to carry a message"] Act.:
"To carry a message to "; hence,
"to announce"; hence, " to pro-
nounco").- Mid.: π-ayyéλ-
ἐπ-αγγέλ-
λομαι, 1. που. ἐπηγγειλάμην,
To promise for one's own self, etc.
έπαισα, 1. aor. ind. of
παίω.
ἐξομολογούμενος, η, ον,
contr. P. pros. of ecoμoλoyéw.
ἐξορύξας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ. 1. aor.
av,
οἱ ἐξορύσσω.
|
;
(ἐξορύσσω, f. ἐξορύξω), 1.
nor. ésúpuga, v. a. [§, “out”
ἐξώρυξα,
opvoow, "to dig"] ("To dig
ὀρύσσω,
out"; henco) To make a hole in
something by digging; to dig up
(ἐξουδεν-σω, -ω), 1. aor.
pass. ἐξουδενώθην (found only in
Septuagint and Gr. Test.), v. a.
[es, denoting "completoness";
ovdér, "nothing" ("To bring
οὐδέν,
completely to nothing"; hence)
To mock, ridicule, set at naught.
ovdevéen, 3. pers. sing.
1. aor. subj. pass. of égouderów.
ἐξουσία, σίας, f. [foν ὀξοντ·
ola; fr. ¿§óv, éóvT-os, part. of
impers, verb é§eori, "it is per-
mitted"]("The boing pormitted"
to do something; henco) With
Inf. Power, ability, capability,
capacity, otc., to do, etc.
ἐπ-ἀκολουθέω, -ἄκολου.
θῶ, 1. aor. ἐπηκολούθησα, V, 1.
[ἐπί, “aftor”; ἀκολουθέω, το
follow"] To follow after.
ἐπακολουθῶν, οὖσα, οὖν,
contr. P. pres. of drakoλovléw.
éπăкoλov0éw.
ἐπαναστήσομαι, fut. inc.
of eπavioraμai.
ἐπανίσταμαι,
(ἐπ-ἀνίσταμαι),f. ἐπαναστ
1. E-w, fnt. ind. of exw. Týσoua, v. mid. [mid. form of
2. -, adv. [d§, "out"] 1. én-aviornm," to set up against "]
Outside, on the outside:-oi &w, To set one's self, etc., up against;
those on the outside, or "they that to rise up against, take hostile
are without"; i.o. such as wore not steps against;—nt xiii. 12 strength-
Christ's followers; iv. 11. 2.oned by follg. dri.-In Gr. Test.
With Gen.: a. Outside of, oul of.
-b. Out of, away from,
ἔξωθεν, alv. [έξω, “out-
sido"; sumix Oe(), denoting
"from"] 1. From the outside,
from without; vii. 18.—2. =ěέw:
With Gon. Outside of, without;
vil. 15.
|
this verb occurs only twice, and
onch time in the fut. ind.
Agenterta
ε-OPT-ń, ŵs, f. A feast;-osp.
of the Jewishi Passover [prob.
akin to Sans. vral-a, in the forco
of "a holy act," as being, origin-
ally, a feast or festival held in
|
|
P
Eπaloxνven, 8. pers. sing.
ἐπαισχυνθῇ, 3.
1. aor. subj. of émaιoɣūvoμal.
ἐπαισχυνθήσομαι, 5. pors.
sing. fut. ind. Οἱ ἀπαισχύνομαι.
.
">
ἐπ- αισχύνομαι, f. έχω
acoxvvonσoμaι, 1. aor. ¿rno-
xúvony, v. mid. [en-í, "at
χύνθην,
alo xuropa, "to be ashamed"]
To be ashamed at, or of, a person,
etc.
-
1
(C
on
¿π-ǎvw, adv. [ér-í, "upon";
aro, "above"]("Upon and
abovo"; hence, of placo,
the upper part of, on the top
of"; honce) Of amounts: Above,
beyond, exceeding.
e-aúplov, adv. [èn-í, "up-
on"; auplov,
"to-morrow"]
Upon to-morrow, on the morrow;
in Gr. Dest. only with the Dat.
fem. art. (7) preceding, so that
VOCABULARY.
113
เ
épą must bed. Of a name, authority, etc.:
In, by.-3. With Acc.: a. Of
place: (a) On, upon.—(b) Al.— ·
(c) To.-b. Of time: At.-c. In
hostile sense: Against. d. Of
persons: As to, as regards or re-
spects, tomards, on or upon.
ἐπι-βάλλω, f. ἐπιβάλω, 2.
aor. éměßăλov, v. a, and n. [èmí,
upon"; Báλ, "to throw"]
βάλλων,
1. Act.: a. With Acc. and Dat.:
To throw, or cast, something on
or upon some object.-b. With
Acc. and πí with Acc.: To lay
upon. 2. Nout. : a. Of the
waves: With cis: To fall upon
and go into ;—nt iv. 37 éméßaλdev
has for its Subject the nom. plur.
neut, τὰ κύματα.---. Το turn the
thoughts to a matter; to think
upon or about; xiv. 72.
|
ἐπιβαλών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ. 2ο
aor. of ἐπιβάλλω.
in each instance
supplied.
éπéßăλov, 2. aor. ind. of
ἐπέβαλον,
ἐπιβάλλω.
|
Éπéуνwσav, 3. pers. plur. 2.
pot. indic. of ἐπιγινώσκω.
¿Téoηкα, 1. aor. ind. of èmi-
τίθημι.
Tel, conj. Since, seeing that,
inasmuch as.
ETT-ELтa, adv. [èr-i, "in ad-
dition"; elra, "then"]("In ad-
dition then"; hence) Thereupon,
therefore, then.
ἐπελαθόμην, 2. aor. ind, of
ἐπιλανθάν μαι.
éréλïov, imperf. ind. of ènĭ-
|
λύω.
ἐπ-ερωτάω, -ερωτῶ, f. ἐπ-
epwrýow, 1. aor. èrnpúrnoa, v. a.
[ér-i, in "strengthening" force;
épwráw, "to nsk"] 1. To ask';
to ask, or enquare, of a person.-
2. With Acc. of person and Acc.
of thing: To ask a person of or
about something; to enquire of a
person about something; to ask
one something.
¿πEρWrĥσαι, 1. aor. inf. of
ἐπερωτάω.
|
, P.
]
ἐπιγεγραμμένος, η, ον,
perf. pasa, of ἐπιγράφω.
ἔπεσον, 2. 20r, ind. of πίπτω.
ἐπέταξα, 1. πor. inc. of ἐπί-
τάσσω.
v.
ἐπί γινωσκώ, 1. ἐπιγνώσο-
μαι, (p. ἐπέγνωκα), 2, aor. ἐπέ-
γνων, ν. Ω, [ἐπί, in “strengthena-
ing
” force ; γινώσκω, "to per-
ceive, to know"] 1. To perceive
or observe. 2. To know, reco-
gnize.
Japan
Metage
""
;
ἐπίβλημα, μᾶτος, 11. [ἐπΐ
Báλλw, "to lay upon
Ballw, through
ἐπί and βλη, a root of simple
Buddw] ("That which is laid
upon something; hence) 4
patch.
|
|
ἐπηρώτα, ἐπηρώτων, 3,
pers. sing. and plur. of contr.
imperf. ind. of stepwτaw.
ἐπηρώτησα, i. aor. inc. of
ἐπυρωτά
:
|
ἐπιγραφή, ἧς, Ε. [ἐπίγραφη
"to write upon, inscribe"]
("That which is inscribed
honce) An inscription.
¿πí, prep. gov. gen., dat., and
acc.: 1. With Gen. a. Of
place: (a) On, upon.~(b) In, at.
b. Of timo: In the time, or
days, of.-c. Before, in the pres-
ence of, a person.-d. To form
ณา adverbial expression : Επι
ἀληθείας, in truth, truly. - 2.
With Dat.: a. Of place: (a) On,
upon. (b) In, at. b. Of a
cause, occasion, etc: (a) di
(b) About, concerning. en Of | μαι.
persons, things, etc.: On, upon, in. ἐπιζητέω, -ζητῶ, 1. aor.
a.
46
"
*C
ἐπι-γράφω, f. ἐπιγράψω,
(1. aor. ἐπέγραψα), να είν [επί,
upon ; γράφω, to writo"]
To write upon, inscribe.--Pass.:
| ἐπιγράφομαι, p. ἐπιγεγραμ-
CK
Mark.
I
J
W₂
J
ἐπιγνούς, οὖσα, όν, 2. not. of
miyirwoкw.
ἐπιγινώσκω,
JJ
114
VOCABULARY.
ἐπεζήτησα, V. Q. [ἐπί, “ for” ;
ζητέω, “to seeks ”] Τo seek for,
to look for, require, etc.
|
ἐπιθείς, εἶσα, έν, Ρ. 2. aor.
of ἐπιτίθημι.
ἐπιθῇς, 2. pers. sing. 2. aor.
subj. οἱ ἐπιτίθημι.
ἐπισκίαζων, ουσα, ον, P.
| prcs. of ἐπισκιάζω.
to make to
ἐπίσταμαι, (f. ἐπιστήσ
ομαι), v. mid. [ἐπί, “at”; στα,
root of ἵστημι,
stand”; Mid, “to mako ono’g
self to stand, to stand"] (“To
stand at, or by,” a thing; hence)
Mentally: Το know, understand,
a thing.
1
ἐπιθυμία, ἴας, f. [ἐπιθυμ-έω,
“to desiro"] A desiring ; desire,
yearning, esp. with eagerness or
intensity,
ἐπιλαβόμενος, η, ον, Ρ. 2.
που. οἱ ἐπιλαμβάνομαι.
ἐπίστευσα, 1. aor. ind, of
|πιστεύω.
6
ἐπί λαμβάνομαι, (f. ἐπι-
λήψομαι, p. pass. in mid. force,
ἐπείλημμαι), 2. aor. ἐπελαβόμην,
v. 1. [ἐπί, in “strengthening
:
ἐπι-στρέφω, f. ἐπιστρέψω, 1.
aor. ἐπέστρεψα, v. a. and n. [ἐπί,
“to”; στρέφω, “ to turn "] (“Το
turn to” some object; lcnce) 1.
Act. "To turn round, turn
forco; λαμβάνομαι, (mid.
λαμβάνομαι, (mid, of | about.”-2. Neut.: (Το turia
λαμβάνω, “to take hold of”), | ono's self about”; hence) a. Το
"to tako, or lay, hold of," ns return, go back.b. To turn to
one's act] With Gen.: To take, God, to be converted; iv. 14.-
or lay, hold of by.
Mid.: ἐπιστρέφομαι, 2. ειοτ.
pass. in mid. force, ἐπεστράφην,
To turn one's self round; to turn
about.
|
|
ἐπιλανθάνομαι, (f. ἐπί.
λήσομαι, p. act, in mid. force,
ἐπιλέληθα), 2. ποτ. ἐπελαθόμην, |
v. mid. [ἐπίλανθάνω, “to cauise
to forget "] (“Το cause ono's self
to forget"; hence) With Inf. :
Τo forget to do, etc.
ἐπιλύω, τ £. [ἐπί, in
"strengthening force; λύω,
"to loose"] ("To loose, un-
fasten," elc.; hence) To solve, ex-
plain, expound.
""
ἔπίον, 2. aor. ind. of πίνω.
ἐπί πίπτω, (f, ἐπιπεσοῦμαι),
ν. ἐπιπέπτωκα, 2. εοι, ἐπέπεσον,
v. n. [ἐπί, “upon”; πίπτω, “το
fall ”] (“Το fall upon "; lience)
With Dat. of person: To press, or
crowd, upon.
to
|
ἐπισυνηγμένος, η, ον, Ρ.
perf. pass. of ἐπισυνάγω.
ἐπί-συντρέχω, v. n. [ἐπί,
in "strengthening * force; συν
τρέχω, “to run together”] Το
rum together.
❤
ἐπι β· δάπτω, ν. α. [ἐπί,
upon”; ῥάπτω, “ to sew,” with |
the initial letter (;) doubled] Το
CC
ἐπιτάσσω, (f. ἐπιτάξω),
"i
seu upon something;-at ii. 11 ¦ 1. aor. ἐπέταξα, v. d. and n. [ἐπί,
strcngthened by follg. ἐπί, “to”; τάσσω, “to assign"]
ἐπισκίαζω, Ι. ἐπισκιάσω, (“Το assign" something a to
1. aor. ἐπεσκίασα, r. n. [ἐπί, ἃ person as a duty, etc. ; hence)
in "strengthening" force; 1. Act.: With Dat. of person and
σκιάζω, “to shade, overshadow”j | Inf.: Τo order, command, etc., a
With Dat.: To overshadow.
person to do, etc.; vi. 89.-2. Neut.:
V.
a
-
V.
|
|
KĄ.
|
ἐπιστρεψάτω, 3. pers. sing.
1. aor. imperat. of ἐπιστρέφω.
ἐπιστρέψωσι, 3. pers. plur.
1. aor. subj. of ἐπιστρέφω.
CC
ἐπὶ συνάγω, 1. ἐπισυνάξω,
[ 1. aor. ἐπισυνῆξα, v. a. [ἐπί, in
“ strcngthening” force ; συνάγω,
"to bring together"] To bring,
or gather, together; to collect, as-
semble. Pass.: ἐπί-συναγ·
ομαι, p. ἐπισυνῆγμαι, 1. aor.
ἐπισυνήχθην.
VOCABULARY.
115
T
With Dat. of person alone: To
order, command, bid, charge, etc.
TUTEO, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj. pass. cf ènitionμe.
ἐπιτίθημι, f. ἐπιθήσω,
(Þ. éπčiéðeika), 1. aor. éré◊ŋkα,
2. aor. èπéony, v. a. [èní,“ upon ";
rionui, "to put"] 1. With Acc.
τέθημα,
of thing and Dat. or èmi: To put,
or place, upon; to lay upon.2.
Of a name as Object: With Dat.
of person: To give, or assign, to.
-Pass.: ἐπί τίθεμαι, 1. aor.
ἐπετέθην.
|
|
S
ܝ
46
¿πi-Tīµ-áw, -ŵ, (I. ¿π-
τιμάω,
τιμήσω), 1. aor. ἐπετίμησα, v. a.
[eni, "upon"; Tiμ-n, "valuo"]
[ἐπί,
τιμή,
("Tolay the value (i.e. a penalty)
upon" a person; hence,
object something to" one; hence,
as neut. verb) With Dat.: 1.
To enjoin, command, bid, etc.-2.
To censure, rebuke, reprove, etc.
¿TTETTμWV, contr. 3. pers.
ἐπετίμων,
plur. of imperf. ind. of entriμaw.
ἐπιτρέπω, (f. ἐπιτρέψω),
1. aor. éπTéтрevα, v. a. [èri," to ";
ἐπέτρεψα, [ἐπί,
TрÉTш, "to turn"] ("To turn"
something" to a person; hence,
"to give up, yield"; hence)
With Inf.: To permit, suffer, allow
one to do, etc. ;-at v. 13 with
Dat. of nearer object; supply,
also, εἰς αὐτοὺς εἰσελθεῖν after
ἐπέτρεψεν.
ἐπληρώθην, 1. aor. ind.
pass. of πληρόω.
>>
Toritov, imperf. ind. of
ποτίζω.
ETTá, num. adj. indecl. Seven
[akin to Sans. saptan; cf. Lat.
septem].
"1
lonely desert"] ("The state of
the epnuos"; hence, "loneliness,
solitude"; hence) A deseri place;
a desert, wilderness.
ἔρημος, ον, adj. Of places :
or,
Lonely, solitary, desolate, desert.
As Subst.: ἔρημος, ου, f. Α
wilderness, desert, etc.
'
ἐρήμω-σις, σεως, f. [for
ἐρήμο-σις; fr. ἐρημόνω, “to lay
waste"] A laying waste or desolat-
ing; desolation.
to
|
ἔρχομαι, f. ἐλεύσομαι, p.
ἐλήλυθα, 2, εος. ἦλθον, v. n. vid.:
1. To come, to go.-2. Pres. of an
all but immediate future: Will
come, is, ctc., coming; xv. 36.-
3. With Inf. (where the part.
fut. is used in classic authors) to
mark a purpose, intention, etc. :
To come for the purpose of, or in
order to.-4. Of things as Sub-
jects: To come to be brought.-
5. Of time: To come, arrive, etc.
|
'
6. With eis: In circumstances,
etc.: Το come, be brought, or re-
duced to [akin to Sans, archchha,
(fr. root RICHH or RI, "to go")=
proμal).
ἐρχόμενος, η, οι, P. pres. of
pxouai.
ép, fut. of pres. eipw, which
occurs perhaps only once: I, etc.,
will tell or say.
I
:
ἐρωτάω, -ω, f. ἐρωτήσω, (p.
ἠρώτηκα), 1. aor. ἠρώτησα, v, a.
1. With Acc. of person and Acc.
of thing: To ask one of, or about,
something.. 2. To ask, beg, re-
quest.
oco0e, 2. pers. plur. fut. ind.
of εἰμί.
ἐσθίω, (f. ἔδομαι, p. ἐδήδοκα),
v. a. and n.: 1. To eat something.
-2, Neut.: To eat, take food,
etc.
ἐσθίων, ουσα, ον, P. pres, of
ἐσίωπα, ἐσϊώπων, contr.
3. pers. sing. and plur. imperf.
01',
ἐργαζομαι, (f. ἐργάσομαι),
1. aor. eipyaσaunu, v. mid. [epy-
"work"] With cognate Acc.:
To work, accomplish, perform.
ἔργον, ον, n. [root εργ,
work"] 1. Work.—2. A deed, act, | ¿olíw.
action.
"to
Stay
ލ
epeî, 3. pers. sing. of ¿pw.
ἐρημία, ΐας, Τ. [ἔρημος, | ind, of σιωπάω,
f.
M
I 2
116
VOCABULARY.
ἐσκανδάλιζόμην, imperf. “ into *)] 1. Alone: Within, γι
ind. pass. of σκανδαλίζω.
side.-2. With Gon.: Within, or
ἔσονται, 3. pers. plur. fut. inside of, some place, etc.
ind. of αἰμί,
|
ἐσπαρμένος, η, ον, P. perf.
pass. of σπείρω.
|
ἔσωθεν, adv. [ἔσω, “ with-
in ” ; sumx, θεν=“ from”] from
within.
ἐσπλαγχνίσθην, 1. aor. ind.
pass. of απλαγνίζομαι,
ἐσώθην, 1. πor. ind. pass. of
σώζω,
ἐστάθην, 1. aor. ind. pass.
of ἵστημι.
ἔσωσα, 1. 2οι. ind. of σώζω.
ἐταράχθην, 1. aor. ind.
pass. of ταράσσω.
ἔσται, τοι ἔσεται, 3. pers.
sing. fut. ind. Οf εἰμί,
|
ἐσταυρώθην, 1. nor. ind.
pass. of σταυρόω.
|
ἔτερος, α, ον, adj. Other of
two ; another.
ἐσταυρωμένος, η, ον, Ρ. |
perf. pass, of σταυρόω.
more.
ἐστέναξα, 1. aor. incl. of
στενάζω.
|
ETL, adv. 1. Of time: a.
Still, vet. — b. Any longer, any
2. Further, moreover
[akin to Sans. ati, “ beyond "].
ἐτίθουν, 3. pers. plur. im-
perf. ind. of τίθημι, as if through
ἑστηκώς, υία, ός, P. port of
ἵστημι
a form τιθέω.
ἐστί(ν), 3. pors. sing. pres.
incl. of eἰμί.
ἐστρωμένος, η, ον; ἔστρω·
σα,
oa, P. perf. puss. and 1. aor.
iud. act. of στρωννύω.
ἑστώς, ῶσα, ώς and ός Ξ
ἑστηκώς,
ἑστῶτες, 1asc. nom. plur.
οι ἐστώς.
CC
ἔσχατον, adv. [adverbial
nent. of ἔσχατος, “ last'] In the
last place, lastly, last of all.
|
ἔσχατος, η, ον, sup. adj.
[perliaps akin to ἐκ, εξ, “out”]
("Outermost"; honco) Of time,
order, rank, etc.; Last;-at ix. 35
and xii. 22 with Gen. of “thing
distributed.”
J
ἑτοιμ-άζω, f. ἐτοιμάσω, p.
ἠτοίμακα, 1. aor. ήτοίμασα, V. Re
[ἕτοιμος, “rcady"] To make
or get ready, to prepare.-Pass.:
(ἑτοιμαζομαι), p. ήτοίμα
ασμαι, 1. aor. ήτοιμάσθην.
[
ἑτοιμάσατε, 2. pers. plur.
1. aor. imperat. of ἑτοιμάζω.
ἑτοιμάσωμεν, 1. pers. plur.
1. aor. subj. of ἑτοιμάζω.
ἕτοιμος, η, ον, adj. Ready,
prepared.
ἐσχίσθην, 1. aor. ind. pass.
of σχίζω.
ἔσχον, 2. 201. inc. of ἔχω.
ἔσω, adv. [for αἴσω (ές, εἰς,
ἐτόλμα, 3. pers. sing. im-
perf. ind. of τολμάω.
ἔτος, εος ους, 1. A year [akin
to Sans, valsas, a year"].
CC
«
n.
Eû, adv. Tell [liko ἐΰς,
"good," akin to Sans. su, which
signifes
|
both good "
and
"well"].
εὐαγγέλιον, ἵου, Ὤ, [εὐω
άγγελος, “α bearer of good
uidingg” (“A thing pertaining
to εὐάγγελος ” ; hence) Good
tidings, glad message; i.e. the
Gospel.
ἐσχάτως, adν. [ἔσχατος,
"last"]("After the manner of
the ἔσχατος”; hencc) alt the
last :---ἐσχάτως ἔχει, ?8 at the last;
i.e. is at the point of death; v. 28 ;
sce exw, no. 2, b.
ἐσχηκώς, υία, ός, P. perf. of
ἔχω.
a
|
"
|
εὖ-δοκέω, δοκῶ, (1.1. οὐκ
δοκήσω), 1. aor. εὐδόκησα and
ηὐδόκησα, v. n. [eὖ,
| δοκέω, “to thinks ”] (“Το think
"well";
VOCABULARY.
117
well"; hence) With ev and Dat.
of person: To be well pleased at
or with one.
εὐθε-ως, adν. [εὐθύς, εὐθένος,
"straight "] ("After the manner
of the evous"; hence) Of time:
Straightway, forthwith, immedi-
alely.
1. εὐθύς, εἶα, ύ, adj. Straight.
2. εὐθύς, adv. [1, εὐθύς] Of
timo=εὐθεῶς.
CC
εὐκαίρως, adv. [eйkaip-
ος, scasonable"] ("After the
manner of the evкαιpos"; hence)
At a convenient time, on a favour-
able opportunity, etc.
|
or
εv-кαιр-éш, -, 1. aor. -
εὐκαιρ-έω, γύ-
καίρησα, v. 1. [eὖ, “good
favourable"; kaip-ós, "opport-
καιρός,
anity"] With Inf.: To have a
good opportunity, to be at leisure,
to do, etc.
1)
εŬ-кαιр-os, cv, adj. [id.]
("In good season
(C
; hence) Sea-
sonable, convenient, favourable,
opportune.
-
|
εὐλογημένος, η, ον, R. perf.
pass. of evλoyéw.
εὐλόγησα, 1. aor. inc. of
εὐλογέω.
εὐλογητός, τή, τόν, adj.
[lengthened fr. evλoye-rós; fr.
evanyé-w, “to bless"] Blessed :--
ὁ εὐλογητός, He that is blessed, or
The Blessed; i.c. Jehovah.
εὐλογήσας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ.
aor, of evλoyéw.
eUpn. 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
subj. of evpioкw.
evρnow, 1. fut. ind. of ev-
ρίσκω.
εὑρ-ίσκω, f. εὑρήσω, p. εύρο
ήκα, 1. aor. εὕρησα, 2. που, εὗρ-
or, V. a. irreg. [root eup] 1.
To find.-2. To find out, discover.
εῦρον, 2. aor. ind. of eὖρα
1.
ισκω.
[e,
CC
EU-KOTT-OS, ον, adj.
casily"; KOT, root of Kóπ-Tw,
"to cut"]("Easily cut"; hence)
Without toil or difficulty, easy.
Είχα Comp.: εὐκοπ-ώτερος,
EŮKOTÚTEPOs, a, ov; seo
εὐχαριστήσας, ᾶσα, αν,
P. 1. nor, of evxapioréw.
(C
εὔκοπος.
((
|
Was
eử-λoy-éw, -û, imporf. (ev-,
and) núλdyeor our, f. evλoynow,
ηὐλόγον ουν, εὐλογήσω, |
1. aor. εὐλόγησα (and ηὐλόγησα),
v. n. and a. [e, "well"; Aéyw,
"to speak"] 1. Nout.: ("To
speak woll"; hence) To offer
praise, to give thanks.-2. Act.:
("To speak well of"; henco)
To bless; x. 16.--Pass.: cv-λoy-
εὐ-ώνυμος, ον, adj. [length-
ened fr. ev-ovuμ-os; fr. eu,
good"; ŏvvµ-a, Molic form of
ŏrop-a, a namo" ("Having a
good name"; hence, of omens,
"lucky"; hence, cuphemistic for
apLorepos, "left," which
|
regarded as an ill-omened word)
Left, as opposed to "right."-
|
As Subst.: evovůμa, wy, n.
plur. ("The things on the left";
i.e.) The left hand or side; the
έομαι, -οῦμαι, p. εὐλόγημαι, | left:-έξ ευωνύμων, οι the left
(1. aor. εὐλογήθην, 1. f. εὐλογηθή- |
σομαι).
hand ; BCC ἐκ.
ἔφαγον, inf. φαγεῖν, part.
φαγών, 2. aor. without present. Το
eat [Sans. root BHAKSH,"to cat "].
ἐφανερώθην, 1, aor. inc.
pass. of parepów.
¿păvηv, 2. aor. ind. pass. of
paliw.
εὑρών, οὖσα, όν. Ρ. 2. aor. of
εὑρίσκω.
""
εὐ-σχήμων, ημον, adj. [eὖ,
good, excellent ; ox, a root,
exw, (neut.) "to be"]("Being
good or excellent"; hence) Mor-
ally, etc. Honourable; bearing,
or having, a good reputation.
,
εὐχαριστ-έω, -@, 1. aor.
εὐχαρίστησα, v. n. [εὐχάριστος,
"thankful" ("To be thankful";
hence, as a result) To offer, or
give, thanks.
-
S
118
VOCABULARY.
ἔφην, 2. aor. ind. of ‹ημί.
ἐφοβήθην, 1. aor. ind. pass.
of φοβίων
With Inf. To have power, be abler
to do, etc.;-at xiv 8, supply
ποιῆσαι after ἔσχεν.--D.; (ε) Το
hold-at xiii. 17 without nearer
Objcct:--ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχειν; sed
γαστήρ.--(b) Το hold, regard,
ἐφφαθά=διανοίχθητι [Syriac
|
To
consider, etc.-2. Neut.: a. To
have; i.c. to possess property, etc.
-b. ("To have one's self"; i.e.)
To be in a certain state:-κακῶς
exeɩr, (fo be in a bad state, i.c.) to
be ill or sick; cf. the reverse,
καλῶς ἔχειν. —3. Mid: ἔχομαι,
(f. ἕξομαι and σχήσομαι, 2. aor.
éoxóμn) (To hold one's self"
to something, "to cling closely ";
hence) Of places: To be next or
adjoining [akin to Sans. root
ἐχόμενος, η, ον, P. prcs. SAT,
P. pres. SAH, "to sustain, support"].
mid. of exw.
ἔχων, ουσα, ov, P. pres. of
ἔχω.
adversary,
|
¿doßоúμny, contr. imperf.
ἐφοβούμην,
ind. mid, an pass. of poßéw.
ἐφύλαξάμην, 1. aor. ind.
midl. of φυλάσσω.
¿дúтevσα, 1. aor. ind. of
φυτάνω.
|
word].
鲞
​ἐφώνησα,
póvnoa, 1. aor. ind. of
φωνέω.
(ἐχθρός, ρά, ρόν, adj. [ἔχθω,
"to hate "]"Hating."
Subst.:) ¿xopós, où, m. ("Ono
who hates" ; hence) An enemy,
As
Vý
¦
ἔχω, imperf. εἶχον, f. ἕξω and
σχήσω, p, ἔσχηκα, 2. εος. ἔσχον,
v. a. and n.: 1. Act.: a.: (a) To
have, possess.-(b) With second
Acc.: (a) Of Subst.: To have, ctc., Ews, adv.: 1. Of timo: Until,
an object as or for that which is till;-ews är with Subj., sce av,
denoted by the second Acc.: no. 2;-ews Tóre, until what time,
exew autηv Yuvaîka, to have her i.e. how long;-(with Gen.) ws
as, or for, wife.-(B) Of an Adj. roû vûv, until the present time.--
or Part.: To have, etc., an object 2. Of placo: As far as, up to:-
in the state or condition denoted ews Kárw, as far as below, i.e.
by the second Acc.:—¿έnpaµµévny to the bottom;-ews čow, as far as
ἐξηραμμένην |
"ɣew TÙY ɣeîpa, to have the hand within, i.e. quite within.—3. Of a
dried up or withered;~rerwpw-state, condition, etc.: With Gen.:
μévny exew Thy kapdíay, to have As far as, to the very borders of,
the heart hardened, i.o. in a state etc.-4. Of extent or amount:
of spiritual hardness.-(c) Of a With Gen.: As far as, to the ex-
slate, or condition: () As Ob- tent of, etc.
ject: To have, to be brought to, to
be involved in :-réλos ě yet, he (i.c.
Satan) hath (or is brought to) an
end, i.c. he is overpowered or de-
stroyed-exer μáoriyas, to have
sicknesses, i.e. to be involved in,
or afflicted with, sicknesses.(6) |
As Subject: As a periphrasis for
the verb connected with such
subject: To have, take possession
of,t person!---εἶχεν αὐτὰς τρόμος,
trembling took possession of them
erpeμor, they trembled. (d) |
ζάω, ζῶ, f. ζήσω and ζήσομαι,
(p. énka), v. n. To be alive, to
live.
|
a
P
Mag
ἐψευδομαρτύρουν, contr.
imperf. indic. of evdoμaртup-
éw.
S
*Ζεβεδαίος, οὗ, m. Zebedee;
the husband of Salōme, and tho
father of James and John.
ta, 8. pers. sing. ind. pres. of
ám.
,
(ζημί-όω, -ὦ, f. ζημιώσω, p,
niska, v. a. [Syµí-a, “a fino "]
"To fine, amerce,mulct."-) Pass.;
VOCABULARY.
119
(ζημι-σομαι, -οῦμαι, D
ἐξημίωμαι), 1. aor. ἐζημιώθην, ¦
1. f. ζημιωθήσομαι, (Το we
fined," etc.; hence) To be punished;
at viii. 36 with Acc. of "Re-
spect"; to be punished as to, i.c.
to lose.
Enμiwon, 3. pers. sing. 1.
aor. subj. pass. of ζημιόω.
ζήσομαι, fut. ind. Οf ζάω.
ζητέω, -ω, f. ζητήσω, (p. ἐ-
ζήτηκα), 1. aor. ἐζήτησα, V. ε.: 1.
To seek, look for.-2. To ask for,
demand, require.-3. With Inf. :
To seek, or endeavour, to do, elc.
-4. To seek, search after, try to
5. With Adv.: To
find, etc.
seek, to try to find, how, ele.
ENTоuvres, nom. plur. masc.
of contr. part. pres. of Syréw.
ζύμη, ης, f.: 1. Leaven.
Corruption (usually assigned to
Sew, (act.) " to make to boil," in-
asmuch as leaven causes ferment-
ation].
P
M
4. ĥ, fem. dat. sing. of rel.
prom. ὅς.
1., conj. 1. Or;-at x. 29
repeated seven times.-2.: a. Af-
ter words donoting comparison:
Than. b. Of time: That: -
mpiv й, before that.
2., fem. nom. sing. of dem.
art. ò.
2., fem. nom. sing. of rel.
pron. ös.
5., 3. pers. sing. pres. subj.
of eipt.
ἤγειρα, 1. aor. ind. of ἐγείρω.
ἡγεμών, μόνος, m. [ήγιέ-
Qual, "to lead"; hence, "to
rule"] ("One who rules "; hence)
A ruler.
ἠγέρθην, 1. aor. ind. pass. of
ἐγείρω,
ἠγόρασα, 1, aor. ind. of
ayopasw.
ᾔδειν ; seo 1. εἴδω.
SELσav, 3. pers. plur. of
δεισάν,
dewv.
ἥδειν.
ἡδέως, adv. [ἡδύς, ἡδέος,
in force of "well-pleased, glad"]
Gladly, with pleasure or delight.
ňon, adv.: 1. Now, already.
2.2. Presently, forthwith [akin
to Sans. adya, "to-day, now "].
†sŭvăµnv, imperf. ind. "of
dúvapal.
δύναμαι,
|
ζωή, ής, f. [ζάω, ζῶ, « to
live"]("That which lives" ;
honce) 1. Life. -2. With or
without alúrios: Life eternal.
ἠθέλησα, ἤθελον, J. aor.
aridi imperf. ind. of ἐθέλω.
ἠκολούθησα, 1. aor. ind. of
ἀκολουθέω.
ζῶν, ζῶσα, ζῶν, contr. part,
pres. of Saw.-As Subst.: Lav-
τες, ων, m, plur. Living per-
sons, the living; xi. 27.
|
ἠκούσθη ; sce ἀκούω.
tr
ζώνη, ης, 1. [ζώννυμι, “ to
nkw, 1. new, p. α, 1. aor.
sent.
gird"]("That which girds" ;sa, v. n. To have come, to be pre-
hence) 1. A girdle, belt.—2. As
money was carried in the girdle
or belt: A purse.
Lovrov, masc. gen. plur. of
ζῶν.
λeupov, imperf. ind. of
ἀλείψω.
ἠλέησα, 1. 201. ind. of
¿λców.
ήλθον, 2. που. ind, of ἔρα
χομαι,
n
*Hλias, ov, m. ("My God is
Jehovah ") Elias or Elijah; &
prophet who was carried up to
heaven in a chariot of fire, and
oxpected by the Jews to return to
earth boforo the coming of tho
Messiah; ef. Malachi, iv. 5,
|
ŇKOλοÚÐοUV, contr. imporf.
ind. of ἀκολουθίω,
йкоvoν, imperf. ind.
ἤκουον,
ἀκούω.
of
ñλ-los, čov, m. The sun (akin
to Sans. svar. the sun "].
**
120
VOCABULARY.
ἡμῶν, ἡμῖν, ἡμᾶς,] and partisans of Ierod, who up
ἡμεῖς,
plur. of éyú.
ἡμέρα,
μépa, as, f.: 1. Day :-VUKT-
os kai nμépas, night and day;
Cen. of Time; v. 5;-rĥ Tpirn
nuépa, on the third day; Dat. of
|
held the payment of tribute to
Romo, inasmuch as Herod held his
dominions through the favour of
the Romans.
῾Ηρωδιάς, ίδος, f. [ Ηρώδη
|
Timo, "when"; ix. 31, elc.;- ης, "Herod"]("Sho who per-
tning
tains to Horod") Ierodias;
daughter of Aristobulus, and
grand-daughter of Herod the
Great.
|
ἡμέρας τεσσαράκοντα, during, or
for, forty days; Acc. of "Dura-
tion of Time"; i. 13, elc.;-rep)
Tis nμépas ¿keivns, respecting that
day; i.c. the great day of tho
Lord; xiii. 32-Si' nμépwv, after
an interval of days; i.e, after the
lapse of some days; ii. 1.—2. 4
time, season, opportunity, as oc-
curring on some days :-yevoué-
μης ἡμέρας εὐκαίρου; vi. 21;]
|
Gen. Abs.
1
|
of
pŝăµnv, 1. aor. ind., mid.
οι ἄρχω,
ǹexóμnv,
ἔρχομαι.
imperf. ind. of
.
Ηρώδης, ου, 122. Herod,]
surnamed Antipas; tho sccond
son of Herod the Great, king of
Judæa.
|
<
*Hoatas, ov, m. ("Help of
Johovah") Iesaias, or Isaiah;
tho great evangelical prophet,
who lived between 760 and 698
B.0.
ἤμην, imperf. ind. of εἰμί;
500 αἰμί.
ἥμισυ, εος (contr. Gem. ἡμί-
σους ; vi. 23), n. [nout. of
μious, "half," used as Subst.]
ἠτιμωμένος, η, ον, P. perf.
pass. of arinów.
ἥμισυς,
A
·
ἡτοίμασα, 1. aor. ind. of
ἑτοιμάζω.
v,
1. ἦν, imperf. ind. of αἰμί.
2. v, fem. acc. sing. of ös.
ἠνάγκασα, 1. aor. ind. of
ἀναγκάζω.
|
ἡτοίμασμαι, porf. pass. inacl.
of ἑτοιμάζω.
TоUVTO, Contr. 3. pers. plur.
import. ind. mid. of airéw
veукα, 1. aor. ind. of dépw.
ἠπίστησα, 1, nom. iridi, of
árioréw.
uλóvel, contr. 8. pers. sing.
imperf. ind. of evλoyéw.
πtóµŋv, imporf, ind. mid.
ορ άπτω.
π
ple, irreg. 3. pórs. sing. im-
perf. ind, of ἀφίημιο
|
ψάμην, 1. aor. iudic. mill.
οἱ ἄπτω.
,
ῇρα, 1. aor. ind. of αἴρω.
ἠρνεῖτο, contr. 3. pors. sing.
imperf. ind. of ápréopai,
ἠρνησάμην, 1. aor. ind, of
ἀργύομαι,
Hpwd-ĭāvol, iarov, m. plur.
['Hpwd-ns, " H rod" (Antipas)]
("Those belonging to Herod")
The Herodians; 1.0. the courtiers
hola, for s, 2. pers. sing.
imperf. ind. of εἰμί,
nomālóuny, imperf. ind.
ἠσπᾶζόμην,
ἀσπάζομαι.
of
ἡτησάμην, 1. aor. ind. mid.
of αἰτίω.
Thad-
Θαδδαῖος, ου, m.
dieus, called also Lebbæus; a
namo of tho Apostle Judo, the
brother of James tho Less.
ST
θάλασσα, ης, f. The sea :
θάλασσα τῆς Γαλιλαίας, the Sec
of Galilee, called also the Sen of
Tiberins, from Tiborins, a city
noar it; and the Lake of Gen-
nosaroth, from Gonnesareth, a
district in its inmediato neigh-
bourhood [prob. akin to Sans.
root TRAS, "to tremble," and so
VOCABULARY:
I2I
|
view, of" some object; hence) 1.
To see; xvi. 11.-2. Pass.: To be
seen; xvi. 14.
the trembling or agitated thing,
in reference to the action of the
winds and tide].
θαμβέω, @, f. θαμβήσω, 1. θεασάμενος, η, ον, p. 1.
μοι. ἐθάμβησα, τ. ε. [οάμβιος, I aor. of Οτάομαι.
"astonishment"] ("To cause θέλω, a shortened form of
θάμβος to a person; hence) To ἐθέλω.
amaze, as'onish, strike with amaze-
"1
|
ment, etc. Pass.: θαμβέο-|
μαι, -οῦμαι, (p. τεθαμβημαι),
1. aor. ἐθαμβήθηκε
θανάσιμος, ἵμη, ἴμον, adj.
[ου Οἄνἄγσίμος, fr. θάνατος,
"death"]("Of, or pertaining
to, θάματος”; bcaace) Causing, or
producing, death; deadly.
θάνατος, ἄτου, m.
[θαν,
root of θνήσκω, “to die’jμαι, D. τεθεραπευμαι, 1. aor.
ἐθεραπεύθην, (f. θεραπευθήσο
Deatha
θαυμάζω, (Γ. θαυμάσω, D.
τεθαύμακα), 1, aor. ἐθαύμασα,
v. 1. [tor θαυμάτσω ; fr. θαῦμα,
θαυμάτος, moncler'] 1. To |
wonder, marvel, be astonished.
2. With el: To wonder if or |
whether.
Θεός, οὗ, m, God [akin to
Sane, ένα ; cf. Lat. deus].
J
θανατόω, @, f. θανατώσω, | μαι).
1. nor. ἐθανάτωσα, ν. w. [θάνατος,
"donth"] To put to death.
θανατῶσαι, 1. aor. inf.
θανατσω.
θανατώσω, fut. ad. of
θανατόω,
•
Θάρσει, θαρσείτε;
Παρσίω.
θερισμός, μοῦ, m. [for
θεριδ-μός; fr. θερίζω (=θερίδ
ofσώ), “to reup *] (“A reaping”;
hence) Reaping time, harvest.
(θερμαίνω, f. θερμάνω, 1.
aor. ἐθέρμηνα and ἐθέρμανα, V, he
£ce | [θερμός, “hot”] Το make hot;
to keat, καγγλ. - Mich.;) θερμο
αίνομαι, Το warm one's self.
θέρ-ος, εος ους, n. [θέρω,
“to warn ; pass. to bo warmn
or hot”] (“ That which is warm
hot"; bencc) Summer-tine,
Eco
J
"}
(1
Θαρσ-έω, -ω, (f. θαρσήσω),
v. n. [Oapo-os, "courago"] 1. To
take courage, to be of good courage.
---2. Imperat: θάρσει (sing.), |
θάρσειτε (plu.), Be of good
courage, take good cheer,
or
summer.
ܝܙ
θεραπεύω, f. θεραπεύσω,
(. τεθεράπευκα), 1. aor. ἐθεράπ
ουσα, V. 2, [θέραν, θέραπτος,
(C
a servant, attendant "] (“To
bo a Oépay to" one; hence, "to
serve, attend upon "; hence, "to
tako care of”; hencc) Το heal,
cure, etc.-Pass.: θεραπεύο-
|
|
|
θαυμαστός, τή, τόν, adj. |
[for θαυματ-τός; fr. θαυμάζω (=
θαυμάτσω), “ to wonder nt"]
(“To be wondered tut”; hence)
Wonderful, wondrous, marvellous.
θεάομαι, -ώμαι, f. θεάσο-
μαι, 1. nor. έθεασάμην, ῃ, τεθέᾶ-
μαι, v. aid, with 1. aor. page.
ἐθεάθην [θύκα, “a seeing, view,” female sex, female--3 Subst.)
ele.] (“To obtain a secing, or | Oñλu, cos, n. (“The femalo
(θῆλυς, εια, v, adj. Of the
<<
θεωρ-έω, -ώ, (f. θεωρήσω, p.
τεθεώρηκα), 1. aor. ἐθεώρησα
v. n. and n. [θεωρ-ός, κ a behold-
cr"] 1. Ach.: (“ Το De a θεώρη
ós of"; hence) a. To see, be-
hold.-b. To perceive, observe, otc.
-2. Neut.: (“To bo a Dewpós";
hence) Το behold, look on, ve a
spectator
θηλάζω, (Ε, θηλάσω anacl
θηλαξω), I. aor. ἐθήλασα, V. 1.
[Onλ-ý, "a teat"] ("To give the
[θηλή,
θηλή”; honce) To give suck, to
suckle.
122
VOCABULARY.
sex"; hence) A female, a woman
[On, root of dá-w; akin to Sans.
root DHE or DHA, "to su kle";
and so," suckling, giving suck "].
Onp-lov, lov, n. dim. in form
only [θήρ, wild beast"] A
wild beast.
((
θυγάτηρ, ατέρος ἄτρός, f.
A daughter;-employed as a term
of affection or good will at v. 34
[akin to Sans. duhity-i, “a
daughter”; fr. root nor, “to
Dun,
milk"; and so, literally, "a
plac-milker"].
દી
|
θη-σαυρός, σαυροῦ, im. [θη
(=e), root of ri-on-mi, "to
place"]("That which is
ed or stored up"; hence) Trea-
sure.
palaka
one's self"; hence) To be alarmed
or terrified; to call out from
terror.
θλί-βω, (f. θλίψω, p. τέθλια
da), v. a. [akin to rpi-ßw, "to
rub"] To press, press upon.
θλίβω,
OATVIS, ews, f. [for 0λîß-σis;
fr. Oxiß-w, "to rub, gall";
hence, to distress, afflict "]
("An afflicting"; hence) Aflic-
tion, distress, tribulation, etc.
θυρ-ωρ-ός, ού, ma. [Ούρα,
a door"; wp-a, "caro "] ("He
|
(θνήσκω, f. Οανοῦμαι), p.|who has care of charge of tho
тéОvηка, V. n.: 1. In present door"; i.e.) A porter, door-
tense: To die. 2. In perf. keeper.
tenses ("To have died" ; i.e.)
To be dead [root @av, akin to
Sans. root HAN, "to striko, to
kill"].
θόρυβος, ου, m. Clamour,
noise, tumult, etc.
dim.
<<
θυγάτριον, ἵου, Δ.
[θυγάτηρ, θυγατέρ-ος, θυγατρός,
a daughter"] A little daughter.
θύρα, ας, f. Α door: - ἐπὶ
Oúpais, at the doors, a figurative
expression for close at hand; xiii.
29 [akin to Sans. dvára, "a
door, a gate"].
OS,
(θορύβ-έω, -ω), f. θορυβήσω,
1. aor. ἐθορύβησα, v. . [θόρυβ- | of victims, sacrifices.
"clamour, noise"] 1. Act.:
To make a clamour, or noise, at;
to trouble, disturb. 2. Pass.:
θορύβ· έομαι, -οῦμαι, (1.
τεθορύβημαι, 1. fut. θορυβηθησό-
pai), To be troubled or disturbed;
to make lamentations, etc.
Ople, rpixos (mostly plur.), f.
Hair, usually that on the head;
but at i. 6 that on the skin of
an animal (akin to Sans. root
DRIN, "to grow"; and so "tho
growing thing"; cf. Lat. cri-nis
for cre-nis, fr. cre-sco," to grow"].
θροεῖσθε, 2. porg. plur. pros.
imp. and. or Opoew.
θυσία, σίας, f. [θύτω, “ ιο
offer sacrifice"] ("A sacrificing
or offering"; hence) 1. A victim
offered in sacrifice; a sacrifice.
|2. Plur. (sometimes): The flesh
aor.
θύω, f. θύσω, p. τέθικα, 1. a01.
čovoa, v. a.: 1. To offer, to sacri-
fice.-2. To kill, slay.
'
O, 1. pers. sing. 2. aor. subj.
of τίθημι.
*Owμas, â, m. ("Twin")
Thomas, called also Didymus (sco
end of art.); one of the twelve
Apostles. According to tradition
he carried the Gospel into Parthia,
Media, Persia, Ethiopia, and
India (Gr. didvμos, (“double
as subst.) "a twin "].
"} -
*Ιάειρος, ου, m, (“ Whom
God enlightens," or, "To whom
God gives light") Jaïrus, a ruler
of a synagogue.
(Opo-éw, -â, 1. aor. ¿lpónoa,
"To call out or aloud.”—)
v, n.
*lakóß, m. indecl. (“Heel-
Mid.: (“To call out loudly forcatcher, or Supplantor") Jacob;
VOCABULARY.
123
son of Isaac, and brother of
Esau.
**lákwẞos, ov (a lengthened
form of 'Izúß), m. James: 1.
A son of Zebedee and brother of
John; one of the twelve Apostles,
and surnamed "The Great."-2.
-2.
A son of Alphæus, and one of the
twelve Apostles; he was sur-
named "The Less," compare iii.
18 with xv. 40.-3. A brother
of Simon, Joses, and Judas;
called at vi. 8 the brother of
Jesus.
ἰάομαι, ῶμαι, p. ἴᾶμαι, 1.]
aor. ἰάθην, 1. f. ἰαθήσομαι, v.
|
pass. To be healed.
M
laraι, 3. pers. sing. perf. ind.
ἴαται,
of ἰάομαι.
Ja
ἰᾶ τρός, τροῦ, m. [ἰάζομαι
(mid.), "to heal"] (“A healer";
hence) A physician.
Se, adv. [strictly 2. pers. sing.
imperat. of eldor; see eidw] See!
look! lol behold.
istos, a, ov, adj. ("Pertain-
ing to one's self"; hence) 1.: a.
Private.b. Adverbial expres-
siou : κατ' ἰδίαν, in private, apart.
-2. Of property: Own, one's,
etc., own.
Léov, adv. [strictly 2. pers.
sing. imperat. of eidóµny, 2. aor.
mid.; sce eïdw] See! look! lo!
behold!
'18ovpala, as, f. Idumæa,
or Edom; the country inhabited
by the descendants of Esan (or
Edom), lying between Mount
Horeb and the S. border of
Canaan.
ὕδω, subj. ot εἶδον.
ἰδών, οὖσα, όν, ι'. οf εἶδον.
Lep-cús, éws, m. [iep-á,“ offer-
ings, sacrifices"]("He who at-
tends to, or makes, iepá; hence)
A priest.
in the possession of the tribe of
Benjamin. It lay about 7 miles
from the western bank of the
Jordan, and about 19 from Jeru-
salem; between which city and
itself the intervening country is
described as a rocky desert.
Lep-óv, où, n. (neut, of iep-ós,
"sacred," used as a subst.] ("A
sacred thing or place"; hence)
A temple;-csp. the temple at
Jerusalem.
""
*lepixó, f. indeel. (prob.
"Place of fragranco ; or
"Odoriferous or Balmy place ")
Jericho; a city of tho Holy Land,
*Ιερουσαλήμ, f. indccl.
("Possession, or Inheritance, of
Peace ") Jerusalemn; the chief
city of the Holy Land.
*Ἱεροσόλυμα, ων, n. plur.
Jerusalem; see 'Tepovσăλýμ.
῾Ιεροσολυμίτης, ἴτου, 1,
[Ιεροσολύμα, “ Jerusalem ”] 4
man of Jerusalem.
|
*Ιησοῦς, οὗ, m. (“ The Lord
Ho delivers";-or "Whose help
is Jehovah ") Jesus Christ, the
incarnate son of God, the Savi-
our of mankind.
|
ik-ăvós, ăvý, ǎvóv, adj. [usu-
ally referred to Lк, root of in-
"to
άνω, ἱκ-νέομαι, come"]
("Coming" to one; hence, "be-
coming, fitting"; hence) 1. Of
persons: With Inf.: Worthy to
do, etc.-2. Of things: a. Con-
siderable, large, great in number
or amount.-b. Sufficient satis-
factory, pleasing. As Subst.
(with art. p:efixed): ikăvór, that
which is pleasing to a person :-
τῷ ὄχλῳ τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιῆσαι, το εο
that which is pleasing to the multi-
tude; to please, or gratify, the
mob; xvi. 15.
]
T
[-μάς, μάντος, m. (“ That
which binds or fastens "; hence)
A leathern strap or thong :—at i.
7 used of a strap fastening the
sandal to the foot [akin to Sans.
root S1, "to bind "].
|
ἱμᾶττον, ἴου, u. dim., only
in form (obsol. Tua (= elµa),
iuár-os, "that which ono puts
124
VOCABULARY.
on"; hence," a cloak,” etc.] 1. A | a blessing from him; henco) The
cloak, mantle, outer garment.—2. | descendants of Israel; Israel, the
Plur.: Clothes or garments in gon- Israelites.
eral.
P.
"}
ἱματισμένος, η,
ον, Ρ.
port. pass. of a verb iparisw," to
clothe (perhaps found only in
Gr. Test. and in the foregoing
form) Clothed, wearing clothes.
Iva, conj. with Subj. Thal, in
order that.
m.
*Ιορδάνης, ου, κλ. (“De-
soonding the rushing current")
Jordan; the chief, and only
large, river of Palestine, full of
rapids, which flows from Anti-
libanus, and is lost in the Dead
Sea.
|
ὕστημι, f. στήσω, p. ἕστη
κα, 1. aor. ἔστησα, 2. aor.
čorny, v. a. and n.: I. Act.:
Pros., imperf., 1. fut., 1. aor.:
To make to stand; to set, place, ctc.
-2. Neut.: Perf., pluperf. (as
pres. and imperf. in force), 2. aor.
To stand. 3. Pass.: (L-σră-
μαι, p. ἕσταμαι), 1. aor. ἐστᾶ-
env, 1. f. oralŋooμal, To be set or
placed; to stand; cf. no. 2 [akin
to Sans. root STHÂ, “to stand”
;
cf. Lat. sto (=sta-o)].
|
CL
ἰσχῦ-ρός,ρά, ρόν, adj. [ἰσχύς,
ἴσχύλος, strength"] ("Por-
taining to loxús "; hence) Strong.
-As Subst. loxupós, ov, m.
d strong man.
aîov,
A
Comp.:
iσxūp-órepos; (Sup.: ἰσχῦρα
óraros).
|
ἰσχυρότερος, α, ον; see
loɣüpós.
ἰσχυρός.
i-ox-us, vos, f. [for iv-ox-ús;
fr. is, iv-ós, "force, power
ox, a root of exw, to have"]
("The thing having is"; hence)
Strength, whother of body or
mind.
'lovdala, as, 'lovdaîol,
Ἰουδαία, ᾿Ιουδαῖοι,
wy; sec 'Iovdaîos.
|
᾿Ἰουδαῖος, αία, αῖον, adj.
['Ioúd-as, “Judah," the son of
ΓἸούδας,
Jacob; hence, the land of
Judah; Judæa"] Of, or belong-
ing to, Judah or Judcea; i. 5.-As
Subst.: a. lovdaîos, ov, m.
A man of Judah or Judæa; a
Jew-in St. Mark, only plur.:
The Jews.-b. lovsaía, as, f.
L.
Judah or Judæa; iii. 7.
»
loxuoas, 2. pers. sing. 1. aor.
ind. of ioxûw.
|
m.
ка,
*'lovdás, a, m. ("Colebrated
or Praised) Judas: 1. The
brother of Jesus; vi. 3.-2. Is-
cariot; iii. 13; sce 'Iokapiúrns. loxū-w, (f. ioxūow), p. ïoxū-
* Ισαάκ, ηλ. indecl. (“Sport | κα, 1. aor. ἴσχύσα, ν. 11. [ἰεχύς,
ing") Isaac; tho son of Abra-to-os,“ strength"] ("To have
ham.
ious"; hence) 1. To be strong in
ἰσχύς
body or health.-2. With Inf. :
To have power, or be able, to do,
etc.;-at ix. 18 supply autò èk-
βαλείν after ἴσχυσαν.
ἴσθι, pros, imperat. of εἰμί
*To Kaplór-ns, ou, mi. Is-
cariot; i c." man of Keriobh,"
a town of Judah.
|
-
toos, n, or, adj. ("Equal
hence) of testimony: In agree-
ment or harmony; consistent.
>> •
?
|
ἰσχύων, ουσα, ον, P. pres. of
ioxúw :-oi loxvorres, Those that
ἰσχύοντες,
are strong; i.c. those in robust
health; v. 4.
ἰχθύ-δϊον, ἴου, n,
[ixus, ixou-os, "a fish"
ἰχθύς,
8 epenthetic] A lillle, or small,
dim.
; with
*'lσpānλ, m. indocl. ("God-
wrestling or God's Princo ")
Israel, (the name given to Jacob,
the son of Isaac, after wrestling
with the Angel at the river Jab-fish.
bok (now El-Zerka), and refusing
to let him go till he had received
m.
ἰχθύς, νος, in. A fish.
**I wávvns, ov, m. (“Whom
VOCABULARY.
125
Kǎ0€ÚSEтE, 2. pers. plur.
καθεύδετε,
pres, imperat. of Kalevdw.
кaðéúdw.
κǎ0εúdn, 3. pers. sing. pres.
subj. of κa@evdw.
καθεύδω.
καθ-εύδω, (f. καθευδήσω,
D. κεκαθεύδηκα, 1. aor. ἐκάθε
εύδησα), v. n. [κατ-ά (see κατά),
in "strengthening" force; evdw,
"to sleep"] To sleep; to take one's
sleep or rest.
καθεύδων, ουσα, ον, P. prcs.
of κa@evdw.
καθεύδω.
κᾀγώ for καὶ ἐγώ.
I too or also; sce ¿yw.
κάθημαι, imperf. ἐκάθημην,
imperat. kálov (contr. fr. κáo-
ησο), inf. καθῆσθαι, part. καθ-
ἡμενος, v. mid. [κατ-ά (see κατά),
"down"; pai, "to sit"] To sit
down, to be seated, to sit.
καθήμενος, η, ον, P. pres.
of κάθημαι.
;
καθῆσθαι, pres. inf. of κάθ.
ημαι.
V
And I;
καθαιρέω, αιρῶ, (f. καθ-
αιρήσω), Σ. aor. καθεῖλον, v.
[κατά (see κατά), "down"
aipéw," to take"] To take down.
καθαρ-τζω, f. (καθαρίσω
and) καθαρίω, J. aor. ἐκαθάρισα,
v. a. [Kalap-ós, "clean," whether
physically or morally] ("To
mako kalapós"; hence) 1. Of
καθαρός”
persons: To make clean, to cleanse.
-2. Of things: To clear out,
cleanse, purge away.. -Pass.
καθαριζομαι, p. κεκαθάρισ
μαι, 1. aor. ἐκαθαρίσθην.
καθάριζων,ούσα, ον, P. pres.
of καθαρίζω.
καθαρισαι, 1. aor. inf. of
καθαρίζω.
κάθ-τζω, f. καθίσω, p. κεκάθα
ka, 1. aor. éκălioa, v. n. [KaT-
á (sec каTά),
κατά), "down"; "Sw
(neut.), "to sft"] To sit down, to
be seated, to sit.
|
ov,
Jehovah bestows," or "Jehovahı
is gracious") John: 1. The
Baptist; the son of Zacharias,
the priest, and of Elizabeth.-2.
The son of Zebedee, and one of
the twelve Apostles.
ŷ, m. Joses; see
]
'Iwons,
Ιάκωβος, no. 3.
*Ιωσήφ,
Iwon, m. indecl. [(prob.)
"Hc-i.e. God-gives increase "
Joseph, of Arimathæa; see xv.
43, sqq.-This is the only Joseph
mentioned by St. Mark.
-
кălăρloenтL, 2. pers. sing.
1. aor. imperat. pass. of kabap-
ίζω.
καθισας, ἀσα, αν, Ρ. 1. 201.
of Kalisw.
kǎeĭoǎтe, 2. pers. plur. 1.
aor. imperat. of kališw.
Kallowμev, 1. pers. plur. 1.
aor. subj. of kaliw.
κάθου; scc κάθημαι.
καθώς, μαν. [κατά (sce
udv.
,
Kaтá), "according to "; ws," as"]
According as, just as.
...
Kal, conj. and adv.: 1.' Conj.:
And:--καί... καί, both - and;
ix. 13; but at i. 5, and in very
numerous other instances, only
in force of and; it occurs also
several times togetur in this
force; esp. cf. iv. 13; 19.-2.
Adv. ; a. Even; also, with a
second xaí, as a copulative conj.:
even and; iv. 41.-b. Also,
too :-kai aurons, them too; i. 19;
-Kai ǹ yvvý, the woman also; xii.
22.---C, καὶ γάρ, For, jor of a
·· ·
truth.
καθαρισμός, μοῦ, na. [for
καθαριδ-μός; fr. καθαριζω (
Kalapis-ow), "to cleanse"] 4
καθαρίδ-σω), "to cleanse"] 4
cleansing, purification.
καθέδρα, ρας, f. [καθέζομαι
(=xαlés-σoμαi), "to sit down"]
("A sitting down"; hence) Á |
seat, as that on which the act of
sitting down takes place.
|
καθελεῖν, 2. aor. inf. of
καθαιρέω.
καθελών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ. 2. ποι",
P. aor.
of καθαιρέω.
126
VOCABULARY.
2. 4
καινός, ή, όν, adj. New, in
the fullest meaning of the word.
Kalρós, où, m.: 1. An ap.
καιρός,
pointed time or season. -
particular time or season of tho
year for fruit, c.;—at xii. 2 rộ
Kaip is the Dat. of timo.-3.
καιρῷ
Time of this world life, the
world.
|
|
κἀκεῖνον, foυ καὶ ἐκεῖνον,
And him.
tr
|
Kaîoap, apos, m. [Greek
Καίσαρ,
form of Lat. Caesar] Caesar; a
cognomen in the Julian family at
Romo, esp. of Caius Julius, the
first Roman emperor, who was
assassinated by Brutus and Cas-
sius, B.C. 14. After him all the
Roman emperors bore the name
of Caesar, with the title of Ang-
ustus, till the time of Adrian, A.D.
117-138, when Augustus camo
to denote the roigning emperor,
Caesar the heir to the throne. In
St. Mark's Gospel Coosar denotes
Tiberius, the third emperor;-at
xii. 16 supply ἡ εἰκών Doforo Καί
oapos [akin to Sans. keça," hair";
and so,
"Hairy One," as born
with much hair on the body].
Καισάρεια, είας, f. [ Και-
σαρ,
"Cesar"]("A thing-here,
city pertaining to Cesar"
.e." Cresar's city") Cesarêa; a
city in the north of Palestine,
originally called Panens (whence
the modern namo Banias) from
its boing situated at the foot
of Mount Panium, a branch of
Lebanon. The old city was ro-
built by Philip the Tetrarch, who
gave it the name of Cesaron in
honour of the Roman emperor
Augustus Caesar, to which he
added the term Philippi, in order
lo distinguish it from Casarca, ??
Cæsaren,
maritime city, and the capital of
Palostino, built by Herod the
Great, and named by him after
Augustus Cresar also. Subse-
quently Herod Agrippa named it
Noronins (Nero-city) in honour
of the Roman emperor Nero.
*
|
|
kåkeî, for kai ekeî, And there.
κἀκεῖθεν, for καὶ ἐκεῖθεν,
And from that place, or thence.
κἀκεῖνοι, Τον καὶ ἐκεῖνοι,
for
And they.
κακολογέω, -ὢ, 1. aor.
ἐκακολόγησα, ν. α. [κακολόγος,
"evil-speaking "] ("To bo kak-
oλóyos about"; honce) To speak
evil of or about; to slander, revile,
etc.
κακολογῆσαι, 1. aor. inf.
of kakoλoyéw.
κακολογῶν, οὖσα, οὖν,
contr. P. prcs. of kakoλoyew.
κακολογέω.
κἄκοποιέω, -ώ, 1. now.
éкaкоTоinoα, V. n. [kokоTOL-ós,
ἐκακοποίησα, [κακοποι-ός,
"ovil-doing"] ("To be kako-
mocós"; hence) To do evil or
harm.
-
|
κακοποιῆσαι, I. aor. inf.
of KάкOTOLÉW.
κακός, ή, όν, adj. Bad of
its kind, evil.-As Subst.: kåк-
óv, où, n. A bad thing;
evil, wickedness. " Comp.:
irrog. χείρων.
an
-
kǎk-ôg, adv. [kåk-ós,“bad”:
("After the manner of the kak
ós"; henco) Of health: In bad
state or condition.
S
κάλαμος, ου, m, ad reel.
καλέσαι,Ι.πor. inf. of καλέω.
καλέω, ·@, f. καλέσω (uncl
(and
καλω), p. κέκληκα,1, aor. ἐκάλεσα,
v.n.: 1. To call, call to one's self,
summon, cto. 2. With double
Acc.: To call one that which is
denoted by the second Acc.; and
in Pass. with Nom. after verb,
To be called something.-Pass. :
καλέομαι, ούμαι, και
p. Ké-
kλnual, 1. aor. èkλýðŋv, 1. f.
Kanonroμal.
καλ-ός, ή, όν, adj. (“ Beat-
tiful, fair"; henco) 1. Of an
action: Good, excellent; xiv. 6.--
2. Of the soil: Good, fertile, pre-
ductive, otc.-3. Good, pleasant,
VOCABULARY.
127
kǎtá (before a soft vowel
agreeable, delightful. -4. With
21.
-
Dat.: Good, well, profilable, advan-kaт', before an aspirated vowel
tageous, conducive to one's interest, ка0'), prep. gov. gen. and acc.:
ctc.-5. Good for some purpose,
1. With Gen.: a. Down.--1.
useful, serviceable.-6. Right, fil, Down upon. -C. Against.
filling, proper, meet [akin toSans. With Acc.: (“Down"): a. Dis-
thar-u, "beautiful"].
tributively: (a) With numerals:
Kǎλ-s, adv. [kaλ-ós," good, By;-with a numeral repeated,
καλως,
right,” etc.] (“After the manner such numeral being regarded in
of the kaλós"; hence) 1. a.
καλός
the second instance as an in-
Well, in the fullest meaning of declinable word dependent on
the term.-b. Ironically: Finely, the prep.: eis xa0' els, one by one,
etc.-2. Rightly, in a filling way, one after another.—(b) Locally :
etc.
In separate or several places:·
KaTà TÓTUS, in separate, or divers,
places.~(c) of portions of time :
Bụ: -кao pépar, day by, day
after day, daily.-b. According to,
in accordance with, after.-c. Of
time: Al, on; xv. 6.-d. To form
an adverbial expression: Kar'
κατ'
idíav, aside, apart, privately.
|
καταβᾶ, κἄταβατω for
κατάβηθι, καταβήτω, 2. and 3.
pers. sing. 2. aor. imperat. of
kărăßairw.
καταβαίνω.
*κάμηλος,
*káμnλos, ov, m. and f. ("A
bearor" of burdens) A camel.
Käy for kai av: 1. And if.-
2. Even if, if but.
*Κανανίτης, ἴτου, m.
Cananiles, i.o. "the Zealot" (in a
good sonso); a cognomen of
Simon; see Equor, no. 2; and
cf. Luke vi. 15, where he is styled
Ζηλωτής.
#Kаπeрvаοúμ, f. indecl.
(prob. "Village of Nahum, i.e.
of consolation") Capernaum (now
Tell-Him "The ruined heap of
camels"); a flourishing city of
Galileo, on the shores of the Sea
of Galilee or Lake of Gennesareth.
καρδία, ΐας, f. A heart,
both in proper and figurative
sense [akin to Sans. hrid, "heart";
cf. Lat. cor, cord-is].
καρπός, οὔ, 111.
Of the pro-
duce of trees, the soil, etc.: Fruit,
produce, etc. [by some referred to
ἁρπ, ἁμπάζω,
aρm, root of ȧurāÇw, “to scize,”
etc., with e as componsation for
the aspirate (cf. Lat. carpo), and,
so, that which is scized or
plucked"; aco. to others akin to
Sans. root qna, "to ripon "; and,
60,
that which is ripened"].
καρποφορ-έω, ώ, 1. που.
ἐκαρποφόρησα, v. a. [καρποφόρ-
ος, "fruit-bearing ") ("To bring
forth fruit" (neut.); hence, in
act. force) With cognate Acc.:
To bring forth, bear, produce.
(C
Dur
Meghalad
κατα-βαίνω, Ι. καταβήσομαι,
p. Kärаßeßηка, 2. aor. κатéßηy,
v. n. [katá,
v. 1. [κατά, “down”; βαινω,
"to go"] To go, or come, down;
to descend.
|
καταβαίνων, ουσα, ον, Ρ.
pres. of kărăßairo.
καταβάς, ἆσα, άν, Ρ. 2. 201".
οἱ καταβαίνω.
(C
κατὰ γελάω, γελώ, (fo
Karayedάooμai and Karayeλaow,
1. aor. Kareyéλãσu), v. n. [xará,
against”; γελάω, "to laugh"]
With Gen.: To laugh against or
al; to laugh to scorn; to mock,
ridicule, deride.
Kǎтεуéλшv, 3. pers. plur.
κατεγέλων,
contr. imperf. ind. of Kaтayeλάw.
(κατὰ διώκω, f. καταδιώξω
and καταδιώξομαι), 1. aor. κατά
δίωξα, ν. ε. [κατά, in “augmenta-
tive" force; Siúкw," to pur-
sne"; henco, "to attend upon "]
To follow hard after, to follow
closely.
,
128
VOCABULARY.
#
CC
κατὰ κεῖμαι, (f. κατακείσο- | (p. καταλέλοιπα), 2. 201. κατέ-
μαι), v. mid. [κατά, “down” λίπον, ν. α. [κατά, in “strengtl1-
ening" force ; Acíπw,“ to leave"]
1. Το leave behind one. - 2. Το
To
leave behind at death. - 3. Το
quit, depart from.
καταλείψω, fut. ind. of
κείμαι, to lic"] 1. To lie down
on΄somothing.-2. Το lie sick.--|
3. Το recline on a couch at meals,
|
to sit at meat.
κατακείμενος, η, ον, Ρ.
pres. of κατακεῖμαι.
καταλείπω.
κατἀκεῖσθαι, pres. inf. of
κατακεῖμαι.
(κατἄ-κλάω -κλῶ), 1. που.
καταλιπών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ. 2.
201. οι καταλείπω.
1
"
CL
4
καταλυθῃ, 3. pora. sing.
κατέκλασα,
EL. [κατά, in|1. aor. subj. pass. of καταλύω,
“ strengthening" force; κλάω, κατάλυμα, μᾶτος, 11.
“ to brcak ”] Το break up, break | [καταλύω, to unloose, τ
volo”; hence, without Object,
29 V.11., "to take up one's quar-
ters, to lorige ”] (“That in which
in pieces, for the purpose of dism |
tribution.
"]
one takes up one's quarters or
lodges”; hence) A resting place,
guest-chamber, otc.
κατα λυω, f. καταλύσω, 1,
που. κατέλυσα, ν. EU. [κατά,
"down"; Auw, "to loosen "]
λύω,
(“Το 1oosen clown”; hencc) 1.
("To
of the materials embedded in a
wall: Το loosen from their place
and throw down; to throw to the
ground.-2. Of a building, whe-
ther in a literal or figurativo
sense: To overthrow, destroy.
Pass.: (κατά λῦομαι,
καταλέλυμαι), 1. aor. κατελύθην,
1. f. καταλυθήσομαι.
|
κατα μαρτυρέω, -μαρτυ-
ρῶ, (ί. καταμαρτυρήσω), το πο
ν. ε.
ἱκατά, “ against", μαρτυρέω,
κατὰ κυριεύω, 1. nor. κατε- “to bear witness"j With Acc
κυρίουσα,
n. [κατά, in | of thing and Gen. of persou: Το
“ strengthening” force ; κυριεύω, bear witness, or testimony, about
“ to be lord of, to rule over ”] | something against one; to testify
With Gen.: To rule mightily, or something against one.
powerfully, over.
√
"
κατά μόνας, adv. [κατά;
see κατά, no. 2, d ; μόνας, fen.
acc. plur. of μόνος, “alone,
with cllipse of μοίρας, acc, plur.
of μοῖρα, “η pit*] Alone;-f
a part"]
iv. 10 with forco of “apart froma
the multitudo,” alone with Tig
""
M
κατα-κόπτω, (f. κατ κόψω),
v. a. [κατά, in “aimentalive
force, κόπτω, “to cut'] Το cut,
greatly or severely; to gask, etc.
κατακόπτων, ουσα, ον, Ρ.
prcs. Of κατακόπτω.
f.
CL
κατακριθήσεται, 3. pers.
ging. 1. 1. ind. pass. of κατακρίνω. |
κάτα-κρίνω, f. κατακρινω, ]
1. 201. κατέκρινα, ν. ε. [κατά, \
against”; κρίνω, "to judge'
("To judge against"; hence)
To condemn ;-at x. 33 with Acc.
of person and Dat. of punish-
ment.-2. To adjudge, pass sen-
tence, in an unfavourable way;---
at xiv. 64 with Objectivo clause.
-Pasg.: (κἅτα κρίνομαι, ]).
κατακεκρῖμαι, 1. aor. κατεκρίθην),
1. f. κατακριθήσομαι.
-
*
On
-
--
-
--
P.
καταλαβῃ, β. pers. sing. 2.
aor. subj. of καταλαμβάνω,
κατὰ λαμβάνω, (ί. κατα-
λήψομαι), p. κατείληφα, 2. aor.
καταλαβον, V. Q. [κατά, in
“strengthening” force; λαμβά-
μαθη "to take"] To take, or lay, followers.
hold of; to seize upon.
|
καταπέτασμα, άσματος,
κατά λείπω, f, καταλείψω, 'n, [καταπετ-άννυμι, “to spread
VOCABULARY.
129
|
"}
a.
out over"]("That which is down"; hence) To lay, or deposit,
spread out over something; in the tomb.
hence) A curtain, veil. The word κατά-φιλέω, ·φίλῶ, 1. aor.
iş
is here used of the curtain that | κατεφίλησα, να [κατά, in
separated the Holy Place from augmentative” force; φιλέω,
the Holy of Holics in the Temple | “to love”; hcnce, as a sign of
at Jerusalem.
love, "to kiss "] To kiss earnestly
or rondly ;- at xiv. 45 used of thic
(C
treacherous kiss which Judas
|
κάτ-αράομαι, ἄρῶμαι, |
(Γ. καταρᾶσομαι), 1. aur. κατά
ηρᾶσάμην, γ. mid. [κατ-ά, in
elrengthening "force ; ἀράομαι,
in force of "to curse "] To curse
au object, lo utter imprecations |
upon or against.
καταρτίζω, f. καταρτίσω,
1. aor. κατήρτῖσα, v. a. [κατά,
in “augmentativo” forco; άρτ- |
iSw, "to prepare"] ("To pre-
paro thoroughly”; hence, with |
reforence to injury done) Of
nets: To repair, mend.
B
M
Το
36
καταρτίζων, ουσα, ον, Ρ.
pres, of κατατίζω,
(κατασκευάζω), f. κατα-
σκευάσω, 1. που, κατεσκευάσα,
[κατά, in strengthening" force;
σκευάζω, “to pic]ic,
σε 10 prepare, mako
rendy" To prepare or make
ready.
κατέκειτο, 3. pers. sing.
imperf. ind. Οf κατακεῖμαι.
κατέναντι, adv. [κατ-ά, in
“ strengthening" force ; ἔναντι,
"over against"] With Gen. :
Right over against, over against,
opposite to, straight before.
|
<<
|
κατεξουσιαζω,v.n.[κατ-ά,
in "strengthening" force; è-
ουσιάζω, “to have authority
over"] With Gen.: To have
authority over; to cxercise rule,
or lordship, over,
κατασκευάσω, fut. ind, of
κατασκευάζω.
κατασκηνοῦν, pres, inf, of
κατασκηνόω.
κατεσθίω, (1. κατέδομαι, ].
κατεδήδοκα), v. a. [κατ-ά, in
augmentative” force; ἐσθίω,
"Lo cat"] ("To cat thoroughly
or entirely”; hcnce) Το devour.
κατεσθίων, ουσα, Oy, P.
|
pres. of Kåreσliw.
κατέστρεψα, 1. aor. ind, of
καταστρέφω,
κατασκηνόω, -σκηνῶ,
f. κατασκηνώσω, 1. aor. κάνε
σκήνωσα,
11. [κατά, in
“ strengthening" force, σκηνόω,
"to pitch a tent"] ("To piteli
one's tent, encamp"; hence) Of
birds: To settle, perch, rest, lodge.
(κατα-στρέφω, 1. κατα
στρέψω), 1. εού. κατέστρεψα,
*. ενώ [κατά, “down”; στρέψω,
;
"to turn"] (“To turn down or
downwards"; honce) To turn
upside down; to upset, overthrow,
(κατά τίθημι, f. κατά
θήσω), 1. nor. κατέθηκα, V. Ω,
[κατά, “down"; τιθημί,
or placo"] ("To put, or place, | kärăxéw.
aor.
v.
κατέφαγον, 2. aor. with-
out a present, v. a. [κατά, in
augmentativo" forco; coayor;
sco epayor] To cat up entirely, to
devour.
Ce
κατεφίλησα, 1. nor. inc. of
καταφιλίω,
ai to put κατέχεα, 1, tor, ind. of
Mark,
K
Iscariot gave to Christ.
(κατἄ χέω, f. καταχεῶ), 1.
aor. κατέχεα, ν. α. [κατά, “ down
upon”; χέω, “ to pour'] Topour
down upon ; --- at xiv. 3 strength-
ened by κατά,
κατεδίωξα, 1, aor, indic. of
καταδιώκω,
κατέθηκα, 1. aor. ind, of
κατατίθημι.
"(
130
VOCABULARY.
gain.
κατηγορέω, -â, f, κάτ- | ἐκέρδησα, ν. α. [κέρδος, “gain"]
ηγορήσω, κατήγορησα,
nyopnow, 1. aor. κатýуopηoa, To have, or obtain, as gain; to
v. n. and a. [Kατnуop-os, “an
accusor"] 1. Neut. With Gen.
of person: To be an accuser of;
to accuse.—2. Act.: With Acc. of
charge and Gen, of person: To
|
(κεφάλαι-όω, -®), 1. aor.
ἐκεφαλαίωσα, ν. α. [κεφάλαιον
lay something to the charge of; | (=keß÷λ-ý), “the head"] To
to accuse one of something; to
object something to one.
strike on the head.
Kатnуоρńσwol(v), 8. pers.
plur. 1. aor. subj. of karnyopéw.
KÄTηyóрOvv, contr. imperf.
ind. of κατηγορέω.
kǎтηpãow, 2. pers. sing. 1.
aor. ind. of καταράσμαι.
'
κατοίκησις, σεως, f. [for
κατοίκεσις; fr. κατοικά-ω, “ to
dwell" in a place"] ("A dwell-
ing " in a placo; hence) A dwell
ing, dwelling-place, abode.
kǎт-w, adv. [кαт-ά, "down"]
1. Downwards, down.-2. Below,
bencath, underneath: - ánò aro-
årw-
Dev ëws Káτw, from above to below;
i.e. from the top to the bollom.
(καυμάτ-ΐζω, f. καυματίσω),
1. aor. éκavμäriσa, v. a. [Kau-
μа, каvμǎт-оs, "burning heat"]
καυμᾶτος,
("To affect with burning heat";
hence) To scorch up, wither.
Pass,; 1. aor. ἐκουματίσθην.
κεκάθικα, porf. ind. of καθ-
isw.
κενός, ή, όν, adj. Empty,
empty-handed.
pagkaka
keрdnon, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj. of kepdaivw.
кεþǎλ-ń, îs, f. 1. Of the
body: A head.-2. Of things: A
chief, or principal, thing of its
kind :-kepaλn ywvias, the chief
thing, i.e. the head-stone, or prin-
cipal stone, of the corner; xii. 10
[akin to Sans. kapal-as," head"].
Kĥvσos, ov, m. [Gr. form of
κῆνσος, ου,
Lat. census, "the assessing, or
assessment," of the Roman people
in order to decide the amount
they were to pay, respectively,
to the state for their taxes;
hence] In Gr. Test.: Tribute-
money, poll-tax, which was paid
yearly. This, as we gather from
xii. 15, and learn expressly from
Mutt. xxii. 19, was a denarius,
about 8hd. English, but translat-
ed in our English Version "a
penny.'
}}
|
(κερδ-αίνω, f. κερδανω and
κερδήσω, p. κεκέρδαγκα), i. aor.
KηpúžǎTE, 2. pers. plur. 1.
nor. iiuperat. of κηρύσσω,
κηρύξω, 1. aor. subj. of κη-
ρύσσω ; i. 38.
1.
κηρύσσω, (f. κηρύξω, D, κe-
κήρυχα), 1, aor. ἐκήρυξα, v. ενο
1. Το proclain, or announce, as
a herald does. 2.: a. To pro-
publicly, to preach.
b.
With eis: To go into and preach.
- Pass. : κηρύσσομαι, (1
κεκήρυγμαι), J. aor. ἐκηρύχθην, 1,
f. kηpux@nooμal.
κηρύσσων, ουσα, ον,
κεντυρίων, ωνος, m. [Gr.
form of Lat. centurio, conturion-
is] A Centurion; a Roman milit-claim
ary officer. The name arose
from his having the command of
a "century " of soldiers, a divi-
sion in tho Roman army so
called.
|
| of
κεράμιον, ἵου, 1. [κέραμ- οἱ κηρύσσω.
os, "potter's-carth"] ("A thing
pertaining to képaμos"; hence) |
An earthenware vessel ; a jar,
pitcher.
P.
tag
pres.
Knрúxen, 3. pers. sing. 1.
aor. subj. pass. of knpúoow.
κηρυχθήσομαι, fut, incl.
pass. Οι κηρύσσω,
κινέω, -νῶ, f. κινήσω, 1. 207.
ἐκίνησα, το πιο [κίνω, “to go"]
VOCABULARY,
131
οὖσα, οὖν, contr. P.
To make to go"; hence) Of | as formed by a fragment of pot-
the head as Object: To shake, tery, a broken twig, etc. [akin to
toss, wag.
Sans. root orî, in pass. "to be
κινῶν,
broken”, cf. κλάω].
pres. of kivéw.
κλά-δος:
Kλá-dos, Sou, m. [kλá-w,
"to break"] 1. A young branch,
or shoot, of a tree; such as is
broken off for grafting.-2. A
shoot, or branch, generally.
κλίνη, ης, f. [κλίνω, “to
recline; to lie"] ("The reclining
thing"; i.e. "that on which one
reclines or lies "; hence) A couch;
a bed, including the frame of it.
κλαίω, f. κλαύσω und κλαύ- |
σομαι, 1. aor. ἔκλαυσα, V. 11, To
weep, lament, bewail.
κλοπή, ης, f. [for κλεπτή;
fr. κλεπ, root of κλέπτων σε το
steal"] A stealing, theft.
kṛalwv, ovoa, or, P. pres. of
κλαίω.
CC
κλάσμα, σμᾶτος, n. [κλάτω,
to break"]("That which has
been, or is, broken"; hence) Of |
food; A fragment, broken piece.
κοδράντης, ου, m. [Gr.
form of Lat. quadrans, quadrant-
is, "the fourth part" of any
|thing; hence, “the fourth part
of the Roman copper coin the
as," originally worth much about
the same as the Roman silver
coin the denarius, i.e. 8d. Eng-
lish; hence, as Snvápiov is trans-
lated "a penny "in the English
version, so коdрávтns, the fourth
part of the as, is translated] 4
ké-farthing, though, as above shown,
equal to something more than
2d. English.
kλ-άw, kλô, f. kλãow, 1. aor.
čкλаσa, V. a. To break;-at xiv.
22 supply aúróv (i.c. Tov äprov)
after exλdoe [akin to Sans. root
CRI, "to break"].
KλÉT-TW, f. kλów, (p.
κλέπτω,
kλopa), 1. aor. čкλeyα, v. a. [root
KλET] To steal.
|
f.
aor.
κληρονομ-έω, -@, f. κληρο-
νομήσω, 1. που. ἐκληρονόμησα,
V. a. [kλnpovóμ-os, "an heir"]
[κληρονόμος,
(“To boa κληρονόμος of
honce) To inherit, to obtain some
thing as an inheritance.
κοιλία, ΐας, Ε. [κοίλ-ος,
“hollow”] (“The condition or
quality of tho koîλos"; hence,
"hollowness"; hence) The hollow
of the belly, the belly.
κληρονομήσω, l. aor. subj.
of κληρονομέω.
|
KOLVOT, 3. pers. sing. pres.
inci, of κοινόω.
|
κληρονομία, ἵας, 1. [κλη-
povoμ-ew, "to inherit "] (" An
inheriting"; hence) An inherit-
"}
|
κοιν-ός, ή, όν, adj. [another
form of ξυνός; fr, ξύν, through
кúv=gúv] ("Being held, etc.,
with another; hence, << com-
mon"; hence, in referenco to
the non-observanco of the Mos-
aic ordinance) Profane, defiled,
ceremonially unclean; vii. S and
5.
ance.
")
'
|
|
C4
an
KλNρ-0-VÓμ-os, ou, m. [for
κληρονόμος; f2. κλῆρος,
allotment"; henco," an estate";
véμ-w ("to distribute "), in mid.
in force of "to distribute amongst
themselves," etc. for the purpose
of having as their own; hence,
"to hold, possess," elc.] ("Ono
possessing the estate" of a de-
ceased person; hence) An heir.
κλῆρος, ρου, m. ("That
which is broken ; hence) A lot,
κοινόω, -ώ, (f. κοινώσω), 1,
aor. èkoirwoa, V. a. [koip-ós,
"defled"; Seo KOLVÓS) ("To
κοινός]
make, or ronder, Kouvós "; hence)
koɩós
To defile, pollute, render morally
unclean.
κοινῶν, οὖσα, οὖν, contr. P
pres. of kotrów.
K 2
132
VOCABULARY.
เ
κοινῶσαι, 1. aor. inf. of
κοινόω.
m. A grain of
KÓKKOS, OV,
κόκκος, ου,
a plant, fruit, etc.
κολάφ-ΐζω, 1. aor. ἐκολᾶφ-|out”).
ἴσα, ν. ε. [κόλαφος, “ a buffet cr
cuff"] ("To give a kóλapos to"
one; hence) To buſſet, cuff, etc.
κολλυβιστής, ιστοῦ, m.
[κόλλυβος, "the rate of ox-
change"] ("One who makes, or
fixes, the rate of oxchaugo";
hence) A money-changer.
(κολοβόω, ω), 1.
ἐκολόβωσα, V. Qv. [κόλοβ-ος,
"docked"]("To render cóλoß-
os"; hence, "to dock, curtail'
henco) To shorten in duration.
nor.
"}
(κοπ-άζω, f. κοπάσω, p. και
κόπακα), 1. εοι. ἐκόπᾶσα, v. n.
[κόπ-ος, "toil and trouble"
hence, "weariness"] ("To suffer
KÓTOS"; hence, "to grow tired
or weary"; hence) Of the wind:
To spend its force; to lull, abale,
cease.
•
;
κράσπεδον, ου, 1. The hem
or border of a garment.
SOLEO.
κράτ-έω, -ω, f. κρατήσω, p.
κεκράτηκα, 1. aor. ἐκράτησα, v. i.
[kpár-os, "power"] 1. To get a
person into one's power; to seize
upon, seize, lay hold of in hostile
2. a. With Acc. of
person or Gen. of part.: To lay,
or lake, hold of.-b. With Acc.
of person in combination with
Gen. of part.: To lay hold of, or
take, a person by.-3. To keep,
observe, obey, etc.
|
κρατῆσαι, 1. aor. inf. of
κρατέω.
κόπος, ου, 12. [κόπτω, “to
11,
beat" ("A beating"; hence,
"sufforing"; henco) Toil and
trouble.
κρατήσας, ἄσα, αν, Ρ. 1.
aor. of kратéw.
κρατέω,
(κόπ-τω), imperf. ἔκοπτον,
(l. kó¥w, P. kéxopa), V. a. [root
KOT]("To beat, strike "; hence,
with accessory notion of re-
moval, etc.) To cut down or off.
|
κοράσιον, ἀσίου, n. dim.
[kóp-n, "a maiden"] A little, or
Γκόρτη,
young, maiden; a damsel.
*Kopẞav, n. indecl. A gift,
or offering, for the service of
God.
κόσμος, ου,
m. ("Order,
arrangement"; hence, from its
perfect order, etc.) The world, the
universe.
κράζω, f, κεκράξομαι, p. κέ
кpǎya, 1. aor. ékpafa, v. n. To
cry out, call out aloud [prob, akin
to Sans. root KRUQ, "to cry
ย
*коûμL. Rise, rise up, arise.
κόφινος, ου, m, A basket.
κραββᾶτος, ου, m. A couch
or bed [said to bo a word of
Macodonian origin; cf. Tat.
grabatus].
κράζων, ουσα, ον, F. pres. of
ov,
"
кpásw.
κράζω.
κρᾶνίον,ου, n. [alcin to κάμα,
a head"] A skull.
κράξας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ. 1. aor.
οι κράζω.
gadg
|
κρατῶν, οὖσα, οὖν, contr. Ρ.
pres, of κρατάω.
κρημνός, οὔ, 121. [κρημνίω
(=kрeμavμl), "to suspend"]
κρεμαννύμι),
"That which is suspended";
hence, "an overhanging cliff or
craf, as if suspended in the
air; hence) A steep place; a clif',
etc.
κρί-μα, μᾶτος, 1. [κρι, root
of кpiw, in force of "to
condemn "] ("That which
condemns ; hence) Condemn-
ation.
17
κρίσις, σεως, Γ. [κρι, root
of kρivw, "to judgo"; also, "to
κρίνω,
condemn"] 1. ("A judging";
hence) Judgment, trial;-at`vi,
11, of the last judgment. 2.
("A condemning"; hence) Con-
demnation.
κρυπτός,
ή, όν, adj.
VOCABULARY.
133
[KрÚTT-W, "to hide"] Ilidden,
concealed, secrel.
κτάομαι,
|
Kтη-μα, μǎтos, n. [ктn, a
κτῆμα, μᾶτος, 11. [κτη,
root of κтáoμai, "to acquire"]
("That which has been acquired,
or is possessed"; hence) Plur.:
Possessions, wealth, property.
JANJE
κτί-ζω, (f. κτίσω), 1. aor.
Εκτῖσα, ν. ε. (“Το build"
order to dwell; hence) Of the
universe, etc.: To create;—at xiii.
19, s (the Object of KTLσe) is
put in the Gen. by attraction to
the preceding Gen, kríσews [akin
to Sans. root кsm, "to dwell"].
κτίσις, σέως, f. [for κτίδω
σις κτίζω (=κτίδσω),
σls; fr. ktíšw (=кTid-ow), "to
create"] ("A creating"; hence)
1. A creation. 2. A created
thing or being; a creature.
κύκλος λου, 111, ("That
which is bent"; hence) A ring,
circle, round. —Adverbial Dat.:
KÚKλ, (In a circle; i.c.) Round-
about, iii. 14; for Toùs KÚRA
äypovs, sce art, ó [akin to Sans.
root KUCH, "to bend"].
κύκλῳ ; see κύκλος,
κωλύω, (f. κωλύσω, p. κεκωλ-
in|ύκα), 1. aor. ἐκώλυσα, ν. θα Το
hinder, prevent.
"possessing supreme power"]
("One possessing supreme pow-
er"; hence) 1. Of men: A lord,
master, etc.-2. With or without
article: THE LORD; i.e. Christ.
κύψας, ἄσα, αν, Ρ. 1. aor. Οf
κύπτω.
(кvλtш, 1. aor. ékúdioa, v. a.
To roll along.--) Mid.: (Kuλlo-
al), imperf. èkuλióμnv, To roll
ône's self along or about.
κυλλός,
Kuλλós, n, ov, adj. Crippled,
halt, with the legs bent outwards.
кν-μа, μатоs, n. ("A swollen
thing"; hence) A wave or billow.
κυνάριον, αρίου, 11, dim.
[κύων, κυν-ός, a dog"] A little
dog.
((
(κύπτω, f. κύψω, p. κέκῦφα),
1. aor. čκva, v. n. To stoop for-
wards, to bend down.
κώ-μη, μης, f. (“A tling
or place for lying down or
sleeping"; hence) A village, as
a dwelling place [nkin to Sans,
root çf, "to lie down, to sleep "].
κωμό-πολις, πόλεως, 1.
[κωμης
[kwμ-n, "a village"; (o) con-
necting vowel; wódɩs, a city"]
A village-city, village-town.
CC
|
|
κωφός, ή, όν, adj. [usually
referred to коT, гool of кóптш,
κόπτω,
"to eat"; if so, for koπ-ós]
("Cut, cut off"; hence, as a re-
sult, "blunted, blunt" hence)
With reference to the hearing:
Deaf-As Subst.: kwþós, ov,
m. A deaf person.-Plur. with
art.: The deaf; i.c. deaf persons
in general. Ν.Β. κωφός il
Gr. Test. usually refers to the
tongue, and has the meaning of
"dumb"; but at vii. 82 and 87
it has the meaning of " deaf," as
is shown both by the action of
Jesus, who put his fingers into
the afflicted person's ears, and by
the exclamation of the multitudo
who say that Jesus made the
κωφούς “to hear” (ἀκούειν).
|
|
mag
B
ܙܝ
cane.
Aáßn, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
subj. of λαμβάνω.
λαβών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ. 2, aor. of
daμßarw.
λαθεῖν, 2. aor. iuf. of λανθα
avw.
λαίλαψς, ἅπος, 1. A hurri
Κυρηναῖος αία, αῖον, adj.
[Kuphu-n, "Cyrene"; under the
[Κυρήνη,
Romans a province of N. Africa;
also, called, from the time of the
Ptolemics, Pentapolis] Q7, or be-
longing to, Cyrēnē.-As Subst. :
Κυρηναῖος, ου, 11. A man
of Cyrene; a Cyrenian.
λάλ-έω, -ὢ, f, λαλήσω, p.
κύρι-ος, ου, 111. [κύριος, Ιλελάληκα, 1. aor. ἐλάλησα, V, H.
v. îì.
134
VOCABULARY.
1
λεγεών, ῶνος, m. [Gr. form
and a.: 1. Neut.: a. To speak,
to uller speech.-b. To talk, con-
verse. 2. Act. a. To speak,
uller by speech, utter.-b. To speak
of, tell, publish, etc.-Pass.: λăλ-
έομαι, -οῦμαι, ν. λελάλημαι, of Lat. legto, legton-is, “a legion”
1. aor. ἐλαλήθην, 1. f. λαληθήσομαι | of Roman soldiers, consisting of
[perhaps akin to Sans. root LAD, ten cohorts of infantry, and
to use the tongue "].
a squadron of three bundred
λαληθήσομαι, fut. ind. cavalry ;-in all about six thon-
puiss. of λαλέω.
sand men, though the numbers
varied from time to time] Legion;
-a name assumed by the evil
spirits in a possessed person with
reference to their immense num-
ber; v. 9 and 15.
λaλñσal,
λαλῆσαι,
λαλέω.
1. aor. inf. of
λaλnow, fut. ind. (xvi. 17),
and 1. aor. subj. (ix. 6; xiii. 11)
οἱ λαλέω.
|
λεγόμενος, η, ον, P. prcs.
pass. of λéyw.
p.
|
λέγω, imperf. ἔλεγον, (f. λέξω,
λέλεχα), v. n. ando: 1. Neut.
a. To speak, open one's mouth in
speech-b, With Dat. of person
and repí: To speak to, or tell,
one about something.-C. Το say
To
what is the case : σὺ λέγεις, thou
sayest, i.e. thou speakest rightly,
yes.-2. Act.: a. To say;-mostly
with clause as Object.-b. 7o
tell;-at xi. 33 with clause as
Object.-c. To call by name; to
call for or upon.-d.: (a) With
double Acc. To call one that
which is denoted by the second
Acc.:-rí ne déyeis ayavóv, why
callest thou me good.-(b) In pass.
with a nom.: To be called some-
thing;-ò leyóuevos Bapaßßâs, he
who was called (i.e. had the name
of) Barabbas.-e. To tell, men-
tion, speak of or about;-at x. 82
with Acc. of thing and Dat. of
person.-f. To say with a part-
aor.
Aa(v)0-ǎvw, (f. now and
λήσομαι, p. λέληθα), 2.
ἔλαθον, v. n. To escape notice;
to be hid or concealed [strength-
ened fr. root λa☺, akin to Sans.
root RAH (originally RADH), " to
leave, quit"].
λαός, οὔ, m. The people.
(λᾶτομέω, ω), 1. aor.
ἐλατόμησα, λά-τεμ-έω;
éλăróunoa, v. a. [for λă-teμ-ew;
fr. λάς, λακός, “a stone”; τεμ,
a stone"; Teµ,
τέμνω,
a root of réμ-vw, "to cut"]icular meaning; to mean, intend;
("To cut stone"; hence) To hew,
or quarry, a thing from a rock,
elc.-Pass. : perf. part. λελα-
τομημένος.
'
|
xiv. 68.-Pass.: révoμal (p.
dédeyμai, 1. aor. ¿déx0ŋv, 1. f.
ἐλέχθην,
λεχθήσομαι).
λελατομημένος, η, ον, P,
perf. pass. οἱ λατομέω.
of
λέπρα, ας ; sec λεπρός,
λεπρός, ρά, ρόν, adj. [λέπε
Os, "a scale on the body]
M
λăλ-ĭá, câs, f. [λad-éw, "to
speak"] ("A speaking "; henco)
Speech, mode of speaking.
λαλούμενος, η, ον, P. pres.
pass. of λαλέω.
λαλῶν, οὖσα, οὖν, P. prcs. of
λαλέω.
|
λα(μ)β-άνω, f. λήψομαι,
p. εἴληφα, 2. aor. ἐλάβον, ν. α.
1. To lake.-2. To take as or for a
wifc.-3. To receive [strengthened
fr. root λaß, akin to Sans. root
LABH, "to obtain "].
*λαμμα,
*λaμμa. For what, why,
wherefore.
λάχ-ἅνον, ἄνου (moally plur.,
always so in Gr. Test.),. n. [λax-
αίνω, "to dig" ("The dug
thing or things"; i.e. the thing
|
or things cultivated by digging,
as opposed to things growing
wild; hence) Garden-plants, veget-
ables, herbs.
VOCABULARY.
135
("Pertaining to Aéros"; hence,
"scaly "; hence) Leprous, in
reference to the scales produced
by disease. As Subst.: a.λemp-
ός, ου, m. A leprous person, a
leper.b. λέπρά,ας, f. Leprosy,
as being a disease which pro-
duces scales on the skin.
λETT-OV, où, n. [λeπr-ós, in
force of "small"] ("A small
thing"; hence, of money) A
lepton, i.c. a very small coin, the
half of a κodpávrys, and trans-
laled in the English version by
mile.
*▲evis (ncc. Aeviv), m. (“A
binding of garlund") Levi, also
called Matthew; a son of Al-
phæus, and one of the twelve
Apostles.
λόγος, ου, m. [for λέγος;
fr. Aéy-w, "to say or speak"]
λέγω,
|("That which is said or spoken";
hence) 1. A sayng, report, ac-
count, story, tale.-2. Speech, dis-
course, word (plur. words, con-
versation,etc.).—3. Word, i.c. doc-
trine which is declared by teach-
ing, etc.-4. As being the subject
of talk or conversation: A thing,
(λευκαίνω), 1, aor. ἐλεύκ-|matter; see ἐπερωτάω.-5. Coni-
āva, v. a. [deur-ós, "white"] mand, order, precept, as some-
("To make Acuкós"; hence) To thing declared
declared by speaking;
whiten, bleach.-The word occurs language, words, as used
but twice in the Gr. Test., and prayer.
each time in the 1. aor.
in
λευκᾶναι, 1. aor. inf. of
λευκαίνω.
|
λevк-ós, ý. óv, adj. ("Shining,
bright, brilliant"; hence) White
[akin to Sans. root RUCHI, "to
shine"].
Ano-Ts, Toù, m. [for Anto-
τής πληιδωτής ; fi. ληϊζομαι (=
Anid-ooμai, "to plunder "]("One
who plunders "; hencc) A robber,
a thief.
λήψομαι, fut. ind. of λαμβ-
άνω,
|
10
(C
Alav, adv. Very, exceedingly.
λίαν,
λίθιο-βολέω, ω, 1. aor.
ἐλιθοβόλησα, Τ. a. [for Aid-o-
βάλ-έω ; fr. λίθος, a stone"
(o) connecting vowel; Baλ, a
root of ẞáλAw, "to throw"] To
throw, or cast, stones at; to pell
with stones.
(.
2.
λογίζομαι, 1. aor. ἐλογη
toaunu, v. mid. [Aóy-os, in forco
of "a reason"; and (in pass.
below), of an account"] 1. Mid.:
To reason, debate, argue.
Pass.: λογίζομαι, (p. λελόγ
toμai), 1. aor. éλoyio@mv, 1. f.
λογισθήσομαι, Τo be accounted or
ranked; to be reckoned, numbered,
etc.
λιθοβολήσας, ἆσα, αν, Ρ.
I. aor. οι λιθοβολέω.
λίθος, ου, Πλ. A stone.
λῖμός, οὔ, na, Fanine,
où, m.
Ad
་་་་
λ(ο)ιπός, ή, όν, adj. [strengtha-
enca fr. λιπ, root of λείπω, “to
ened
leavo" 1. Left, remaining, out
of a number-oi doimoi, those
who are, etc., left; the rest…-- As
Subst.: λoɩтá, ŵr, n. plur.:
The remaining, or other, things.
2. Of time: Remaining, remain-
der of;-at xiv. 41 rò docmór is
an adverbial expression = hence-
forward; i.c. without being a-
gain awoke for a time.
CA
λύπ-έω, -ώ, (Ι. λυπήσω), p.
λελύπηκα, 1. που. ἐλύπησα, Τι είνα
[λúπ-n, grief"] 1. Act.: 70
cause grief to one; to grieve.—2.
Pass.: λυπ-έομαι, -οῦμαι,
ῃ. λελύπημαι, 1. aor. ἐλυπήθην,
1. 1. λυπηθήσομαι, Τo be grieved ;
to sorrow, etc.
λῦσαι, 1. ποr, inf, οἱ λύω.
λύσας, ᾶσα, αr, p. 1. aor. cf
λύω.
λύτρον, τρου, 1. [λύτω, “to
pay"] (“That which is paid";
hence) A ransom.
136
VOCABULARY.
<<
λυχν-ΐα, ΐας, 1. [λύχνος, a joined to another comparative
lamp or light"] ("A thing per- word to increase its force; vii.
taining to Auvos"; bence) 436.-2. Rather, in preference, otc.;
λύχνος
lamp-stand (translated in the xv. 11 [acc. to some akin to Sans.
English version "a candlestick"). | var-as, "remarkable"; acc. to
λύχνος, νου, ("The others akin to Sans. root MAH ;
shining thing"; hence) A lamp, sco μakpós].
a light [akin to Sans. root NUCH,
"Lo shine"; cf. λeuкós].
λευκός].
1.
]
λύτω, f. λύσω, p. λελύκα, 1.
aor. ëλvoa, v. a. To loosen, loose,
unfasten. --Pass. Aú-ouaι, p.
: λύ-ομαι, |
λίλῦμαι, 1. που. ἐλύθην, 1. i.
f.
Avonooμai [akin to Sans. root
LÛ, "to cut"].
μανθάνω, (f. μαθήσω and
μαθήσομαι), p. μεμάθηκα, 2. aor.
ἔμαθον, ν. ε. Το learn [strength-
cncd fr. root μa0, akin to Sans.
root MATH, "to churn"; hence,
"to agitato "in the mind].
λύων, ουσα, ον, r. prcs. of
λύω.
*Măpta, as, f. (" Rebellion ")
Mary: 1. The mother of Jesus.
-2. The sister of no. 1 (see
John xix. 5), the wife of Klöpns
(called by St. Luke Clčõpas, in
some editions Cleopas), and the
mother of James the Less and
Joses; there is an ellipse of
rnp before 'Iwon, at xv. 11;
and beforo 'Iakßov, at xvi. 1.
3. Tho Magdalene; see May-
Saλnvý. 4. The mother of
John surnamed Mark; see Máp-
κος.
}}
Maydaλ-nun, nuns, f. adj.
[Μαγδαλιά, “ Magdal (now
"the village of Mejdel"); a forti-
fied town of Galilce, at the SE.
corner of the Lake of Gennesaret]
Of, or belonging to, Magdala.-As |
Subst., with art.: The woman of
Magdala, the Magdalene.
μάleтs, 2. pers. plur. 2. aor.
imperat. of. μανθάνω.
μαθητής, ητοῦ, 11. [μανθ-
avw, "to lern" through root
Ha] ("A learner"; hence)
disciple; esp. a disciple of Christ.
μακράν; sec μακρός.
μακρ-όθεν, παν. [μακρός,
adv.
"long"; hence, "far"] From
afar-often proceded by aтó;
ἀπό;
see ἀπύ.
μak-ρós, pá, pór, adj. Long,
whether in spaco or time. -Ad-
Ad-
verbial expressions: a. Acc.
neut. plur. μакрá, Long, to
great length.-b. Acc. fem. sing.:
μakрáv, a long way, far, far
90 (akin to Sans. root MAH, orig-
inally MAC, "to bo great"].
ܝܐ ܕ
|
|
μaλ-λov, comp. adv. [fr. Pos.
Múλ-a, “vory, oxcealingly"] 1.
More, in a higher degree;-some-
sonic-
times used with pos. adj. in
place of comparativo; sometimes
|
Jag
B
B
Μάρκος, ου,
Máρкos, ov, m. Mark, the
Evangelist; the son of Mary, a
woman of Jerusalem, and a ne
phew of the Apostle Barnabas.
His Gospel is usually considered
to have been written at Jeru-
salem [Gr. form of Lat. Marcus,
a hammer"].
CC
μαρτυρία, ἵας, f. [μάρτυς,
μáprůp-os, "a witness"]("A
μάρτυρος,
thing pertaining to a µáprvs”;
hence) Testimony in legal mat-
ters evidence.
μαρτύριον, ἴου, 11. [id.]
(id.) Testimony in general, proof,
μάρτυς, τῦρος, na (“ Ona
wlio remembers"; hence) 4
witness, as one who relates what
he remembers [akin to Sans. root
SMRI, "to remember "].
μαστιγόω, -@, Ι. μαστίγ
ώσω, 1. aor. ἐμαστίγωσα, V, πιο
[udoris, μáoriy-os," n scourge"]
To scourge with rods, etc.
VOCABULARY.
137
μаorïywow, fut. ind. of
μαστιγώσω,
μαστιγόω,
μάστιξ, ϊγος, 111.
("A
scourge" as an instrument of
punishment; hence) A plague,
kickness, etc., as a cause of pain,
etc., to the body.
|
µátny «dv. In vain, fruit-
lessly, to no purpose [akin to
µárn, “a fault"].
interpret by changing" into
anotlier language; hence) To ex-
plain; to translate.-Pass.:) pe0-
epuηvevoμal.
(C
""
μεθ-όρτος, ἴα, ἴον, adj.
[μer-á (see μetá), between ;
op-os, "a boundary"] Lying be-
tiseen as a boundary.—As Subst.:
μe0opia, wv, n. plur. The bor-
ders, frontiers, etc., of two coun-
tries; vli. 24.
μεlvăтe, 2. pers. plur. 1. aor.
μείνατε,
ind. of μévw.
μέλει; seo μέλω.
μελετάω, -ώ, (f. μελετήσω),
v.1. [µcλér-n, "care, attention"]
To take heed, or pay attention, to
what one is about to say to
think beforehand, premeditate.
|
μέλι, ἴτος, 11, Honey.
μέλλω, f. μελλήσω, (1. aor.
épéλAnoa), v. n. With Inf.: 7o
To
be about to do, etc., or on the point
of doing, etc.; sometimes to be
rendered by the English sign
"will";—at xiii. 4 µéλàŋ has for
its subject the neut. noin. plur.
Taût”.
*Mareαîos, ou, m. ("Gift
of Jehovah ") "Mallhew, named
also Levi, the son of Alphæus,
one of the twelve Apostles. Be-
fore his call to be a follower of
Jesus, he was a Publican, or col-
lector of public taxes.
µăx-â¹pá, aιpâs, l. A sabre
or sword [like μáx-oμal, "to
μάχομαι, |
fight"; akin to Sans. makh-a,
"a warrior"; and so "the thing
for fighting," or "the warrior's
thing"].
μéɣ-as, aλn, a, adj.: 1. Of
size: Great, large.-2. Of a voice,
sound, ele. Great, mighty, loud.
|
3. Of degree: Great, vast, |
mighty.-4. Of number: Great, |
large, numerous.-5. Of rank,
authority, etc.: Great, powerful,
mighty, exalted :-oi meyado, the
great, or powerful, ones; x. 42.
-6. Of the wind, etc.: Great,
violent.--7. Of importance, etc.:
Great, important, etc.
Comp.: μeiswv; (Sup.: µéylotos)
μείζων μέγιστος)
[from same root as μax-pós; sce
μακρός].
(C
μεγιστάν, ἆνος
âvos (in Gr.
Test only in plur.), m. [uéyior-
OS, mightiest, most exalted";
sce μéyas, 110. 5] (“One who is
MéyloTos"; henco) A very mighty
μέγιστος
person; a prince, lord, chief, etc.
HEYLOTROL(v), Dat. plur. of
μεγιστάν.
μεθερμηνευόμενος, η, ον,
P. pres. pass. of μelepµnrevw.
(μεθερμηνεύω, ν. α. [μετά
(see μerá), denoting change";
épμnvevw, "to interpret"] ("To
ἑρμηνεύω,
CC
ov,
μέλλων, ουσα, ον, P. pres. of
µéddw :—τà µÉλλovтα ανтÝ σνμ-
Baire, the things about to happen
to, or befall, him; x. 32.
(μέλω, f. μελήσω, D. με-
Р.
µéλnka, 1. aor. ¿uédŋoo, v. n.
To be an object of care or interest.
In Greek authors generally,
and always in Gr. Test.) Impers.:
μéλel, etc., with Dat.: It is, or
there is, an object of cure, etc.,
to one; it is, or there is, a care
to one; at xii. 14 péλe con-
µédel
tains its Subject within its own
meaning μéλnua; at iv. 38,
the clause ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα is ils
Subject.
μεμέρισμαι, perf. ind. pass,
of μερίζω.
Mév, conj. Indeed, on the one
hand:-μέν Sé, on the one
hand
on the other hand
· • +
μévo, l. perŵ, (P. popórys"),
•
138
VOCABULARY.
1. nor, έμεινα, Τ. 12, To wait, re-
main.
|
μετα-νοέω, -νοῶ, f. μετά.
νοήσω, 1. aor. μετενόησα, ν. 1.
(μep-tĽw, f. μepia), 1. nor. [perá, denoting "change"; voéw,
quépioa, v. a. [uép-os, "a part"]"to think"] ("To think differ-
1. To part, divide.-2. To partently, have a change of mind”
out, distribute. Pass.: Hep- hence, with accessory notion of
τζόμαι), p. μεμέρισμαι, 1. πor. sorrow) Το repent.
ἐμερίσθην, (1. f. μερισθήσομαι). μετανοήσωσι, 3. pers. plur.
μέριμνα, μιας, f. (“A re- 1. aor. subj. of μετανοέω.
membering" with grief or sorrow;
hence) Care, anxiety, solicitude
[akin to Sans. root SMRI, "to
remember"; the causative form
of which, smaraya, means "to
to
cause to remember with grief”].
μερίσθῃ, 3. pers. plur. 1.
aor. subj. pass. of pepigw.
μέρος, τος
μép-os, cos ous, n. [obsol.
μείρω, “ to portion out,” through
root ep] ("That which is por-
tioned out"; hence, "a part,
sharo"; hence) Of localities, etc.:
A part, district, etc.
μeтávo-la (quadrisyll.), čas,
| f. [µeravo-éw, "to repent"] 4
repenting, repentance.
|
μεσονύκτιος, ῖον, adj.
[uéo-os, "middle (0) con-
necting vowel; vú‡, VUKT-ós,
"night"] Of, or belonging to,
midnight; at midnight. As
Subst.: μεσονύκτιον, ου, 11.
Midnight;-at xiii. 35 μeσovUKT-
íov is Gon. of time When."
▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬▬
J
μéo-os, n, ov, adj. Middle.
As Subst. The middle, the midst
[akin to Saus. madh-yas, “mid-
dle"; cf., also, Lat. měd-ius]}.
μετεμορφώθην, 1. aor. ind.
pass. οι μεταμορφόων
of
μετρέω, -ώ, (1, μετρήσω), 1.
ποί. ἐμέτρησα, να ε
nor. v. n. [uérp-or,
"a measure"] To measure, mea-
sure out.- Pass.: (μEтρ-Éομaι,
-οῦμαι, 1. aor. ἐμετρήθην), 1. 1.
μетρηonσоμαι.
|
μέτρον, τρου, 11, A measure
[akin to Sans. root MA, "to men-
sure"].
D
μέχρις, adν. Of time:
Until:-- μέχρις οὗ (supply χρόνια
ov), until such time as, until
that.
μerá (before a soft vowel
HET', before an aspirated vowel
με0'), prep. gov. gen, and acc.:
1. With Gen.: a. With, together
with.-b. In the midst of, amid;
x. 30.-2. With Acc.: After.
(μετά-μορφόω, μορφῶ, |
v. a. [µerá, denoting "change";
Mopów, "to form "]) To trans-
μορφόω,
form, transfigure;-nt ix. 2 of
the transfiguration of Christ; i.e.
of his being arrayed on the
mount with heavenly glory. —
Pass. : μετά · μορφόομαιtive: Iiven.
·μορφοῦμαι, 1. aor. μετεμορφ-
ώθην,
µń, adv. and conj.: 1. Adv.:
a. Not, as conveying a negative
impressi n :-un dúravтal, they
· δύνανται,
are unable, or cannot, I imagine.
b. In combinations: (a) ei un,
If not; i.o. except.-(b) où μý,
Not by any means, by no means.-
c. In prohibitions: (a) Wi:h
Imperat. forbids what is occur-
ring or being done. (b) With
Subj. forbids generally, or some-
thing not yet begun. -d. When
used in questions a negative re-
ply is expected, and μn is not
rendered into English.--2. Conj.:
a. That nol.-b. Lest.
μη-δέ, conj. and adv. [μή,
"not"; Sé, "and"] 1. Conj.
And not, nor:- - μηδά . . . μηδέ,
neither... nor. 2. Adv.: a.
Not.-b. After a preceding nega-
•
p
Sa
JO
-
μηδείς, μηδεμία μηδέν,
num. adj. [uns-é, "not even";
VOCABULARY.
139
&
-
m. plur. Lillle ones; a term cm-
ployed by Jesus at ix. 42 to de-
note his disciples.-4. Of time:
Little, short, brief;—at xiv. 70,
with μικρόν supply χρόνον, after
a little while or a short interval.-
5. Of space or distance: Lättle,
μηδέν, μηδενί ; sec μηδείς. | short;-adverbial neut. μικρόν, ὦ
μηκέτι, adv. [μή, not"; little; i.e. for a short distance;
eri, "any more"] Nol any more, | xiv. 35. A Comp. : μlkp-
no more, no longer.
ότερος ; (Sup.: μικρ-ότατος).
els, "one"] Not even one, not one,
none.-Adverbial nent. μndév, In
no respect, not at all; v. 26.-As
Subst.: a. undeís, évos, m.
No one, nobody;-after a nega-
tive, Anyone; i. 44.-b. unSév,
éros, n. Nothing.
a
CC
(μηκύνω, f, μηκυνῶ, ν. w
[-os, "length"] To lengthen.
- Mid.: μnk-vνoμaι, ("To
-) μηκύνομαι, (“Το
lengthen itself"; hence) Of
plants, elc.: To grow high, etc.
μισέω, -ώ, f. μισήσω, p.
Kepionka, 1. aor. èpionoa, v. a.
μεμίσηκα,
[uio-os, "hatred"]("To have
μîoos of or towards "; hence) To
halc.--Pass.: μισέομαι, -οῦ-
μαι, D μεμίσημαι, (1. 201.
ἐμισήθην, 1. 1. μισηθήσομαι).
μισθός, ού, ni. ("Wages,
pay"; hence, with accessory no-
tion of giving) Reward, recom-
pense.
p.
,
'
at
]
μή- ποτε, nav. and conj.
[μή, * that not, lest”; πότε, “ ut
any time"] 1. Adv.: ("That
not at any time"; hence) That
at no time, that never.-2. Conj.:
Lest at any time, lest ever,
μήτε,
un-Te, adv. [µń, “not "; re,
[μή,
"and"] 1. And not, nor. — 2.
After a preceding negative to
strengthen it: Not even.
μή της, τέρος, contr. τρός,
F. A mother [akin to Sans. ma-
tri, fr. root Mâ, in meaning of
"to produce"; and so, "a pro-
ducer"; cf. Lat. må-ter].
un-Tu, adv. [adverbial neut.
of μήτις,
"that no one, that no-
thing"] In questions to which
a negativo answer is expected,
much about equivalent to a nega-
tive statement which the speak-
er challenges the persons, etc.,
addressed, to deny, if they can:
-μήτι ὁ λύχνος ἔρχεται, is the
lamp brought? i.e. the lamp is not
brought-is it? iv. 21; so, MÝTI
¿yú, Is it I? i.e. it is not I-is it?
pa.
[
μνημονεύω, (f, μνημονεύσω,
p. ἐμνημόνευκα), 1. aor. ἐμνημόν.
ευσα, v. 1. [μνήμων, μνήμονος,
"mindful"]("To be umuw"";
hence) To bear in mind, recollect,
remember.
xiv. 19.
CC
(μισθω-τός, τή, τόν, ndj.
[lengthened from Mo0o-rós, fr.
μoló-w, to hire"] Iired.—In
Gr. Test. only as Subst.) uiolw.
τός, οὔ, m. A hired servant,
111.
μισούμενος, η, ον, contr. P.
près. pass. of μigew.
μνῇ-μα, μᾶτος, 11, [μνη,
root of μι-μνή-σκω, “ to remind”]
("That which reminds"; hence,
memorial" of any kind;
hence, of one dead) 4 monument,
a tomb; cf, Lat. mon-umentum,
fr. mon-co.
CC a
μνη-μεῖον, μείου, 11,=μνῆ
μla; scc els.
.
|
μικρός, ά, όν, adj.: 1. Of
size: a. Lillle.-b. Comp.: Less.
2. Of age: Little; i.c. the
younger, the less. - 3. Of rank,
importance Little; i.e. humble,
1.0.
etc.--As Sulst: μικροί, ών,
μνημό-συνον, σύνου, 11,
[for μνημόν-συνον; fr. μνήμων,
μvýμov-os, (in act. force)" re-
μνήμονος,
minding"]("The reminding
thing"; hence) A memorial,
record, remembrance.
μογί-λάλ-ος, ον, adj. [for
140
VOCABULARY.
|
Hoylo-dad-os; fr. Móyes, "with
μογισ-λάλ-ος μόγις,
difficulty, scarcely "; Xăλ-éw, "to
speak"] Speaking with difficulty;
scarcely speaking or able to speak;
having an impediment in the
speech.
µódɩos, ov, m. [Gr. form of
Lat. modius; a Roman dry
measure equal to about" a peck"
English] ("A modius or peck";
hence) A measure or vessel con-
taining the above quantity; a
peck_measure; in the English
version translated bushel; iv. 21.
μοιχ-άλις, αλίδος, f. [μοιχ- |
ós," an adulterer"] An aduller-
ess. At viii. 38 as Adj.: Adulter- |
ous.
μοιχάομαι, ῶμαι, ν
mid. [id.] (To be a polyós";
hence) To commit adullery.
μοιχεία, ιας (trisyll), f.
[Moixe-vw (trisyll.), "to commit
adultery"] ("A committing
adultery"; hence) As the act:
Adultery.
H
μOLX-EÚW, f. μoixevow, 1. aor.
μοιχεύσω,
ἐμοίχευσα, v. n. [μοιχός, “απ
an
adulterer"] To be an adulterer,
to commit adultery.
("That which belongs to a
μvornp"; hence) A secret doc-
trine; a secret, mystery.
*Mwons, éws, m. ("Water-
saved One"; or, clse, with ro-
ference to Pharaoh's daughter
"Drawing (him) from tho
water) Moses; the great lawgiver
of the Jews.
"
"}
vã-ós, oû, m. [for vat-ós; fr.
rai-w, in act. force, "to dwell
in "]("That which is dwelt in
hence," a dwelling-place, abode";
but in use restricted to a dwelling
for a god; hence) 1. A temple.-
2. The inner temple at Jerusalem,
i.e. the Holy of Holies.
|
µóvov, adv. [adverbial neut.
of μóvos, "only"] Only.
|
váρdos, ov, 1. Nard, spike-
nard.
μóvos, n, or, adj. Only, alone.
μονόφθαλμος, ον, adj.
[μόνος, “ only "; ὅφθαλμ-ος, “ an
an
eye"] Having an only eye, having
only one eye.
CC
νεανί-σκος, σκου, 1. dim.,
only in form [reaví-as, “a youth"]
A youth, young man;-at xvi. 5
used of the angel whom the
women found sitting in the tomb
in which Jesus had inin.
"
μορφή, ἧς, f. Form, shape.
μυλϊκός, ική, ϊκόν, naj. |
[uúλ-n, "a mill" Of, or pertain-
[μύλη,
ing to, a mill; mill- :—λíðos uvλ-
Kós, a mill-sione.
|
νεκρός, ροῦ, 112.: Ι.: ຄ.
Sing.: One dead, a dead person.
-b. Plur. (so mostly): The
παν--2. Α dead body, a corrse
[akin to Sans. root NAC,
perish" in part. perf. pass.
"dead"].
" to
|
vé-os (i.c. réf-os), a, or, adj.
νέος
New [akin to Sans. nav-a,
"new"; cf. Lat, növ-us].
-
νεό της, τητος, f. [νέος, (ui-
contr. gen.)
contr, gen.) véo-os, “em”;
(μύρ-τζω), 1. aor. ἐμβρίσα,
v. a. [μúp-ov, "an unguent"] To
(μύρτον,
anoint.
μυρίσας,
μυρίζω.
1. aor. inf. of
μupov, ov, 11. An unguent,
μύρον, ου,
sweet ointment of any kind.
μυστήριον, του, 1. [obsol
n.
µÚỚTηP=µÚσTNS," one initiated"]
Nalăρér, f. indecl. Nazar-
eth; a city of Galilee.
Ναζαρηνός, ηνή, ηνόν, adj.
[Ναζαρ-ά,another form of Ναζαρη
ér; see Nagapér] Of, or belonging
to, Nazara or Nazareth; Nazar-
ene.-As Subst.: Natăpηvós,
où, m. A Nazarene.
οῦ,
Ναζωραίος, a, ov, another
form of Ναζαρηνός.
val, a particle used in strong
affirmations. Yes, even so, verily.
VOCABULARY,
141
vuμp-los, lov, m. [vúµd-n,
νυμφίος, του, [νύμφη,
"a bride"]("One appertaining
to a νύμφη”; hence) A bride-
groom, a husband.
νυμφών, ὧνος, 111. [id] (“Α
at-thing-here, room - having the
vúμpn"; hence) A bridal-cham-
ber, bride-chamber: vioi TOÛ
vvμovos, sons of the bride-cham-
ber (called by the Greeks vuµø-
aywyoi, leaders of the bride), i.c.
friends or relatives who conduct-
ed the bride from her home to
her busband's house.
hence, "young"] ("The state
of the véos"; hence) Youth.
νεφ-έλη, έλης, f. (“A thing
pertaining to the sky or atmo-
sphere"; hence) A cloud [akin to
Saus. nabh-as, "the sky, the
mosphere"].
vnoTe-la (trisyll.), ías, f.
[vnoTe-úw, "to fast"] Fasting.
[νηστεύω,
VOTELS, Contr. masc. acc.
plur. of vorɩs; viii. 3.
νηστεύω, f. νηστεύσω, 1.]
nor. évýσtevσa, v. n. [ñor-is,
"not eating, fasting" ("To be
voris"; hence) Not to eat, to
fast.
G
aor.
νίπτω, (f, νίψω), 1. που.
ĕvipa, v. a.: 1. Act.: To cleanse
by washing, to wash. 2. Mid.:
νίπτομαι, 1. νίψομαι, 1. ποι.
évilăμny, To cleanse by washing,
to wash, for one's self or on one's
own part [prob. akin to Sans.
root NIJ, "to cleanse " ; cf. the
earlier form of the word rigw].
viwyтaι, 3. pors. plur. 1.
víųwvrai,
aor. subj, mid, of víπτw.
νοείτω, 3. pers. sing. contr.
pres. imperat. of voew.
v.
|
vo-éw, -, (f. rońow, P. ve-
νόηκα), 1. aor. ἐνόησα, V. n. [νό-
os, "the mind"] ("To use, etc.,
the mind "; hence) 1. To per-
ceive, comprehend, understand.-
2. To consider, reflect, weigh in
the mind, etc.
vóσos, ov, f. Sickness, disease.
νόσος, ου,
1. Sickness, disease.
νουνεχῶς, ndy. [νουνεχής,
(fr. voûv, ncc. of voos, vous,
"( mind, understanding"; &x-w,
to havo"; henco) "having
mind or understanding; discreet,
prudent"]("After the manner
of tho vovvexns"; hence) Dis-
creetly, prudently, sensibly, etc.
(C
νῦν, adv. Νου :---ἕως τοῦ νῦν,
until the present time [akin to
Sans, nu or ní,
Sans. nu or ni, "now"].
νηστεύων, ουσα, ον, F. pres.
P. pres.
of νηστεύω.
]
(C
Jy
νῆστις, τίος οι τεως, adj.
[for vé-ed-Tis; fr. vý, "not";
d-w, "to ent"] ("Not eating";
hence) Without food, fasting-.
νύξ, νυκτός, f. Night:-νυκ-
τὸς καὶ ἡμέρας, night and day ; v.
;5; Gen. of time when
νυκτὰ καὶ ἡμέραν, (throughout)
night and day; iv. 27; Acc. of
"duration of time" [akin to
Sans. niça, "night"; naktam,
by night "].
"
<<
ξέστης, ου, m. [changed fr.
Lat. sextarius, "the sixth part of
a congius"= English pint";
hence] 1 pint measure; a pot
generally.
|
CC
(ξηρ-αίνω, f. ξηράνω), 1. aor,
ἐξήρανα, v. a. [ξηρ-ός, dry "]
1. Act. To dry, dry up.-2.
Pass.: ζηραίνομαι, p. ἐξήραμ-
μαι, 1. aor. ἐξηράνθην, (1. f. ξηρο
avonσoμai): a. Of a fountain,
etc.: To become, or be, dried up;
v. 20.-b. Of a tree, plant, elc.:
To be dried up; to be withered, to
wither away.-c. Of a limb: To
be withered.—d. Of a porson suf-
fering from demoniacal posses-
sion: To waste, or pine, away.
|
>>
ξύλον, λου, 11. [ξύτω, to
scrape or plane ”] (“That which
is scraped or planed ; hence,
"timber" for buildings; hence,
"wood" in general; henco, as
made of wood) A staff, cudgel, eto.
142
VOCABULARY.
---τοῦ τυφλοῦ
1. d, f, ró, definite article: 1., name of a person denotes the
With Subst.: a. To point out son (also daughter) or mother of
(a) Some particular person or such person:--Ιάκωβον τὸν τοῦ
thing -rà opn, the mountains, Zeßedaiov (supply viór), James
i.c. those of Judæa; xiii. 4.-(b) | the son of Zebedee; i. 19;-Mapía,
Some person or thing before | ἡ τοῦ ᾿Ιακώβου (supply μήτηρ),
mentioned Toû Tvøλoû (viii. Mary, the mother of James; xvi.
23) refers to Tupλóv, viii. 22.-1.-5. With participles- Lat. is,
(c) What belongs, clc., to ono: etc., qui, he, etc., who:-oi
one;
loxúov-
roùs μaðŋrás, his disciples; vili. Tes, those who are strong, or in
14.-(a) The collected members health; ii. 17; 7 daμovičoμévą,
of a class :-τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, men to him that was possessed by the
in general.-(c) The greater de- devil; v. 16.-6. With Adverbs
finiteness 01 individuality of the art. forms, a. An adjectival
something particularised by its expression :- els ràs κύκλω
own nature:-ỏ ýλtos, i. 82; but kipas, into the surrounding vil-
at iv. 6 cos alone.-(f) Some lages.-b. A complex noun :-cis
ήλιος
distinction in the nature, char- rà briow, (to the things behind,
acter, elc., of the word to which i.c.) back, or back again;~for oi
it is prefixed:@cos, God, i.c. Tаp' avтоù see mapá.-7. Masc.
παρ' αὑτοῦ
the Supreme Being, the Deity; art. plur. with repi and Acc. of
ó ☺cós, God, i.e. the one or true the name of a person, or of a
|
|
God; seo cós.-b. With Per-pron. referring to a person, de-
sonal names of individuals, the notes that person's followers,
art. points out the person, (a) etc.:~oi repì aùrór, those around
As the one just previously spoken him, i.c. his followers or disciples;
of:-árekepáλioa 'Iwávvnv, vi. 6; iv. 10.-8. The nout. art.: a.
ἔλεγε γὰρ ὁ Ιωάννης, vi. 18, With dependent Gen. denotes
This distinction, however, docs the thing, etc., of, or pertaining
not always hold good in the Gr. to, a person, elc.; e.g. Tà Toû
Test., as may be notably seen in coû, rà roû Kaioapos, etc.-b.
St. Matthew's genealogy of our Folld. by a prep. and its caso
Lord.
(b) As distinguished denotes the thing, etc., connected
from others of the same name: with that which such prep., etc.,
᾿Ιούδας ὁ ᾿Ισκαριώτης, Judas the|points out: τὰ πρὸς τὴν θύραν,
Iscariot, or the man of Kerioth.~ | (the things at the door, i.e.) the
2. With Adj. plur, used as subst. parts of the house at the door.-
to denote the whole of the class 9. The nout. art. sing. prolixed
specified by such word: oi rrwyoí, to a clause or sentence imparts
πτωχοί,
the poor, i.e. all who are poo. to such clause, etc., a substantival
ele,,
3.: a. The neut. art. sing. of all power, and renders it much
cases joined to an inf. mood about equivalent to a dependent
forms a verbal noun: rò άyămây, clause :-ò dè 'Inσoûs elmev autŵ,
αὐτῷ,
xil. 83 ; ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, 1V. 1. τὸ εἰ δύνασαι πιστεύειν, but Jesus
b. The neut. art. gen. sing. is said to him, if thou canst believe;
joined to an inf. mood to express ix. 23.-10. Joined to a Nom. in
the aim, otherwiso termed "the the place of a Voc.: Tò кopáσlor,
Inal cause”: Tàu giau, in maiden! [nkin to
:-τοῦ σπείραι, |
Sans. sa,
order to sow; iv, 3.-4. Tho masc. "one"].
or fem. art. with Gon, of the
2. 6, ý, ró, demonstr. pron. :
Jag
Prog
Matt
Tag
VOCABULARY.
143
τοὺς δέ,
[akin to
• • •
•
|
ὀλίγος, η, ον, adj.: 1. In
number or amount: Small, lillle.
-2. Of distance: Small, little,
short.-3. Of time: Little, short.
He, she, il :-TOÙS MÉv
some others; xii. 5
Sans. ta, “he, she, it "].
88-ós, où, f. ("That which
approaches or forms an ap-
proach"; hence) 1. A way, whc-
ther actual or figurative:—ödòv
roleîv, (lo make one's way, i.e.) to
proceed onwards, advance.-2. A
journey, etc. [akin to Sans. root
SAD, in force of " to approach "]. ὁλοκαύτωμα, μάτος, 11.
ὀδούς, όντος, m. ( The eat- [for ὁλοκαύτο-μα ; fr. ὁλοκαυτό-
ing thing"; hence) A (ooth [prob. w, "to burn-hence, to offer in
=édou-s for èdóvт-s, fr. dwv, sacrifice-whole"](" That which
edovr-os, part, pres. of edw, "to is burnt, or offered in sacrifice,
ent"; cf. Sans, dantas, "a whole"; hence) A whole burnt-
tooth "J.
offering.
b-os, n, o, adj.: 1. Whole,
ὅλος
entire, complete.—2. The whole of
that denoted by the subst. to
which it is in attribution [akin
to Sans. sarv-a, "all, whole, en-
tire"].
|
|
oik-ia, ias, f. [oix-éw, "to
inhabit" ("An inhabiting";
hence): 1. A house, dwelling,
abode, habitation.—2. A house or
family.-3. Substance, property,
family-means.
οἰκ-ο-δεσπότης, δεσπότου,
m. [olk-os, a house"; (0) con-
necting vowel; Seoπórns, "a
master"] A master of a house.
οἰκοδομέω, -@, f. οἶκο-
oiko-
δομήσω, 1. aor. ᾠκοδόμησα, Τι είνα
[for oik-o-deµ-éw; fr. olk-os,
<C A
house"; (o) connecting vowel;
δέμω,
"to build "] ("To build a
house"; hence) To build, raise,
erect, construct, etc.
οἰκοδομή, ἧς, f. [οἰκιδομα
éw," to build "] (“A building,'
as an act; hence, coucrele) A
building; ie. a thing built; an
Erection, structure, otc,
|
οἰκοδομήσω, fut, inc. of
οἰκοδομέω.
ὅμοιος, οία, οιον, adj, Like,
similar [akin to Sans. sam-a, in
forco of “ like,” etc.],
|
(
οἰκοδομῶν, οὖσα, οὖν, contr.
P. prcs. of οἰκοδομέω.
οἶκος, ου, 111. ("That in
which one sits down"; henco)
A house :--eis olkór éơti, he has
gone into the house, and is there
[akin to Sans. veç-a, "a house"
fr. root viq, "to sit down"; cf.
Lat, vic-us).
οἶνος, όν, n, Wine,
δμοι-όω, ω, 1. ὁμοιώσω, 1.
που. ὡμοίωσα, v. D. [ὅμοί-ος,
"like"] ("To make öuoiOS
hence) To liken, compare, otc.
ôμol-ws, adv. [id.] ("After
thomanner of the ὅμοιος”;
henco) In like manner.
oĵos, a, ov, adj. Such as; of
such a sort, or kind, as.
|
bλlyov, adv. [adverbial neut.
of oλiyos; see oλiyos] 1. A little
way, a short distance.-2. A little
while, a short time.
ὄμμα, μᾶτος, n. [for ὄπμα;
fr. root T, "to sce"] ("That
which sees"; hence) An eye.
ὄμνῦμι, (f. ὁμοῦμαι, later
ὀμόσω, p. ὀμώμοκα), 1, aor.
P.
wμooa,v.n.: 1. To swear, to affirm
with an oath, as an assurance;
vi. 23.-2. To swear; to utter
swearing or imprecations; xiv.
71 [prob. akin to Sans. root YAM,
"to restrain "].
όμνυναι, prcs. inf. of όμν-
ύμι.
น.
ὁμοιάζω, v. 1. [όμοι-ος,
"liko"] To be like or similar, to
resemble.
">
2
ὁμοιώσωμεν, 1. pers. plur.
1. aor. subj, οι ὁμοιόω,
14.4
VOCABULARY.
ὀνειδίζω, (f. ὀνειδίσω aud
διειδῶ, p. ὠνείδικα), 1. aor.
wveidioo, V. a. [öveld-os, “a re-
ὠνείδισα,
proach"] To reproach, upbraid.
ὄνο-μα, μᾶτος, n. [for ὄ-γνο-|-ώμαι), f. ὄψομαι, Τo see for
ŏ-yvo-
pa; fr. root yvo, short form of one's self.-4. Pass.: 8páoμaι,
γνω (seo γιγνώσκω in γινώ- -ώμαι, (). ἑώρᾶμαι and ὦμμαι),
σκω), with b as prefix; cf. Lat. 1. nor. ὤφθην, (1, 1. ὀφθήσομαι
no-men for gnomen] (" The thing and later opalńooμai), To be
which serves for knowing an seen, to appear.
object by "; hence) 1. name
A
by which a person or thing is
known or distinguished. 2.
Fame, reputation, renown, by
which a person's name is spread
abroad. 3. Authority, power,
command.
">
ὀργ-ή, ἧς, Γ. [οργάω, in force
of "to be enger "]("Eagerness
hence, " character or disposition
resulting from natural impulse ";
hence) Wrath, passion, anger.
|
ὄντως, adν. [ὤν, ὄντος,
"being"; part. pros. of cini,
"to be" After the manner
of "v"; hence) In reality, really,
truly.
CC
ὄξος, εος ους, n. [og-ús,
[ὀξύς,
sharp"] ("That which is ò§-
ús"; hence) Sharp, or sour,
wine; vinegar.
|
ὄπισθε (before ณ vowel
ὄπισθεν), adv. Belind.
.
ὀπίσω, πν.: 1. Of place: a
After, behind. b. With Gen.:
After, or behind, onc. 2. Of
time: Afler, subsequently to, later
than.
J
K
Toυ, adv.: 1. Of placo:
Where: --- ὅπου ἐάν;
-öтov av or dáv; sco
2. av, no. 2, and 2. éár.-2. Of
time: When [either akin to ob-
sol. òrrós = obsol. wós, akin to
Sans. ka, "who"? or lengthen-
ed fr. woû, "where"].
ποῦ,
8πws, adv. [either fr. obsol.
ὁπός ὅπου);
órós (seo öπov); or lengthened
fr. Tôs, "in what way," etc.] 1.
In what way or manner; how,
2. That, in order that,
δράω, -ὦ, Γ. ὄψομαι, p. ἑωρᾶ-
ku, v. a. and n.: 1. Act.: To sco.
2. Nout. To see, look; i. e.
to take heed, beware.-Imperat.
pros. sing. and plur. : ốpâ,
δρᾶτε: (α) Tale heed, ete,
that you, etc., do something.
(B) With a negativo: Take
heed, etc., that you, flc., do
not. 3. Mid,; (δράομαι,
Mag
ὀρθῶς, adν. [ὀρθ-ός, “right,
correct"]("After the manner
| of the ὀρθός”; hence) fiightly,
correctly.
όριον, ου, 12. [ὅρι-ος, “per-
taining to a boundary"] (“That
which pertains to a boundary";
hence) Of a country: 1. A bor-
der, frontier, limit.—2. ♫ coun-
try, district, region.
་
an
ὁρκίζω, ν. α. [ὅρκ-ος,
v.
ontli"] ("To tender an oath to"
a person; hence) With Acc. of
person and Acc. of that to which
the oath relates: To adjure ono
by.
<<
öρк-оs, оv, m. [for Fépy-os;
fr. Fépy-wcipy-w, "to shut in,
restrain"] ("That which re-
strains"; hence, moraily) An
outh as restraining a person from
violating his word, etc.
(δρμάω, -ώ, f. ὁρμήσω, p.
punka), 1. nor. wpuno, v. n.
ὥρμησα,
[ópu, "a start, setting out"]
("To make a start," ele.; hence)
With accessory notion of im-
petuosity, elc.: To rush violently
or furiously.
4
ὄρος, ος ους, 11, A moun-
taini
(δρύσσω, δρύττω, f. όρυ
tw), 1. aor. puga, v. n.: 1. To
ώρυξα,
dig.-2. To dig a place for.
(ὀρχ-έομαι, όθμαι, Το αρχα
1.
ήσομαι), 1. nor, ὠρχησάμην, ν
V.
"
VOCABULARY.
145
this is the case, the demonstrative
is both emphatic and explana-
tory :--ἧς εἶχε τὸ θυγάτριον αὖ-
av-
Ts пνеûμа áкálaρтov, whose
ἀκάθαρτον,
little daughter-hers, I mean-
had an unclean spirit; vii. 25
[prob. akin to Sans. rel. pron.
ya, “who, which "].
ὅσον ; sco ὅσος, 10. 3.
opxoăμevos, n, or, P. 1.
aor. οἱ ὀρχίομαι.
οὗτος,
|
|
ooos, n, ov, adj.: 1. Of time:
As long as, how long. 2. Of
number: As many as, how many.
As Subst.: a. ooo, wv, m.
ων,
plur.: ds many as.---b. ὅσα, ων,
n. plur. As many things as, how
many things.-3. Of degree: As
much as, how much.-Adverbial
neut.: öσov, By how much; vii.
36.
A
|
|
ös, n, o, pron. demonstr. and
rel. 1. Demonstrative OÛTOS,
This, that:-ô µév... ådλo dé,
one (seed)... and another (sced);
iv. 4.-2. Relativo: Who, which:
-μέχρις οὗ (supply χρόνου), up
to what time or the time that; until;
xiii, 10-év (supply xpóvw),
(in the time in which; i.e.) while,
whilst; ii. 19.-a. By attraction
the relative (a) Is put in the case
of the antecedent, instead of that
required by the verb on which it
depends :-τῇ παραδόσει, ᾗ παρε-
Saxare for v, etc.; vii. 18; cf.,
also, xiii. 19; xiv. 72. — (b)
Takes the subst. out of the de-
monstrative clause into its own
clause and its own case :— òv
ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα Ιωάννην, οὗτος
for 'Iwávns oùros, etc.; vi. 16;
cf., also, xii. 10.-(c) Takes the
gender of an explanatory word
instead of the gender of the word
to be explained, and to which it
relates :--τῆς αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστι πραι
Twρlov, for; xv. 16.–b. When
the relative refors to a word or
clause which is to be explained,
it is put in the neut. nom. sing.
in connection with dorí, etc.:-
Βοανεργές, ὅ ἐστι υἱοὶ Βροντῆς;
iv. 17; Ταλιθὰ κοῦμι, ὅ ἐστι με
θερμηνενόμενον, Τὸ κοράσιον, σοὶ
Aéyw cyεipai; v.41.-c. Tho de-
monstrativo pron. is frequently
omitted bofore the relativo:
προσένεγκε
& πpoσcrate
Μωσῆς, Του ἐκεῖνα ἅ ; i. 44.---d.
For os ar, ds éár, etc., sco 2. är
and 2. éáv. -e. Sometimes a do-
monstr. pron. is found in the samo
clause as a relativo; and, when
|
Mark,
mid. [prob. opx-os, "a row" of
trees] ("To stand, etc., in, or to
for a row” for the purpose of
dancing; hence) To dance whe-
ther with others or by one's
self.
|
Job
•
•
ὅσπερ,ἥ περ, ὅ-περ, pron. rel.
[ös, "who"; nép; see mép] Who
indeed, etc.
ὅστις, ἥττις, ὅτι, prom. [ὅς,
"who"; Tis, any"] 1. In-
definite: (“Any one who, any
thing which"; i.e.) Whoever,
whatever person or thing. 2.
Relative : Leferring to a definite
person, etc., but with a certain
general notion attaching to it:
Who.-3. Interrogative: What?
ὀσφύς, ΰος, f. The hip, the
loins.
őr-av, nlv. [ÖT-e, "when";
är, indefinito particle] With
Subj., always in classical authors
and mostly in Gr. Test. ; but at
iii. 11, with Indic.: At whatever
time, whenever, whensocver.
őre, adv. When.
ὅτε,
|
|
Magda Nag
1. 8,ri, adv. [advorbial neut.
οἱ ὅστις; sce ὅστις, no. 3] Γορ
what reason, why, wherefore.-
N.B. This word is written 8,7
and ö ۳۱, to distinguish it from
ori, "that"; see following word.
2. 8тɩ, ndv. and conj.: 1.
Adv.: a. That.-b. Ofton used,
esp. in Gr. Test., after a verb, etc.,
denoting "speaking," etc., before
the quoted words of another
L
P
146
VOCABULARY.
person. In this caso it is equival-
ent to the inverted commas used
in English, and is not to be ren-
dered :-λέγων, ὅτι πεπλήρωται
ỏ Kaιpós, saying, the appointed
time is fulfilled; i. 15.-2. Conj.:|
a. Because.-b. Seeing that, in-
asmuch as, for that.
où (before a consonant, ouк
before a soft vowel, beforo
an aspirated vowel oux), adv.:
1. Not:-où µń (with Subj.), nol
by any means, by no means.-2.
Imparting to a word the very
reverse of the meaning which
such word has by itself:-dúvăual,
to be able; où dúvăμai, to be un-
able; ἐθέλω, 1o be willing; οὐκ
éléλw, to be unwilling.
ová, interjection, expressive
of irony or mockery: Ah, hah!
oval, interjection, expressive
of grief, etc.: Woe!
:
où-dé, conj. and adv. [où,
"not"; dé, "and"]: 1. Conj. a
And not, nor : -- οὐδέ ovde,
neither... nor; où... ovdé, not
... nor.-2. Adv.: Not even.
•
• •
|
οὐδείς, οὐδε-μία, οὐδέν, adj.
[oud-é, “not evon"; els,
; els, "ono"]
Not even one, not one;—at xi. 2
with Gen. of "thing distributed."
-As Subst.: a. ovdels, m. No
one, nobody;—after a negative.
any one, any boily.-Þ. ovdév,
n. Nothing;-after a negative,
any thing.
ovdé-Tore, adv. [ovsé, "not
οὐδέποτε,
even"; Toré,
ποτέ,
"at any time"]
Not even at any time, never at any
time, never.
οὐκ ; sec ού.
ὅτι,
οὐκ έτι, ματ. [οὐκ, “που”
not"
t";
rt, "any longer"] Not any
longer, no longer, no more;-after
a preceding negativo, any longer,
any more.
|
oûv, adv.: 1. Then.~2. There-
fore, consequently.
oʊ-πw, adv. [ov,
adv. [ού, “not”; πω,
"yot"] Not yet, not as yet.
οὐρανός, οὗ, 11, sing. and
plur. Heaven, the heavens.
οὖς, ὦτος, ή. An ear.
11.
οὖσα, οὖσι, fem. nom. sing.
and masc. and neut. dat. plur. of
Br.
o-Te, conj. [où, "not"; TE,
"and"] And not, nor :-ovre...
oйтe, neither... nor.
οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, pron.
dem. This.-As Subst.: a. Maso.:
oûros, This man.-Plur.: These
men, these,-b. Fem.: aûrn,
This woman, she.-c. Neut, : (a)
TOûTO, These things, this.—(b)
Plur.: Taûra, These things.
οὕτως (before a cousonant
οὕτω), αdν. [οὗτος, “· [laig ”] In
"this"]
this way or manner; thus, so.
ὀφθαλμός, θαλμοῦ [prob.
akin to root oπ," to see"] ("The
secing thing"; hence) An eye,
whether actually or figuratively.
ὄφεις, acc. plur. of ὄφις.
ὄφ-ις, εως, m. A snake,
serpent [prob. akin to Sans. ahi,
"a snake"].
ὄχλος, ου, 111. A crowd,
multitude, throng of people.
be, adv. Late in the day, at
or towards evening.
>>
ὄψ-ίος, ἵα, ἵον, adj. [ὄψε;
see ove] ("Pertaining to ove
hence) Towards the latter part of
the day, drawing towards evening,
late in the afternoon.-As Subst.:
ὀψία, ἵας, f. The latter part of
the day, late afternoon, early even-
ing.
ὄψομαι, fut. incl. of ὁράω.
•
παθεῖν, 2. 201. inf. of πάσ
xw.
Tǎen, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
subj. of máσɣw.
παθών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ. 2. 201. οf
náoɣw.
παιδί όθεν, adv. [παιδί-ον,
"a little child"; (o) connecting
vowel ; suffix Oer, "from"] From
VOCABULARY,
147
a little child, from early years or |
childhood.
παιδίον,
Tald-lov, lov, n. dim. [raîs,
Tad-ós, "a child"] A little, or
παιδός,
young, child, whether male cr
female,
παιδίσκη, ίσκης, f. dim.
[id.] A little, or young, female
child; a little, or young, girl; a
maiden.
|
S
Băλov, v. a. [mapá, "beside";
βάλον,
Báλw," to throw "j ("To throw
βάλλω,
beside"; hence, "to set side by
side "; hence) To compare.
παραβάλωμεν, 1. pers. plur.
2. aor. subj. of παραβάλλω.
παραβολή, ἧς, 1. [for παρα-
Baλ-n; Ir. #аρäßáλ-λw,
παραβάλλω,
compare"] ("A comparing
hence) 1. A comparison, illus-
tration.-2. A parable.
πάμπολυς, πόλλη, πολυ,
adj. [for TáT-TOλus; fr. Tâs,
πάντ-πολυς,
παντός, “all”; πολύς, “great”
in number] Exceedingly, or very,
great; very numerous.
παντ-ἄχόθεν, adv. [πᾶς,
παντός, “ all"] From all quar-
"(
ters or sides.
πανταχοῦ, adv. [id.] Every
where, in all directions.
Táyt-ote, ndv. [id.] Always,
at all times.
•
Talw, (f. Taíow and raińow,
p. πέπάικα), 1, aor, ἔπαισα, να α
To strike, smite, inflict blows upon;
-at xiv. 17 applied to the use of
a sword.
Táλaι, adv. Long ago, long
since.
πᾶρ-αγγέλλω, (f. παραγω
yeλûs, p. тарпууeλкα), 1. aor.
raphyyera, v. n. [map-á,“from ";
άуyéλλw, "to convoy a mes-
ἀγγέλλω,
sage"] ("To convey a message
from one; hence. "to pass the
wori” from soldier to soldier ;
hence) With Dat. : To order',
command, bid, give orders to.
""
'
πάλαι-ός, ά, όν, adj. [πάλαι,
á,
<< long ago "]("Of, or belonging
to, máλai"; hence) Old; in
Mark only of wine-skins and
garments at fi. 21 with παλαι-
οὐ supply ἱματίου.
πάλιν, αἶν.: 1. Again, a
adv.:
second time. 2. Again, back a
gain.
|
παρα-γίνομαι, (Γ. παρα-
γενήσομαι), 2. εου. παρεγενόμην,
v. mid. [παρά, “ neur”; γίνομαι,
"to be"] 1. To be near, to be at
hand.-2. To arrive, come up.
•
πάρ-άγω, (Γ. παράξω), v. n.
[παρ-ά, “by”; ἄγω, “ to lend”]
"To lead by "; hence, in reflex-
ive or neut. force, "to lead one's
self by"; hence) To pass by or
along.
to
""
;
-
παράγων, ουσα, ον, P. pres,
of παράγω.
|
παραδεδώκεισαν, 3. pers.
plur. of παραδεδώκειν; see παρα-
διδωμι.
παρά δέχομαι, f. παραδέξ.
oua, v. mid. [mapá, "from";
ομαι,
déyouai, "to receive"] ("To re-
ceive from " one; hence) To re-
ceive to one's self, accept, etc.
παραδιδούς, οὖσα, όν, ῎.
pres, οι παραδίδωμι.
|
P.
παρ'
răpá, prep. gov. gen., dat.,
and acc.: 1. With Gen.: From
the side of, from :-oi rap' aúroù,
those coming from the side of him,
i.c. his friends; iii. 21;-Tà πan'
αὐτῆς πάντα, ihe whole of the
things coming from her; i.c. all
her property or means; v. 26.
2. With Dat.: Wilh.-3. With
Acc.: Beside, near [akin to Sans.
pard, "awny "].
παραβάλλω, (f. παραβαλα, | self to another; hence) 1. Act.;
p. năpăßéßλnka), 2. nor. rapé-
παραδίδωμι, f. παραδώσω,
p. mapadédwkα, 1. nor. тapédшka,
2. aor. wrapédwr, (pluperf. without
augment, rapade Sukel), V. a. and
n. [rapá,
n. [παρά, “from”; δίδωμι, το
givo" ("To give from onc's
"to
|
**
a. Of a tradition, etc.: To hand
L 2
148
VOCABULARY.
|
down, transmil, deliver.—þ.: (a)
To give up, surrender into the
hands of another.-(b) To deliver
up, betray.—c. With ellipse of
eis Thu dudakýv (which is given
in Acts viii. 3), To deliver up to a
judge, etc., and throw into prison;
i. xiv.-2. Neut. or in reflexive
force Of the produce of the
soil: ("To give itself up";
henco) To present, or offer, itself;
to put itself forth; iv. 29.-Pass.:
παραλυτικός, τική, τικήν,
adj. [lor Taрaλvσ-TUKÓS; fr.
mapáλvo-is, "palsy, paralysis"]
("Pertaining to mapáλvois";
hence) Affected with paralysis.-
As Subst.: TAPAλUTIKÓṢ, oû,
παραδίδομαι, p. παραδέδο- | m. One who has paralysis; a
μαι, 1. εοι. παρεδόθην, 1. f. παρα- | paralytic.
δοθήσεται.
aor.
παρα-πορεύομαι, v. mil,
[παρά, “past, by”; πορεύομαι,
"to go"] To go past or by; to
pass along.
|
<<
παραδοθῆναι, 1. aor. inf. |
pass. of παραδίδωμι.
παραδοθήσομαι, 1. fut.
ind. pass. οι παραδίδωμι.
παραδοσις, σεως, f. [παρα-
δίδωμι, |
Siswμi, "lo hand down," through
a verbal root πapado, i.e. naрá
and So; sce didwµ, at end] ("A
handing down”; hence) A trad-
ition.
1.
¦
παράπτωμα, μᾶτος, 1.
[παρά,
beside" ; πTW, n root
πίπτω,
of TinTwW, "to fall"]("That
which falls beside" the mark ;
hence, with reference to the
divine requirements, "that which
misses" them; hence) A sin,
wickedness, whether from falling
short of what God enjoins, or
from transgressing it.
παρασκευ-ή, ἧς, f. [παρα-
σκευάζω, “to prepare,” through
verbal root maрaσkev] ("A
preparing, preparation"; hence)
Among the Jews: Preparation-
time or Preparation-day; i.e. the
day on which preparation was
made for the Sabbath day which
followed it, and on which work
was not to ho done; xv. 42.
V.
παρατηρέω,-τηρῶ, 1. aor.
παρετήρησα, v. Ω. [παρά, “be.
side"; Typé, "to watch"] (“To
watch beside"
watch beside" one; hence) 'o
watch narrowly, observe closely.
παρατίθημι, f. παραθήσω,
1. aor. тарéonka, v. a. [mapá,
παρέθηκα,
"beside"; rionui, "to put or
τίθημι,
placo"] Το put, or place, beside
person when reclining in order
to take a men1; to set before one;
constructed fnlly with Acc. of
thing and Dat, of person; hence,
Trăρă8, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
subj. of παραδίδωμι.
παρακαλέω, -καλῶ, f.
παρακαλῶ and lator παρακαλέσω,
1. aor. παρεκάλεσα, V. a. [παρά,
"to"; kadéw, "to call"]("To
call to" oncself; henco) 1. To
call upon, appeal to for help, etc.
-2. To entreat, beg, beseech.
παρακαλων, οῦσα, oûv,
contr. p. pres. of mapakaλéw.
(παρακολουθέω,
λουθῶ), Ι, παρακολουθήσω, p.
παρηκολούθηκα, v. u. [παρά,
bosillo ”; ἀκολουθίω,
} ἀκολουθέω, “ to fol-
low" ("To follow beside or
close"; hence) With Dat.: 70
accompany, attend; nt xvi. 17
παρακολουθήσει bas for its Sub-
ject onμcia, the ncm. plur. of a
nout. noun.
-αko-
|
CL
Pa
take to one's self, to take with
one, as a companion, witness,
elc.; v. 40; ix. 2; xiv. 43.-2.
To receive;—at vii. 4. followed by
Inf. mood expressing "aim or
object."
"
παρα-λαμβάνω, f. παρα-
λήψομαι, 2. που παρέλαβον, ν. n.
[παρά, “from”; λαμβάνω,
take" ("To take from" the
hands of another; hence) 1. To
tr
to
VOCABULARY.
149
บ
;
at vi. 41 supply aùroús (=äprous) | [πap-á, "beside" ; ἔχω, "to
after mapa@wowy;-at viii. 6 sup- have or hold "] ("To have, or
ply αὐτούς (Ξάρτους) and αὐτῷ | hold, beside ” a person, elc.;
(=Tw oxλw) after mapalŵot, and hence) To cause, occasion, bring,
αὐτούς (Ξἄρτους) aiter παμέθη. | etc.
Kavat vii. 7 supply aUTO
(=τῷ ὄχλῳ) after παραθεῖναι.
παρα-φέρω, 2. 201. παρή-
νεγκον, v. ε. [παρά, “ from ”;
épw, "Lo bear or carry"] To
bear, or carry, away; to take
away, remove.
V. a.
י
ܕܕ
|
a,
παρ-ίστημι, f. παραστήσω,
p. παρέστηκα, pluperf. παρεισ
τήκειν, 1. aor. παρέστησα, 2. εοι.
παρέστην, ν. w, and 'n. [παρ-ά,
"beside"; torque," to cause to
ἵστημι,
stand-to stand "] 1. Act.: In
pres., imperf., 1. fut. and 1. aor.:
("To cause to stand beside "
hence) To place, or set, beside.-
2. Neut.: In perf., pluperf., and
2. nor.: a. Of persons: To stand
beside, by, or near b. Of time,
.
*
elc.: To be at hand, to be near.
παρόμοιος, ομοία, όμοιον,
adj. [παρτά, beside, near";
oμolos, "like"] (" Near
ὅμοιος,
("Near and
like"; hence) Much about the
same, of nearly the same kind or
sort.
Y
таρédwкα, 1. aor. ind. of
παραδίδωμι.
πаρéνεукe, 2. pers. sing. 2.
aor. imperat. of παραφέρω.
παρέρχομαι, f. παρελεύσ- |
ομαι, p. παρελήλυθα, 2. aor.
παρῆλθον, v. naid. [παρά, “ by,
past”; έρχομαι, "to come or
go"] 1. With Acc.: To come, or
go, past or by a person, etc.-2. To
pass away; i.c. a. Of heaven and
earth: To come to nothing, to be
removed, to perish, etc.;-xiii. 81,
where παρελεύσεται las at CO122-
posito Subject ó oúpavòs kai ý
y; but as the two are regarded
as speaking of one thing this
verb is in the singular.-b. Of
words: To be of no effect, to fail
of accomplishment; xiii, 31.-c.
Of a particular scason: To de-
part, to pass, without bringing
trial or suffering; xiv. 35.-d.
Of a generation of mon: To pass
from the earth, etc.; xiii, 30.
παρ-ῥη-σία, σίας, 1. [for
παντ-ρι-οΐα; fi. πᾶς, παντός,
"all"; se, root of obsol. pé-w,
"to say " ("A saying all things
or every thing" that one plenses;
henco) Of speech: Freedom,
boldness.
|
|
πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, adj. : 1,
Sing.: a. All, the whole, the whole
of;-at v. 5, with Sià TarTÓS
παντός
supply xpóvov, (through all time;
i.c.) continually, always, for ever.
b. Every. As Subst.: (a)
|
ind.
παρέστηκα, perf. ial, ofπᾶς,παντός, 11. Every one, each
παρίστημι,
man.
TаρÈσтηкÓσty, masc. dat.
plur. oι παρεστηκώς.
παρεστήκως
TарEσTÝкWS
(b) πᾶν, παντός, 1.
Every thing.-2. Píur.: All.-As
Subst. : ά, πάντες, ων, 111.
plur.: All men or persons, all --
oi návres, the whole of them; 1.e.
nt xiv. 64 the whole of the San-
:-
|
(syncopated
Tăpeστws), vîa, ós, P. perf. of
παρίστημι,
παρεστώς; BCC παρεστηκώς. |
πάρεστῶτες, 11111SC, nom.
plur. of παρεστώς,
πаρETÝPOVÝ, contr. imperf.
ind, οι παρατηρέω.
παρ-έχω, £, παρέξω (md] πάντες, ων, n. plur. 111 men ;
παρασχήσω, η, παρίσχηκα), v. a,' ic, very many men; i. 37-
hectrina. - b. πάντα, ων, Ὤ,
plur. All things.-3. In a re-
stricted or qualified force: All,
in the meaning of a very large
number of; i. 5. As Subst.:
•
Jame
Makakapat
•
150
VOCABULARY.
Position of mâs: - When the
subst., preceded by the article, is
to be strongly marked, mas is
placed either before the article
or after the gubst ;---πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος,
all THE MULTITUDE; iv. 1 :--oi
Ἱεροσολυμῖται πάντες, αll TIE
MEN OF JERUSALEM; i. 5; cf.
above, no. 3.
|
6
*Πάσχα, 1. indecl. (“ A pass.
ing over "; hence, "a sparing")
The Passover; i.c. a. The Jewish
feast of seven days kept annually
in commemoration of God's de-
liverance of His people from
Egyptian bondage; xiv. 1.-b.
The Supper at which the Jews ate
the Paschal lamb; xiv. 12; 14.-
c. The Paschal lamb itself; xiv.
12.
éπí : To trust in, rely upon, have
confidence in.
πειν-άω, -ώ, f. πεινάσω, (and
meivnow, p. Tеnеivηka), 1. aor.
ἐπεινᾶσα (and ἐπείνησα), ν. 1.
[meîv-a, "hunger"] ("To have
πεῖνα”; hence) Το feel hungry,
to be hungry;-at ii. 27 émeivarev
has a compound subject (viz.
αὐτός and οἱ μετ' αὐτοῦ), but it is
put in the sing. as aúrós, which
is nearest to it, is to be brought
prominently forward.
|
Teln, adv. [adverbial fem. dat.
sing. of mesos, "on foot"] On
fool, aloot.
|
πειράζω, 1. aor. ἐπείρασα.
V. a. [reîp-a, "a trial or proof"]
1. To make trial or proof of a
person; viii. 11, etc.-2. To seek
to draw into evil, to tempt to sin;
i. 13.-Pass.: Telp-atouaι, 1.
του, ἐπειράσθην.
B
πειρασμός, μοῦ, m. [for
πειραδ-μός ; fr. πειράζω (
reiрúd-ow), "to tempt"] Templ-
ation.
|
|
πάσχω, (f. πείσομαι), p. πέ-
πόνθα, 2. aor. ἔπαθον, v. n. irrcg.
[for ráo-oxw, fr. root rae] To
suffer [akin to Sans. root BADI,
to press hard, torture," etc.].
πατάσσω, f. πατάξω, 1. aor.
éπaraça, V. a. To strike, smile,
wound, esp. with a deadly blow.
πατήρ, τέρος τρός, m. (“A
protector"; also "a nourisher");
1. A father, as one who protects,
etc.— 2. Of God, as The Father of
Christ and Christ's people [akin
to Sans. piti, fr. root ra "to pro-
tect, to nourish "; cf. Lat. pater].
|
-
πενθῶν, οὖσα, οὖν, contr. P.
pres. of me› Déw.
πατρίς, ίδος, f. [πατήρ,
πατρ-ός, "n fathor"]("That
which belongs to one's father or
fathers"; hence) Fatherland,
native country, land of one's birth. |
πέδη, ης, f. [for πόδ-η; fr. πεντάκισ·χιλίοι, χιλίαι,
πούς, ποδτός, ((
a foot"] ("Axiata, num. adj. plur. [revтakis,
χίλια, [πεντάκις,
thing pertaining to the foot"; five times"; xidio, "a thou-
hence) A fetter;-mostly plur. sand"] (“Five times a thou-
sand"; i.e.) Five thousand.-As
Subst.: TeνтǎKLσɣīλĭol, wr,
m. plur. Five thousand men.
χιλίοι,
πέμπω, f. πέμψω, (p. πέ
πομφά), 1. aor. ἔπεμψα, ν. ε. Το
send.
Téμov, 2. pers. sing. 1. aor.
imperat. of πέμπω.
πενθερά,
Teveepά, âs, f. A mother-
in-law [akin to Sans. root BANDH,
"to bind"; and so, literally,
"she who binds"].
aor.
πενθ-έω, -ὢ, (f. πειθήσω, p p.
Tеrévoŋkа), 1. 201. ἐπένθησα,
v. n. [πένθος, “gricf’] (“Το
have révoos"; hence) To grieve,
mourn, sorrow.
πείθω, f. πείσω, (Ρ. πέπεικα),
Tévre, num. adj. indecl. Five;
1. aor. Teloα, v. a.: 1. Act.: 7oat vi. 88 supply aprous with
persuade.-2, Mid.: (Teleoμat, révre [akin to Sans. panchan,
f. παίσομαι), 2, p. πέποιθα, with five].
((
VOCABULARY.
151
2
"
πεντήκοντα, num. adj. [1. aor. περιεβλεψάμην, ν. mid.
Indecl. Fifty;-at vi. 40 supply [repi, " around
βλέπομαι
ἄνδρας with πεντήκοντα [πέντε, ' (mid. of βλέπω), «to look”j1.
"five"; (n) connecting vowel; With Acc.: To look around upon;
Kov (=çan, in Sans. daçan),"ten"; at iii. 34 strengthened by Kúк-
Ta, Suffix (=Lat. tus), pro- | Aw.-2. Alone: To look around ;
vided with"; and, so, literally, at v. 32 folld. by inf. to denoté
provided with five tens "].
purpose or intention."
πεποιθώς, υία, ός, Ρ. perf. περιδραμών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ.
mid. of πειθω.
2, aor. cf περιτρέχω.
περιεπάτει,
TEPLETTǎTEL, contr. 8. pers,
sing. imperf. ind. of repɩraTÉW.
περιθείς, εἶσα, έν, Ρ. 2. aor.
| of περιτιθημι.
(C
CC
πεπωρωμένος, η, ον, P.perf,
pass. of тwpow.
Tep, cnclitic particle, emphas-
izing the word to which it is
subjoined.
πέραν, adν. Beyond; some-
times with Gen.:-rò répav, the
further side, the country beyond;
sce 1. ò [lengthened fr. répa, and
o
akin to Sans. para, CC
distant,
being beyond "].
mepl, prop.gov. gen. (dat.) and
aco. 1. With Gen.: ("Around,
|
περί-καλύπτω, (f. περι-
καλύψω), 1. aor. περιεκάλυψα,
v. a. [Tepi, "around"; KOλÚπTW,
καλύπτω,
"to cover"] ("To cover
round"; hence) To cover over,
to envelope in a covering.
a-
περίκειμαι, (f. περικείσου
μa), v. mid. [epi, "around"
keipal,
κείμαι, "to lie" ("To lie
about"; hence) About, concern-around"; hence) To be put a-
ing, respecting.-2. With Acc.: a. |
Locally: Around, about: — oi |
Tepi Túpov, those about Tyre; i.e.
dwelling around it; iii. 8.-b.
Of time: About, near.
round ; to hang, or be hung,
around;-at ix. 42 strengthened
by mepi.
|
|
περί-ἄγω, imperf. περιηγον,
v. n. [nepi," around"; ayw, "to
Dead" ("To lead" a person, etc.,
"around"; hence, in reflexive
force, to lead one's self a-
round"; henco) To go around or
about-at vi. 6 folld. by Acc. of
placc dependent on prep. in verb.
(περί-βάλλω), Γ. περιβαλῶ,
2. που. περιεβάλον, ν. α. [περί,
around"; Bála, "to throw
βάλλω,
or cast"] 1. Act.: To throw, or
cast, something around one, etc.-
2. P. perf. pass. with Acc. of
grament, etc. as Acc. of "Re-
spect" ("Cast around as to";
hence) Clothed in or with; cover
ed with; xiv 51; xvi. 5.
((
|
περιβεβλημένος, η, ον, Ρ.
pcrf. pass. of περιβάλλω.
(περί-βλέπομαι), imperf.
περί-λυπος, ον, adj. [περί,
in "intensive force; λύπη,
"gricf"] ("Being exceedingly in
grief"; i.e.) In deep grief, very
sorrowful, etc.
>>
περιπάτει, contr. 2. pers.
sing. pres. imperat. of Tepɩ-
maréW.
πατέω,
f.
C.
περί-πατέω, πᾶτω,
περιπατήσω, 1. 201. περιεπάτη-
σα,
V. 11. [mepí, around";
[περί,
πατέω, “to wall”] 1. Το καλλ
around, to walk about.-2. To
walk; i.c. to have the course of
life, to live, otc.
walk
n.
περιπατῶν, οὖσα, οὖν,
contr. P. pres. of reрITатéw.
περιπατέω.
περίσσευ-μα, μάτος, m,
[mepioσev-w, "to bo over and
[περισσεύω,
abovo "] (“That which is over
and above"; hence) Plur.: Of
food: Remnants, remains.
περισσεύω, 1. aor. ἐπερίσσ-
4. over
περιεβλεπόμην, ({. περιβλέψομαι), Γευσα, r. 1. [περισσός,
152
VOCABULARY.
a.
Τo be over and ¦ and περιδραμοῦμαι), 2. 101. περί
έδραμον, v. d. [περί, “ around’
τρέχω, “to run'] Το rum around,
to run about in a placc.
¦
G
περισσεύων, οὖσα, ον, Ρ.
pres. of περισσεύω : ἐκ τοῦ
περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς, out of that
which was over and above to them;
i.e. out of the superabundance of
their means, etc., or beyond what
was necessary to satisfy their
own wants.
(περί-χωρ-ος, ον, adj. [περί,
"around ; χωρος, a place or
spot"] Being, or that is, etc.,
around or round about a place.-
As Subst. :) replxwpos, ov
(supply yn), f. Neighbouring
country; country in the neigh
bourhood of or round about a
περισσός, σσή, σσόν, adj. |
[repi, "beyond measure"]
[περίο
1.
Pos.: Beyond measure, exceeding-place, etc.
ly great, exceeding, excessive.
2. Comp.: Far greater or more
exceeding, much greater. KO
Comp.: περισσ-ότερος; (Sup. :]
περισσότατος).
πεσών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ. 2. ποι. of
πίπτω
(πετ-εινός, εινή, εινόν, adv.
[πέτ-ομαι, “ to fly ''] Flying, able
to fly, winged.-As Subst.:) TET-
elvá, av, n. plur. ("Flying,
or winged, things"-i.e. here,
"creatures"; hence) Birds, fowls.
πέτρα, ας, f. A rock.
6
Πέτρος, ου, m. [πέτρος, α
piece of rock, a stone"] Peter;
tho interpretation of Cephas, a
name given by Christ to Simon
the son of Jonas; see John i.
43.
|
and above"] To be over and
above.
A
TEPLOσÓTEрov, comp, adv.
[adveibial neut. of περισσότερος ;
sco Tеpioσós] More exceedingly,
in a much greater degree, etc.;-
at vii. 36 strengthened by µâd-
λον; 500 μᾶλλον.
περισσότερος, α, ον; SCO
περισσός.
TrepLoo-s, adv. [Teploσ-
περισσὣς
ός, exceeding "]("After the
manner of tho repiooós "; hence)
Exceedingly, excessively, very
much, otc.
TEPLOTEpá, âs, f. A dove,
περιστερά,
pigeon.
(C
N.
περιτιθέασι(ν), 3. pers,
plur. pres. ind. of Tepitionμi.
περί τίθημι, (f. περιθήσω), |
1. aor. περιέθηκα, 2, που. περί-
έθην, V. ε. [περί, “ aromac " ;
;
Tíðnμi, “to put or place"] 1. To
pul, or place, around or round
about-at xii. 1 payuór is de-
pondent on tho meaning of put-
ting or placing.-2. With Acc.
of nearor Object and Dat. of
romoter Object: a. To put some-
thing around, or on, a person or
thing; xv. 17.-b. With acces-
Bory notion of fastening, cle.:
To lie about, to fasten upon; xv.
86.
(περι-τρέχω, f. περιθρίξομαι
Za
|
πετρώδης, ὧδες, adj. [πέτρ-
ós, "a stone"]("Pertaining to
Térроs"; honco) Stony :-Tò TеTρ-
Петр-
des, that which is stony, i.e. the
stony ground:-rà merpwin, the
slony places.
TEдiμWoo, 2. pers. sing.
perf. pass. imperat. of φιμόω,
πηγή, ἧς, Ι.
[. A fountain,
spring, etc.;-at v. 29 applied to
that part of the human body
whence blood kept flowing in
consequence of disense; cf. v. 25.
πήρα, ας, 1. A leathern
wallet, knapsack, scrip, etc., used
by travellors for carrying no-
cessaries, etc.
πιεῖν, 2. aor. inf. of πίνω,
Πιλᾶτος, ον, m. [Gu. formal
of Int. Pilātns] Pilatus or Pilate
(Pontius); a Roman Procurator of
Judea, who came into office A.D.
126, and held it for ten years, Ilis
P
VOCABULARY.
153
|
conduct during that time appears
to have been very tyrannical; so
much so, indeed, that it caused /
an insurrection at Jerusalem,
and subsequently a rising of the
people at Samaria, neither of
which was suppressed without
bloodshed. The Samaritans hav-
ing laid a complaint against him
before Vitellius, the governor of
Syria, he was deprived of power
and sent to Rome to answer for
his conduct. There he arrived
shortly after the doath of Tiberius
in March A.D. 87. Caligula, the
successor of Tiberius, banished
him into Gaul, and in that coun-
try he is said to have died by his
Own act A.D. 41.
πιστικός, ή, όν, adj. [The
origin of this word is doubtful;
some assign it to Tɩ, a root of
mi-rw, "to drink"; others to
πίνω,
ríor-is, " belief, trust," etc.; and
as adj. in Kós are formed fr.
subst. this latter opinion appears
to be the correct one] 1. ("Per-
taining to ríoris"; hence, prob.as
a mercantile term, "deserving of
belief" in the seller on the part
of the purchaser; hence) Genuine,
pure, real, unadulterated. — 2.
(" Drinkable"; hence) Liquid;
but see above.
|
πίστις, τεως, f. [foν πίθωτις;
fr. True, root of meiow, "to per-
"to be persuaded,
to believe or trust "] ("A bc-
lieving or trusting "; hence) Be-
lief trust, faith;—nt xi. 22 with
Objective Gen.;-at ii. 5; v. 34;
x. 32 with Subjective Gen.
πίω, 2. aor. subj. of πίνω,
πλανάω, ·~, f, πλανήσω,
1. aor. ἐπλάνησα, ν. α. [πλάνος,
"a leading astray"] 1. Act.: To
lead astray, to deceive, etc.-2.
Pass.: πλαν-άομαι, -ώμαι,
1. πεπλάνημαι, 1. που. ἐπλανή
δην, Τo be led ástray, to be deceive
To|ed, to err.
πλείων (πλέων), ον; sce
πολύς.
(πλέκ-ω, f. πλέξω, p. πιο
πλέχα and πέπλοχα), 1. aor. ἔπ-
Aeša, v. a. To plait, make by
plaiting [altin to Sans. root
PRICH, "to mix, to unite "J.
πλέξας, άσα, ar, P. I. aor. of
πλέκω,
πιστεύων, ουσα, ον, P. prcs.
οι πιστεύω.
πĺναέ, ăкos, m. ("A board"; suade "; pass.,
ἄκος,
hence) A wooden dish, trencher,
platter.
tī-vw, f. ríoµai, P. rémwka,
2. aor. éπčov, v. a. : 1. To drink.
-2. To drink of or out of [roots
Tɩ and TO, akin to Sans. roots
Pî and PÂ, “to drink"].
πιπράσκω, (p. πέπρακα), |
V. £. To sell.-Pass.: TITρá-
σκομαι, p. πέπρᾶμαι, 1. aor.
ἐπρᾶθην, (f. πραθήσομαι); --- at
xiv. 5 with Gon, of price.
πίπτω, f. πεσοῦμαι, p. πά-
πτωκα, 2. πον. ἔπεσον, ν. 11.
fall [reduplicated fr. root TTET,
«
akin to Sans. PAT, CC
also "to fall down "].
πιστεῦσαι, 1. aor. inf.
πιστεύω,
to fly";
πιστεύσας, ᾶσα, αν, P.
ãoa, av,
που. οι πιστεύω.
πιστεύσω, 1. aor. subj.
πιστεύω.
of
1.
of
πιστεύω, f. πιστεύσω, p.
πεπίστευκα, 1. aor. ἐπίστευσα,
v. n. [ríor-is, "boliof"] ("To
have mirrus"; hence) 1. To be-
πίστις
lieve or credit.—2. To believe, have
faith.-3. With Dat. of persons:
To believe, otc., a person.
|
N
;
πλεονεξία, ΐας, f. [for
πλέον-εχεσία, fr. πλέον, neut. of
Tλewv (sco Tolus), "more
x-w, "to havo"]("A having
more"; henco, regarded as a de-
sire or disposition) A desire to
have more than others; avarice,
44
154
VOCABULARY.
covetousness;-at vii. 22 in plur., | floating, thing"; hence) A ves
as having reference to more than
one mattor, etc.
πλῆθος, εος ους, n. [πλήθη
w, "to fill " ("A filling "; Con-
crete, "that which fills"; hence)
A great number, a multitude;-at
iii. 7 and 8 regarded as a noun of
number, and joined with a plur.
verb and plur. part.
πλŋy, adv." Except;-at xii.
32 with Gen.
sel, ship, etc.
to
|
πλούσιος, σία, σῖον, adj.
| [for πλούτ-σίος, fi. πλοῦτος,
"wealth" ("Pertaining
TAOÛTOS"; hence) Having, or
πλοῦτος
possessing, wealth; wealthy, rich.-
As Subst.: mλoúolos, ov, m.
d wealthy or rich man.
p
πλŃ-ρns, pes, adj.: 1. Filled,
full;—at iv. 28, of the fully de-
veloped grain.-2. With Gen. :
Filled with, full of [akin to Sans.
root PRA, "to fill "].
CC
་
πληρ-όω, -@, Ε. πληρώσω,
р. тежλýршка, 1. aor. émλnpwoa,
v. 2. [πλήρης, "full"]("To
make" a thing, etc.,
πλήρης ";
hence, "to fill"; hence) 1. To
fulfil, accomplish. - 2. To com-
plete. Pass.: πλnp-óομaɩ, |
-οῦμαι, p. πεπλήρωμαι, 1, aor.
ἐπληρώθην, 1. f. πληρωθήσομαι,
་
πνεῦμα, μᾶτος, 11, [πνευ,
lengthened form of Trve, root of
πνέω, “to breathe"] (“That
which breathes "; hence," breath-
ing, breath"; hence) 1. Spirit,
disposition, etc. 2. With or
without the art., and also some-
times with äytov: The Spirit, the
Holy Spirit.-3. With Gen. of
pron. One's soul or spirit, as the
residence, etc., of one's mind,
πλnρwowowv, 3. pers. plur. | feelings, etc.; ii. 8; viii. 12.-4.
1. aor. subj. pass. of manpów. An evil spirit, mostly with some
πλήρω - μα, μάτος, n.descriptive adj,; cf. ix. 20; 25.
[lengthened fr. πλήρομα ; fr. πνίγω, (f. πνίξω anel πνίξο
πληρόνω, "to fill" ("That μai, 1. aor. emrita), v. a. To
which fills"; hence) 1. being choke, suffocale.-Pass.: πviyo-
full, fulness: πόσων σπυρίδων ' μαι, ()· πέπνιγμαι, J. aor.
πληρώματα,(fulnesses of how many | ἐπνίχθην, 2. ποι. ἐπνίγην, 2. f.
aor.
baskets, i.c.) how many baskets- | #viyýσoμai).
ful; viii. 20-at which same
place Kλаoμárov is the gen, de-
pendent on the motion of “fill-
ing” contained in πληρώματα.
2. A piece of cloth, etc., for filling
up a hole or rent in a garment;
ii. 21.
1.
πόθεν, εἶν. Whence [akin
to Sans. pron. ka," who, which ";
cf. Ionic form κó-dev].
|
|
ποι-έω, -~, f. ποιήσω, p.
memoiŋka, 1. nor. émoinoa (plu-
πεποίηκα, ἐποίησα
perf., without augment, memoiý-
Kew; XV. 7), v. a. and n.: 1.
Act.: a.: (a) To make in the full-
est meaning of the word; ix. 5:
— κλάδους ποιεῖν, (to make
branches; i.c.) to put forth, or
Ashoot out, branches ;-STVO TOL-
δεῖπνον ποι-
cir, (to make a supper; i.c.) to pre-
pare, or provide, a supper;----συμ-
Boúλiov moleîv, (lo make counsel ;
1.0) to consult, deliberale, tako
πλοῦ-τος, του, ma. [πλου,
a lengthened form of Tλ==
πλη, root of πίμπλημι, “to
fill"] ("That which fills or
makes full"; hence) Wealth,
riches.
πλήσιος,
Tanolos, α, ov, adj. Near,
nigh, neighbouring. As Subst.:
TAηolos ou, m. A neighbour,
Tλol-apĭov, aptov, n. dim.
[nλoî-ov, "a vessel, ship"]
[πλοῖον,
small vessel, a small ship; a boat.
πλοῖον, ου, 1. [ie. πλό-ιον, \
for πλe-lov; fr. mλé-w, “to swim |
or float"]("The swimming, or
VOCABULARY.
155
πολλάκις, adv. [πολύς,
πολύ ; see πολύς.
|
|
counsel together.-(b) With sec-
ond Acc.: To make an Object | #oλλ-oû,“ much "; plur." many "]
that which is denoted by the Many times, oftentimes, frien
second Acc.; i. 3; iii. 12.—(c) | quently.
With Objective clause: To make
a person, etc., to be, etc., to cause, πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, adj.: 1.
bring about, effect that a person Pos.: a. Of number or quant-
docs something, or that some-ity: (a) Sing. : Much, large,
thing is done or takes place; i. | great; xii. 27.—(b) Plur.: Many.
17. (d) To appoint a person
-As Subst.: (α) πολλοί, ῶν,
for some purpose; iii. 14.—(c) | m. plur.: Many persons, many.
With Inf.: To cause, make an Ob (B) Toλλά, wv, n. plur. Many
ject to be, etc.-b.: (a) To do a things.-b. Of degree, etc.: Much,
thing.-(b) To perform, etc.- great.— Adverbial neut. sing. :
(c) With ev: To do well, or good roλú, Much, greatly; xii. 27.--As
to, a person; to benefit, show kind- Adverbial Dat. of Measure with
ness to.-(a) Of murder: To com- comp. words: πολλῷ, By
mil.-2. Neut.: To do, or act, in much, for much, etc. :—Toddŵ
· πολλῷ
any way.
μâλdor, More by far; i.e. far or
much more; x. 48.-Adverbial
neut. plur. Toλλά, Much, great-
ly; ix. 26.-c. Of time: ("Much,
long"; hence, in especial mean-
ing) Much, or far, gone; far ad-
vanced, late:-ὥρας πολλῆς γεν
ouévns, when the day was far
gone; vi. 35;-also at end vi. 35
supply èorí with wρa moddý.-2.
ἐστί ὥρα πολλή.
Comp.: Tλelwv, ov, Moré.-As
Subst.: Tetov, ovos, n. More,
πλεῖον,
Hay™ (Sup.: πλeîσтos does
not occur in St. Mark's Gospel).
πολύ-τελ·ής, ές, aclr.
adv.
[ToA-ús, "much, great";
|
; (v)
connecting vowel; réλ-os, "out-
lay, expense"] (" Having much
or grent rédos"; hence) Very
expensive or costly; of great value.
ποιήσας, ασα, αν, Ρ. 1. aor.
of ποιέω.
ποικίλος, ὕλη, ἵλον, adj.
("Many-coloured, mottled, dap-
pled"; hence, "changing col-
our"; hence) of various sorts
or kind; various, different [akin
to Sans. root Piq, "to adorn";
and so, literally, "adorned "].
|
ποιμήν, ένος, 1. A shep-
herd; at xiv. 27 applied to
Christ akin to Sans. root PA,
"to feed"; and so, literally,
feeder "].
CL
ល
πονηρία, ἵας, f. [πονηρ-ός,
"wicked"] ("The quality or
condition of the Townpós"; hence)
Wickedness ;- ne vii. 22 to denoto
various forms of wickedness.
Tonow, fut. ind. (ix. 39)
and 1. aor. subj. (x. 51, etc.) of
TOLÉU).
Pag
Tolos, α, or', adj.: 1. Of what
sort or kind; what kind of, etc.-
2. What, which.
))
πόλεμος, έμου, ma. [prob.
for máλ-eμos; fr. Taλ, root of
πάλεμος παλ,
πάλλω, "to brandish, hurl,'
etc.] ("A brandishing or hurl-
ing" of weapons; hence) War,
Tóλ-LS, curs, f.: 1. A city.
2. THE City; 1.0. Jerusalem;
xi. 19; xiv. 13; 16.-3. The pco-
ple of a city; the citizens; i. 33
[akin to Sans. pur-a, "a town or
city"].
πολλά, πολλαί; sec πολύς,
Model
01'
πονη-ρός, ρά, ρόν, πdj.
[lengthened fr. move-pós; fr.
Tové-w, in force of "to feel, or
suffor, pain"] ("Feeling,
suffering, pain"; hence, "pain-
ful"; hence, "in sorry plight,
bad"; henco) Morally: 1. Bad,
evil, wicked.--As Subst.: πονη.
|
156
VOCABULARY.
|
pá, v, n. plur. Wicked deeds, TÓ-TE, interreg. particle.
wickedness.-2. Malignant, male- At what time? when?-EWS TÓTE,
volent, envious, evil.
until when? i.c. for how long a
πορευθείς,
Topεveels, eîơa, év, P. 1. time, how long? ix. 19 [akin to
aor. pass. in mid. force of ropeúw. Sans. ka-s, "who?" cf. Ionic
(πορ-εύω, f. πορεύσω, 1. ποι. form kó-re; and sce móσos].
ἐπόρευσα, v. a. [róp-os, "a
way," etc.; also, "a going," etc.]
1. Act. To make, or cause, to
go. 2. Mid. :) Top-cúοual,
f. πορεύσομαι, (1. aor. ἐπορευσᾶ-
µŋv), 1. aor. pass. in mid. force,
éropeúlny, (“To make one's self
to go"; i.e.) To go, proceed,
etc.
|
Bu
|
Topve-la (trisyll.), ías, f.
[πορνεύω, "lo fornicato "]
fornicating, fornication.
4
ποτηρίον, ου ; sce ποτήριος.
(ποτήριος, ἵα, τον, adj.
ia,
[Torp, "a drinker"; hence, "
drinking-cup "]"Pertaining to a
ποτήρ.”-As Subst.:) ποτήρι.
ov, ou, n.: 1. A drinking-cup;—at
ix. 41 with Gen.-2. The cup, or
wine. cup, at the Last Supper;
xiv. 23.--3. The cup presented, as
it were, by God to man that man
may drink of it, implying the
lot, condition, etc., whether good
or bad, which God has assigned
to hina :--πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον, ὅ, to
drink of the cup, which, etc.; i.e.
to be placed in a like state of
suffering, elc.; x. 38; 39:-Trap-
άναγνε τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ' ἐμοῦ
TOûTO, remove (thou) this cup
from me; i.c. this condition of
trial and agony now appointed
for me; xiv. 36.
rópów, adv. [another form
of πρό-σω; fr. πρό, “bcfore”] |
("Forwards"; hence) Afar off,
far away, at a distance, whether
actually or figuratively.
|
|
πορφύρα, ας, f. [“ A purple-
fish" i.e. a fish from which a
purple dye is obtained; henco,
"purple-dye "; hence] A purple
robe or garment; i.e. one which
has been dipped, etc., in the pur-
ple dye; xv. 17 and 20. As
purplo was the imperial colour
ποτίζω, (1, ποτίσω and που
), p. memóтlka,' 1. aor, émóriσa,
πεπότικα,
v. a. [πóτ-os, “drink "] 1. With
in the time of the Roman Em-Acc. of thing: To offer, give, or
perors, the investing of our Lord
in a purple robe, though done in |
mockery, was an undesigned tes-
timony borne by his tormentors |
to his rank which he claimed of
king.
present for drinking, or to drink;
xv. 36; whore avτóv:
αὐτόν=σπόγγοι.
-2. With Acc. of thing and
Acc. of person: To offer, give,
etc., something to one for the
purpose of drinking, etc.; ix. 41.
pag
M
TOO-OS, n, ov, adj.: 1. Of
quantity Iow much;-Plur.:
How many.-As Subst.: Tóσα,
wv, n. plur. How many things.
2. Of time: How long [akin to
Sans. kas, "who?" cf. Ionic
and Molic pron. kóσ-os].
|
ποταμός, ἅμοῦ, m. [ποτ
ór, "drink"]("That which is
drunk"; hence) A river, regard-
ed as drinkable water.
|
ποταπός, ή,
TOTаTÓS, Ń, ớv, adj.
what sort or kind.
TOTLON, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj. of Torisw.
Tou, adv.: 1. Interrog.: I
what place? where? xiv. 12 and
14.-2. Relative: In what place,
where :--ἐθεώσουν, ποῦ ἀθεώρουν
τὸν τόπον, ἐν ᾧ ; xv. 47.
πούς, ποδός, ma. (“The going
thing"; hence) A foot [for wód-s,
akin to Sans, pail, or pad, "n
foot," fr. root PAD, "to go"; cf.
Lat, pes, ped-is; also, English
fools,
of
Of
t
VOCABULARY.
157
πραθῆναι, 1. aor. inf. pass.
of πιπράσκω,
πραιτώριον, ου, n. [Gr.
form of Lat. prætorium] The
prætorium; i.c. the official resi-
dence of a Ronian Prætor, or
Governor, in his province;-at
xv. 16 the relative pron. ő, which
refers to the preceding fem. word
αὐλής, is put by attractiou in|προβαίνω.
the gender of the neut. πрai-
прав
τώριον.
a house] ("That which is before
the van"; hence) A vestibule,
porch; a gateway, entrance.
(προ-βαίνω, f. προβήσομαι),
p. poßéВηка, 2. aor. троéẞny,
v. 1. [πρό, “forwards"; βαίνω,
"to go"] To go forwards or on-
wards; to advance.
n.
|
προβάς, ἆσα, άν, Ρ. 2. 2οι, of
páo-
ㅠ ​тpăσ-lá, las, f. [prob.
ov, a leck'] ("A thing per-
taining to párov"; hence, "a
bed of leeks"; hence, "a garden-
bed" in general; hence, in re-
ference to the extent of a garden-
bed) A body or company of per-
sous disposed after the form or
extent of a gardon-bed-mpariai
πρασιαί,
paolai, (companies companies, |
i.e.) by companies.
|
..
πρεσβύτερος, (ປີ, m.
[πρεσβύτερος, older"; comp.
adj. formed from πρέσβυς,
(C an
old man "] An elder.-Plur.: a.
Fathers, ancestor's; vii. 3, 5.-b.
In connection with ἀρχιερεῖς ancl
Ypaµµareîs, and with the art.:
The Seniors or Senators, who were
members of the Sanhedrim; viii.
31, etc.
тply, adv.: 1. Before.-2
With or writhout ἤ; with Ob-
jective clause: Before that.
|
&
πρó, prep. gov. gen. Before.
προ-ἄγω, f. προάξω, 2. nor.
προήγαγον, ν. 11. and a. [πρό,
forwards, beforo"; ayw (neut.
or reflexive), "to go"] 1. Nout.:
To go forwards or onwards; to
precede onc.-2. Act.: To go
fore a person whether in space or
time;for construction of
προαγων, 500 ειμι, no. 9.
προάγων,
Tρоауwv, ovoa, ov, P. pres.
οἱ προάγω,
προάξω,
Tρoάgw, fut. ind. of poйyw.
προαυλίον, ἴου, 1. [πρό,
"boloro"; avλ-ý, "a court" of
|
πρό-βα-τον,
>
του (inostly
plur.), n. [mpó, "before"; Ba
[πρό,
root of Bairo, "to go"] ("That
which gocs, or walks, forward"
and, so, an animal that walks as
opposed to one that flies, elc.;
hence, esp. of small cattle) A
sheep.
(προ-εῖπον, f. προερέω and
προερῶ), p. προείρηκα, ν. α. [πρό,
before," in time; elrov, "I
said";
root ερ, "to say "]
Second aor. without pres., the
other tenses being used as its
fut. and perf.: With Acc. of
thing and Dat. of person: To
say, or tell, something before or
beforehand to one.
προέλαβον, 2. aor. ind. of
προλαμβάνω.
προελθών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ. 2.
aor. οἱ προέρχομαι.
προέρχομαι, f. προελεύσ-
ομαι, (μ. προελήλυθα and προ-
ήλυθα), 2. aor. προῆλθον [πρό,
forwards"; épɣoμal, “to come
or go"] To come, or go, for-
wards.
"C
(C
Ang
πρό-θε-σις, σεως, f. [πρό,
"before"; e, a root of rí-01-μl,
(C to put or place"] A putting, or
placing, before one :-oi aproι ris
ἄρτοι τῆς
be-mpoléσews, the loaves of the selling
before God, in the English Vers-
ion translated shew-bread. These
loaves, which were twelve in
number, to correspond to the
twelve tribes of Israel, were made
of fine flour, containing each of
thcm “ two tenth deals.” They
were sprinkled with frankin-
158
VOCABULARY.
cense, and placed in two rows on
"the pure table" in the Holy
Place, as an offering set before
God. Each Sabbath twelve fresh
loaves were made and put on the
table; and those that were re-
moved the priests alone were
allowed, by the Law, to cat; cf.
Lovit. xxiv. 6.
|
πρó-Оũµ-os, ov, adj. [πpó,
"forward"; Ouμ-os, "mind"]
("Having the mind forward
hence) Ready, willing.
προ-λαμβάνω, (ι, προ-
(C.
λήψομαι), 2. που. προέλαβον, το
mid. [mpó, "beforehand"; λauß-
avo, to take"] ("To take be-
forehand"; hence) With Inf. :
To be beforehand in doing, etc.; to|
do beforehand that which is de-
noted by the Inf.; xiv. 8.
<<
K
K
""
"to ask"] To ask earnestly or
strongly, to beg hard.
προσαιτῶν, οῦσα, οὖν, contr.
P. pres. of προσαιτέω.
J1
προσ-δέχομαι, (f. προσ-
δέξομαι), 1. aor. προσεδεξάμην,
v. mid. [pós, in" strengthening
force; déyouat, in meaning of "to
expect, await"] To expect, await,
wait for, with an implied notion
of earnestness.
|
προσδεχόμενος, η, ον, Ρ.
pres. of poodéxouai;--for con-
struction of ἦν προσδεχόμενος,
see ciuí, no. 9.
προσδραμών, οὖσα, όν, Γ.
2. πός. οι προστρέχω.
(προσ-εγγίζω), 1, που, προσ-
nyyioa, v. n. [mpós, "to"; ¿yyiSw,
"to draw near, approach"]
προ-μεριμνάω,-μεριμνῶ, near, or approach, to.
v.a.
ν.α. [πρό, “beforehand”; μεριμν
áw, to take anxious thought"]рooeyyisw.
CC
To take anxious thought before-
hand about something; to be care-
Jul, or anxious, beforehand about
something.
|
тρós, prop. gov. (gen.) dat.
and acc.: 1. With Dat.: Locally:
Al, near, close to.-2. With Acc.:
a. Locally: (a) To, towards,
unto.-(b) At, about, near, over
against. (c) Among, with.-b.
Of persons: (a) In conversation,
etc.: Among, with--(b) Mentnly:
To one's self, i.c. in, within, one's
self.-c. Of union: To, unto.-
d. Of pulting questions, elc.: To
put questions lo, to question with,
e. Of speaking: To, unto.-f.
With neut. art. and Inf.: For the
purpose of, in order to; xiii. 22.-
g. In consequence of, for; x. 5.
προσάββατον, σαββάτου,
n. [mpó, "before"
"before"; ; σάββατον,
sabbath"] The day before the
sabbath; see παρασκευή.
προσαιτέω,-αιτώ, (1. aor.
προσήτησα), V. 1. [πρός, in
nuginontative” force; αἰτέω,
61
|
With Dat. of person: To draw
προσεγγίσαί, 1. aor. inf. of
προσεκύλισα, 1. aor. ind.
of poσкйλí.
προσεκύνησα, 1. aor. ind.
οι προσκυνέω.
im-
προσεκύνουν, contr. ina-
perf. ind. of mрookvvéw.
P.
προσελθών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ.
2. aor. of poσéрxual.
πρоσÉVEукe, 2. pers. sing.
2. aor. imperat. of poopéрw.
προσφέρω.
προσέρχομαι, (f. προσ
ελεύσομαι), p. προσεληλύθα, 20
aor. poonλoor, v. mid. [pós,
προσήλθον,
“το”; ἔρχομαι,
proual," to come"] 1.
With Dat.: To come to or near to ;
to come up to, approach. — 2.
Alone: To come, or draw, near;
to approach, draw nigh.
|
|
|
προσευχή, ἧς, f. [προσεύχω
ομαι, "to pray to "]("A pray-
ing to” God; leuce) Prayer,
supplication : -- οἶκος προσευχῆς,
house of prayer, a distinctive ap-
pellation for the Temple; xi. 17;
cf. Isiah lyi, 7.
|
imperf.
προσ- εύχομαι,
προσηυχώμην, Γι προσεύξομαι, 1,
VOCABULARY.
159
aor. προσηυξάμην, v. mid. [πρός,
"to";
εὔχομαι, “to pray"]
("To pray to" God; hence)
Without Object: To offer up
prayers, to pray.
(προσ-κυλίω), 1. aor. προσ
εκύλισα, v. a. [πρός, “to”; κυλίω,
“ to roll'] Το roll to or up to-at
xv. 46 strengthened by ení.
προσ-κυνέω,-κυνῶ, f. προσ.
κυνήσω, 1. aor. προσεκύνησα, v. 11.
[πρός, to or towards”; κυνέω,
“ to kriss ”] (“Το kiss---the hand---
CC
4
προσ-
προσευχόμενος, η, ον, Ρ.
pres. of προσεύχομαι,
προσηυξάμην,
ηυχόμην, 1. nor, and imperf. [to or towards” one as a mark
indic. οι προσεύχομαι.
of respect or homage; hence)
προσηύξωμαι, 1. aor. subj. |With Dat.: 1. Το pay homage to,
of προσεύχομαι.
to do obeisance 10; cf. xv. 19.-2.
: πρόσκαιρος, ον, adj. To fall down before, to prostrate
|
[mpos, "at or for"; kaip-ós, "n one's self before, as do the Orient-
season"] For a season only; en-als to this day before a superior ;
during only for a time.
προς,
καιρός,
cf, r. 6.
προσλαβόμενος, η, ον, Ρ.
2. nor. init. of προσλαμβάνω.
(προσλαμβάνω, f. προσ-
66
4
προσκαλεσάμενος, η, οι,
P. 1. nor. mid. of προσκαλέω,
(προσ-καλέω, καλω, f.
προσκαλέσω, ν. α. [πρός, “to”; λήψομαι), 2 που προσέλαβον,
καλέω, “ to call’] Το call a per- v. d. [πρός, “to”; λαμβάνω, to
sun to one's self-Mid.:) προσ-[tnle ”] Το take to one-Mid. :
καλέομαι, -καλοῦμαι, 1. προσλαμβάνομαι, 2. aor.
201. προσεκαλεσάμην, perf. pass. προσελαβόμην, Τo take to one's
in maid. forco προσκέκλημαι, Το own self;—at viii. 32 the word is
call to one's sely, etc.
variously considered as meaning:
προσκαρτερέω, καρτ-|a. Τo take hold of-b. Το take
ερω, f. προσκαρτερήσω, ν. a. | aside for the purpose of privately
[πρός, “ at or near", καρτερέω, spanking to one.
"to bo steadfast," etc.] (“To προσ-μένω, 1. aor. προσ
some- έμεινα, v. n. [πρός, "near
μένω, to remain "] ("To re-
main near"; hence) With Dat.
of person; To continue with one;
προσ- κεφάλαιον, κεφαλ-|--at viii. 2 supply, as the Subject
αίον, n. [πρός, “pertaining to”; | of προσμένουσι, either αὐτοί, or
κεφάλαιον (= κεφαλή), “ the | noun of nunber ὄχλος·
CC
be steadfast at or near })
thing ; hence) With Dat. of per- |
son: To be continually near at
hand to.
(προσ-ορμίζω, v. a. [πρός,
at or near · ὁρμίζω, “to bring
to anchor, to anchor"] To bring
(προσκολλάω, -κολλῶ, a ship to anchor,--Mid. : προσ-
v. v. [πρός, “to”; κολλάω, “to ορμίζομαι, *. προσορμιοῦμαι,
gluc "To glue to or on to."- 1. aor. προσωρμισάμην), 1. που,
Pass. : προσ-κολλάομαι, | page. in mid, force, προσωρμίσθην,
~κολλώμαι), f. προσκολληθήση "Το bring one's self to an-
ομαι, 1. aor. προσεκολλήθην, | chor”; i.e.) Of persons on board
(To be glued to or on to"; ship as subjects: To come to, or
lence) With πρός : To be united, ] tie at, anchor; to anchor.
or joined, to or on to.
προσπίπτω, (f. προσπε·
Το
προσκολληθήσομαι, 1. σοῦμαι), 2. aor. προσέπεσον, v. n.
fut, iud. pass. of προσκολλάω. [πρός, “at”; also “nent"; πίπτ·
ད་
head"]("A thing pertaining to
the head"; hence) A pillow,
cushion for the head.
160
VOCABULARY.
παιδία)
προσ-
W,
"to fall"] 1. To fall down | avrá (=rà maidía) after mρоG-
at;-at vii. 25 folld. by mρós.
2. With Dat. of person: To fall
down near one or in one's immed-
iate presence; to fall down be-
fore one.
M
троσ-πорεÚоuat, v. mid.
[πρός, “ to
“to”; πορεύομαι,
πορεύομαι, “ to go
or proceed"] With Dat. of per-
son: To go, or procced, to one;
to come up to, or approach, one ;—
at viii. 35 προσπορεύονται has a
composite Subject, 'Iáкwßos kai
Ἰωάννης.
(προσ-τάσσω), 1, που. προσ-
έταξα, v. a. [πός, “at”; τάσσω,
"to arrange, set in order"](" To
arrange or set in order at; to
post at"; hence) To enjoin, com-
mand, order.
πρоσтEÐÝσоual, 1. f. ind.
pass. of προστίθημι.
dépovolv.
φέρουσιν.
πρόσωπον, ου, 1. [fo1 πρόσ
оπ-оν; fг. πрós, "towards "; root
οπ (whence ὄψομαι = όπσομαι,
used as fut. of opάw), " to see"]
("That which looks towards
an object; hence) 1. A face,
countenance. 2. Outward con-
dition or circumstances; xii. 14.-
3. With dependent Gen.: Face
for person :-πρὸ προσώπου σου,
before thy face; i.e. before thee;
i. 2.
|
τίθημι,
(προστίθημι, f. προσθή-
σω), 1. aor. προσέθηκα, 2. 2ο2.
προσέθην, [πρός,
πроσéon, V. a. [mpús, "in addi-
tion"; rionu, "to put or place"]
("To put or place in addition";
hence) With Dat. of person: To
add ἱο.-Pass. : (προστίθε-
μαι), 1. aor. προσετέθην, 1. f.
προστεθήσομαι.
+
|
πρόφα-σις, σεως, f. [prob.
for πρόφαν-σις ; fr. προφαίνω, “ to
show forth," through Tρó, and
pav, root of daivw] ("A showing
φαίνω]
forth," as an ostensible cause or
reason; hence, in a bad sense) A
pretext, pretence, simulation.
N.B. Sometimes this word is
assigned to πρό, “ beforehand”
;
and pa, a root of nui, “to
Φημί, τό
speak"; in this case it must be
divided тpó-pă-σis, and means,
according to its origin, "a specak-
ing beforehand."
..
L P
προφήτευσον, 2. pers. sing.
1. aor. imperat. of προφητεύω.
προφητεύω, f. προφητεύ
σω, 1. uor. προσμήτευσα and, in
some editions, éπpodýrevσa, v. n.
[προφήτης, “a prophet” (“ Το
be a πроŃτns"; hence) T'o
προφήτης
προσ-τρέχω, (f. προσδραμ-
ούμαι), 2. aor. προσέδραμον, v. 1.
[πρός, “to up to"; τρέχω, “ ιο '
“ιο
run"] To run up to one.
προστρέχων, ουσα, ον, Ρ. prophesy.
ov,
pres. of προστρέχω.
προ-φή της, του, in. [πρό,
for"; n-μi, "to speak"
φημί,
|
(“One who speaks for God)
A prophet; i. o. a. An inspired
teacher or preacher.-b. 1'lur. :
With Art. The prophets tho
writings of the prophets; i. 2.
|—c. One who foretells futuro
things.
=
7
προσ-φέρω, (f. προσοίσω), p.
προσενήνοχα, 1, aor. προσήνεγη
και 2. που προσήνεγκον, V. a
[πρός. "to"; én, "to bear or
carry" ("To bear, or carry,
to"; hence) 1. With Acc. and
Dat. of nearer Object: To bring,
bring up, to one.-2. With Acc.
alone: With accessory notion of
presentation: To carry to the
temple or priest and present to
God, to offer, etc.; i. 44.
προσφέρων, ουσα, ον, P.prcs. |
of προσφέρω ;---at r, 13 supply
་
πρύμνα, ας, Γ. [πρυμνός,
"Inst, hindermost "]("That
which is last or hindermost "
lence) Of a vessel: The hinder
part, poop, stern,
mpot, adv. [akin to mpó, "bo-
VOCABULARY.
IÓI
•
fore"] Early in the morning,
at dawn or day-break;-at xvi. 2
with Gen. -rò mpwt, the early
morning; xv. 1;-at xiii. 35 for
the time of the fourth watch of
the night, as the watch immed-
iately before day; i.e. between
3 and 6 o'clock in the morning,
according to our mode of calcul-
ating time.
0.
<<
πρωτ-ο-καθεδρία, ἵας, f.
[πp@r-os, first "; (o) connect-
πρῶτος,
tug vowel; καθέδρα, a seat"]
("That which appertains to a
first seat"; hence) The highest
position, the foremost place, the
seat or post of honour-in an ab-
stract notion, not the seat on
which one sits; xii. 39.
|
|
πρωτ-ο-κλίστα, κλισίας, f.
[πp@T-os, "first" in rank or dig-
[πρῶτος,
nity; () connecting vowel;
Kioia, "a couch" used at meals,
κλισία,
etc.] (The first couch"; i.e.)
The upper couch at an entertain-
ment; xii. 39.-At ordinary on-
tertainments a couch was placed
on each of three sides of a table,
the remaining or lower side being
left open to allow of tho attend-
ants placing and removing the
dishes. The couch placed at the
top was considered the place of
honour, and hence the Pharisees
especially desired to have it al-
lotted to them.
|
1
πτύσας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ. 1. 201.
of πтúW.
(πτύω, f, πτύσω, p. ἔπτῦκα),
1. aor. éптuσα, v. n.
To spit.
πτώμα, μᾶτος, n. [πίπτω,
to fall" dead in battle, etc.,
through a root Tтw] ("That
which falls "in battle, etc.; hence)
A dead body, corpse;--cf. Lat.
căd-āver, fr. căd-o.
πτωχός, ή, όν, ααν. [for
πτωκ-ός; fi. πτώσσω (=πτώκη
ow), "to go about crouching or
cowering," as a beggar would]
("Going about crouching
cowering"; hence,
; hence, "begging";
hence) Poor.-As Subst.: TTWX-
ol, ŵv, m. plur.: With art.:
The poor.
01
<<
πυγμή, ἧς, f. [aktin to πύξ,
with clenched fist"] A fist ;—
the expression
the expression πυγμῇ νίπτεσθαι
ràs xcîpas, at vii. 3, is involved
in much obscurity, and has been
variously explained by com-
mentators. Our Version says oft;
but thero is nothing in the words
themselves, nor yet in the con-
text, which gives any idea of
frequency.
πῦρ, πυρός, 1. (“The purify-
ing thing"; hence) Fire, as
meaning originally that which
purifies, etc. [akin to Sans. root
PO, "to purify"].
ܕ
πρῶτον, adν. [adverbial
ncut. of paros, "first"] In the
first place, first of all, first.
,,
πυρέσσων, ουσα, ον, P. prcs,
of Tupéσow.
πρῶτος, η, ον, sup. adj. [con- |
tracted fr. pó-aтos, syncopated fr. muper-ós, q.v.] To be in, or
fr. πρό-τᾶτος, fr. πρό, “ before,” | have, a reuer.
with superlativo suffix TǎTOS]
("Most before," in place, rank,
time, etc.; hence) First in fullest
meaning of the word.-As Subst.:
a. трâтoι, wv, m. plur. First,
or principal, men.-b. πρúтn,
πρώτη,
ns, f. The first day; xvi. 9; seo
σάββατοι·
πυρετός, ετοῦ, 11. [πῦρ,
rup-ós, "fire"; hence, "fever
beat" ("That which pertains
to up"; hence). A fever.
πύρ
πωλέω, -ώ, (f. πωλήσω), Τ
nor. ¿nwλŋơa, v. à. To sell.
Mark.
M
πύργος, γου, 171. A tower
[prob. fr. same source as wóAIS;
sec πόλις],
πυρέσσω, (f. πυρέξω, p. πε
πῦρεχα),v.u. [for form πυρέττω ;
162
VOCABULARY.
πWANGOV, 2. pers. sing. 1. |
aor, imperat. of πωλέω.
πωλῶν, οὖσα, οὖν, contr. Ρ.
pres. of πωλέω,
πῶλος,
Tλos, ou, m. A foal;-at
xi. 2 of an ass.
CC
(πωρ-όω, -ώ, πωρώσω), p. πε
Súрwкα, V. a. [πwp-os, "a specics
πώρωκά,
of stone or marble"] ("To turn "
something "into @pos"; hence,
'to petrify"; hence) 1. Act. :
To harden the heart, feelings,
elc. 2. Pass.: (πap-óоual,
-οῦμαι), p. πεπώρωμαι, 1. aor.
éпшрúlŋ, To be hardened, to be-
come callous, etc.
Túрw-σis, σews, f. [length-
encd fr. πώρο-σις, fr. πωρότω,
"to harden"] ("A hardening";
hence) Hardness.
TOS, interrog, adv. In what
way, how [akin to Sans. kas,
"who?" sec πόσος, πότε].
J
*Paßßl, m. indecl. ("My
most excellent one") Rabbi, i.c.
Master; a term of respect;—at
xiv. 45 used hypocritically by
Judas Iscariot.
'Paßßouví, m. indecl. (=
Paßßí) Rabboni, i.e. Master.
ῥάβδος, ου, f. d rod or
staff.
άκος, εος ους, 11. A cutting
of cloth; i.e. a small piece of cloth,
etc., cut off from a largo picce
orroll [akin to Sans. root VRAÇCII,
"to cut"].
ῥάπισμα, μᾶτος, n. [fox
ράπιδ-μα; fr. ῥαπίζω (=ῥαπίδ-
ow), "to strike," etc.] ("That
which strikes"; hence) A blow,
esp, with the open hand.
ῥάφ-ίς, ίδος, f. [ῥαφ, a root
of pan-w, "to sew"]("That
ῥάποι
"to sew") ("That
which sews"; hence) A needle.
ῥῆμα, μᾶτος, u. [root ῥη, a
lengthened form of root pe,
whenco péwép-w, "to say or
speak"]("That which is said or
|
|
spoken"; hence) A word, saying,
declaration, etc.
|
ῥήσ-σώ (ῥήγνῦμι), f.
ῥήξω, 1. aor. ἔῤῥηξα, v. a. [for
phy-ow, fr. root ny, whence
рýу-rvμ] 1. To break, burst, split,
etc.-2. Of an evil spirit: To
rend, or tare, a possessed person.
ρίζα, ης, f. 1 root [akin to
A
Sans. root vRIDH, "to grow "].
Ροῦφος, ου, m. [Gr. forma
of Lat. Rufus, i.e.
"" Red One"
or "Red-haired One"] Rufus; a
son of Simon of Cyrene.
ῥύσις, σεως, f. [ρέω, “to
flow," through a root dv] (“A
flowing"; bence) Of blood: A
flou, fur, issue.
*σαβαχθᾶνί, represented by
pè èyкатéλimes, XV. 34.
*σάββατον, ου (Dat. plur.
σάββασι), 1. (“Dicit, day of
rest") Sing. and Plur.: 1. Sab-
bath-day, sabbath.-2. Week; xvi.
2; 9.
*Σαδδουκαῖοι, ων, m. plur.
(prob. "Just Ones") The Sad-
ducees; a Jewish scct whose tencts
were mainly as follows: an ac-
ceptance of the Law of Moses
and of the Prophets, but a ro-
jection of the traditions held by
the Pharisces; a denial of the
Resurrection, of a future state of
rewards and punishments, of the
existence of angels or evil spirits,
and of the providence of God.
The Jewish historian, Josephus,
states that they were very rigid
in the administration of justice,
and possessed great influenco
with their countrymen.
σαλευθήσομαι, 1. fut. incl.
pass. of oɑdeúw.
λ
σάλ-εύω, (f. σαλεύσω), 1.
εοι. ἐσάλευσα, Τ. ι. [σάλ-ος, “δεν
tossing motion "] ("To impart a
tossing motion to" an object;
hence) 1. Act.: To shake, make la
་
VOCABULARY.
163
"bright
f
light, brightness "]
toller, cause to reel.-2. Pass.:
(σαλεύομαι), ν. σeσúdev- | ("That which has σέλας”
pai, 1. nor. coaλevény, 1. f. ad- hence) The moon ;-cf. Lat. luna
ev@nooμai: To be shaken; to lotter, for leo," to shine "].
etc.
σέσωκα, perf. ind. of σώζω.
σημεῖον, ου, n. [akin to
oua," a sign"] 1. A sign, token,
σήμα,
etc.-2. A miraculous sign; viii.
11.
*Σαλώμη, ης, f. (“ Peace ")
Salome; the wife of Zebedee, and
the mother of the Apostles James
and Jolm.
<<
a
σανδάλιον, ἴου, 11. climae, in σήμερον, adv. To-day, on
form only [oávôλ-ov, “a flat this same day [fr. nµép-a,
[σάνδαλον,
piece of wood or leather" placed day"; the σ is prob. the repre-
under the sole of the foot, and sentative of the Sans. sa,
the
fastened by straps of leather or same," used as prefix).
hide passing from side to side
across the instep; a sandal"]
A sandal.
<<
|
*Σιδών, ώνος, f. (“ Fishing or
Tishery") Sidon (now Said or
Saida); the most celebrated city
of Phoenicia, on the borders of
the Holy Land. According to
Josephus, the Jewish historian,
it was named after Sidon (in
Hebrew, Tzidon), the first-born
son of Canaan; see Gen. x. 15.
Probably, however, it obtained
its name from its early in-
habitants having mainly follow-
cd the occupation of fishermen.
*Σίμων, ωνος, 111. (“A hear-
ing") Simon: 1. The original
name of Peter, the brother of
Andrew, and son of Jonas.-2.
Surnamed the Cananite, brother
of Thaddeus ; sec Κανανίτης.
σápέ, σapkós, f. Flesh; i.e.
a. A person or being; x. 8-où
où
Tâσα σápέ, no person; xiii.
20.-Þ. Bodily nature, body; xiv.
38.
•
*Zărăvâs, â, m. ("Ad-
versary") Satan; i.c. a. The
chief of the rebellious fallen
spirits, the enemy of God and
man; i. 18.-b. As a term of
rebuke applied to Peter for urging
Christ to violate the will of God;
viii. 33.
oßevvüμl, f. oßéow, 1. aor.
ëoßeoa, V. a. To extinguish,
quench, put out.--Pass.: oße
ννῦμαι, (p. ἔσβεσμαι, 1. εοι.
ἐσβέσθην. 1. f. σβεσθήσομαι).
σé, ncc. sing. of oú.
σέ αυτού, αυτῆς, συτοῦ
σÉ-AUTOû, avrñs, cuтoû (only
in sing. number), reflexive pron.
of 2. person: [oú, "thou or
you ; auroû, gen. of aúrós,
"self" Of thyself or yourself,
etc.
"}
σέβομαι, (f. σεβήσομαι),
v. mid. To worship, adore [akin
to Sans. root sar, 46 to wor-
ship"].
σεισμός, σμοῦ, m. [σείτω,
"to shako" ("A shaking";
hence, of the carth) An earth-
quake.
σελήνη,
ocλ-ńvn, hvns, 1. [odd-as,
,
3. A son of Mary, and the
brother of Jesus.-4. A leper
who had been healed, most prob-
ably by Jesus, and at whose
house in Bethany Jesus was
being entertained when Mary
poured the myrrh on his head.-
5. A man of Cyrene, whom the
Roman soldiers compelled to
carry the Saviou's cross, and
whom St. Mark describes as the
father of Alexander and Rufus.
Spong
p
σίναπι, εως, 1. Mustard,
σινδών, όνος, f. [prob. fr.
Ird-ós," an Indian "] ("A thing
pertaining to 'Irdós"; hence)
Ινδός”;
Indian cloth; a kind of fine linen
or muslin ;-at xiv. 51, 52 em-
S
M 2
164
VOCABULARY.
ployed as a garment;-at xv. 46 | mind"] ("A hard heart"; i.e.)
used as a winding-shect.
Iardness of heart, otc.
a.
|
(σκοτίζω, ν. α. [σκότος,
"darkness"] To make to be in
a state of darkness, to darken,
Pass. σкоT-ILоμα), part.
σκοτίζομαι),
perf. ἀσκοτισμένος, 1. 201. ἐσκοτ
ίσθην, 1. f. σκοτισθήσομαι, Το be
made dark, to be darkened.
σκοτισθήσομαι, 1. f. 11,
pass. of oкorisw.
σκότος, εος ους, 11. (“The
covering thing"; henco) Dark-
ness [fr. same root as σkηvý; seo
σκηνή].
σîтos, ou, m. (irreg. plur.
σῖτα, ων, 11.) Wheat, corn,
grain.
-
ว
|
olóta, contr. 2. pers. sing.
imperat. pres. of owπáw.
σιωπ-άω, ώ, (f. σιωπήσω und
olwrńσoμaι, p. σсойшπηкα), 1.
aor. ἐσιώπησα, V. 1. [σιωπή,
"silence"] To be in silence, to be
silent, to hold one's peace; - at
iv. 39 addressed by Christ to the
SCA.
σιωπήσῃ, 3. pers. sing. 1.
aor. subj, of σιωπάω.
14
a
σκανδάλιζω, 1. σκανδαλ-
low, 1. aor. ¿okárdadioa, V. D.
[σκάνδαλον, " a snare ” laid for
the enemy; hence, "a stumbling-
block, cause of offence or stum-
bling"] 1. Act.: To be a stum-
bling-block to one; to make one
to stumble; to prove a cause of
offence, or stumbling, to one; to
offend.-2. Pass. : σкaνdăλ- |
τζομαι, 1. που, ἐσκανδαλίσθην,
aor.
1. 1. okavdădio0ńoopai, To be
made to stumble; to stumble; to be
offended.
1.
okavdăλion, 3. pers. sing.
1. 201. subj. Οf σκανδαλίζω.
σκανδαλισθήσομαι,
fut. ind. pass. of okardadisw.
σκεῦος, εος ους, 1.: 1. Α
vessel, or implement, of any kind.
|
2. Plur.: Of a house: House-
hold utensils, household goods,
otc.
σοί, dat. sing. οἱ σύ,
στός, ή, όν, possess. pron,
[σ-ú, "thou or you"] Belonging
to thee, thy, thine, your;-at v. 19
tho gen. ooû dependent on oikov
is used instead of the acc. σóv,
in attribution to it.-As Subst.:
σol, oŵy, m. plur. Thy friends
or relatives.
|
okn-vý, vŷs, f. (“ A covering
thing"; henco) A booth or taber-
nacle formed of the branches of
trees [for okad-vý; fr. Sans. root
CHHAD (original form SKAD), |
"to cover"].
σkɩá, âs, 1. Shade [akin to
Sans. chhayd, “slinde”].
σκύλλω, (1. 201. ἐσκύλα),
V. n. [σKUA-or,." spoils" stripped
from a fallen encniy] ("To spoil,
or despoil," a fallen enemy;
hence) To trouble, harass, etc.
σκώληξ, ηκος, na. A worm.
(σμυρνίζω), part. perf.
pass. couvpvioμévos [σμúpv-a,
"myrrh"]("To put myrrh to
a thing; hence) To mingle, or
flavour, with myrrh.
*Σόδομα, ων, n. plur. (pet-
haps "Burning, or Lime-kiln ")
Sodom; a city of Canaan, situaté
in a very rich plain, not far
from tho Jordan, and destroyed
by firo from heaven for the
wickedness of its inhabitants.
<<
σκληρο-καρδία, καρδίας,
1. [σκληρ-ός, hard" ; (o) con-
necting vowel; kapdía, "lieart,"
in tho sonso of "feeling or
σoû, gen. sing. of σú; sco
σós.
σοφία, ΐας, f. [σοφός,
wiso" ("Tho quality of tho
oopós"; hence) Wisdom.
σπαράξας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ. 1.
που, οι σπαρίσσω,
((
σπαράσσω, (f. σπαράξω),
1. aor. ¿oπăpağa, v. a. To rend
VOCABULARY.
165
or tear-in Gr. Test. used only
in reference to the way in which
evil spirits tormented those
whom they possessed.
σπαρείς, εἶσα, έν, Ρ. 2. aor.
év,
pass. of σπείρω.
σтǎρn, 8. pers. sing. 2. aor.
subj. pass. of σπείρω.
σπασάμενος, η, ον, Ρ. 1.
aor. mid. of σnáw.
P.
(σπάω, σπῶ, f. σπάσω, p.
čσтйка, 1. aor. comãoa, v. a.
To draw, to draw out or forth,
a sword from its scabbard.-
Mic: σπάομαι, σπῶμαι, f.
σπάσομαι), Ι. aor. ἐσπασάμην,
To draw out, etc., as one's own
especial act.
σπεῖρα,
σTelpa, as, f. ("A coil, fold,
twist") body of soldiers; a
A
cohort.
|
p
M
V
σπειρόμενος, η, ον, P. pres,
pass, of σπείρω,
|
ರ
σπείρω; (f. σπορῶ, p. -
σπαρκα), 1. αοι. ἔσπειρα, το 14ο
[root oTep or σmap] To sow,
whether in a proper or figurative
senso. Pass.: OTelp-opal,
p. ἔσπαρμαι, 2. aor. ἐσπᾶρην.
σπείρων, ουσα, ον, p. pres.
of oncípw. As Subst.: omelp-
ων, οντος, m. One who sous, a
sower.
રી,
1
σπεκουλάτωρ, ωρος, m.
[Gr. form of Lat. speculator, "a
spy or scout"; attached to a
Roman legion. Under the em-
pire the speculatores were employ-
ed as attendants, body-guards,
etc., in which capacity they
would be called upon to oxecute
any orders given them by those.
in whose service they were;
henco] A guard, one of the body-
guard. N.B. The notion of
"executioner" is not containol
in the word; but it attaches to
the duty which a guard might
have to perform.
("That which is sown"; hence)
1. Seed.-2. Seed, offspring,
children.
σπήλαιον, ου, n. [alcin to
σπέος, “a cave”] A cave, den.
σπλαγχνιζόμαι, 1. aor.
pass. in mid. force, comλayXV-
ίσθην, V. mid. [σπλάγχνον,
"bowels"; hence, "heart, feel-
ings, tenderness," elc.] ("To have
σπλάγχνον”; hence) Το have a
feeling of tenderness, etc.; to have
pily or compassion,
σπλαγχνισθείς, εἶσα, έν,
P. 1. aor. pass. of σπλαγχνίζο
και.
σжTéρ-μα, μaτos, n. [σTEP,
μᾶτος, [σπερ,
a root of greipw, "to sow "]
σπόγγος, ου, ma. A sponge,
σπόριμος, ἵμη, ἵμον, adj.
[σπόρος,
[σnóp-os, "a sowing"] ("Per-
taining to σmópos"; hence)
σπόρος
Seeded, soun.As Subst.: oтóρ-
ἵμα, ων, η pluu". (“ Seeded, or
sown, things-i.e. places "; hence)
Corn-fields.
|
σπόρος, ου, m2. [for σπέρ
"to sow,'
ος ; fr. σπείρω,
through root σrep] (“That
which is sown"; hence) Seed.
σπουδ-ή, ἧς, f. [fox σπουδή
fr. σπεύδω,
fr. oreúd-w, "to hasten"] ("A
hastening"; hence) Haste, speed,
σπυρίς, ίδος, f, A round
oraðŵval, 1. aor. inf. pass.
of ἵστημι,
plaited basket.
**
σταθήσομαι, 1. fut. ind,
pass. of ἵστημιο
στάς, ᾶσα, άν, Ρ. 2. aor. of
loτnui.
στά-σις, σεως, f. [ἵστημι,
"to stand," etc., through root
Oтal ("A standing"; hence,
as a standing against constituted
authority) Sedition, revoll, rising.
m.
11
σταυρός (dissyll.), υροῦ, 11).
[id.] (“That which stands up-
right; hence, as being fixed up-
right in the ground) 4 cross: 1.
As an instrument of punishment,
-2. For suffering, self-denial,
etc., for Christ's sake.
166
VOCABULARY.
To
σταυρ-όω, -ὦ, ῎Ε, σταυρώσω,
1. nor. ἐσταύρωσα, ν. α. [σταυρ-
ός, “ a cross’'] To fasten, or nail,
to a cross; to crucify.-Pass.:
(σταυρ·όομαι, -οῦμαι), p.
ἐσταύρωμαι, 1. που. ἐσταυρώθην.
σταυρωθῇ, 3. pers. sing. 1.
aor. subj. pass. of σταυρόω.
σταύρωσον, 1. aor. imperat.
of σταυρόω.
στρω-ννύω, ννῦμι, (l.
στρώσω, p. ἔστρωκα), 1. aor.
έστρωσα, v. a. Το spread-Pass.:
p. ἔστρώμαι, 1. που. ἐστρώθην,
aor.
i. f. στρωθήσομαι [liie στορ
εννύμι, akin to Sans. root STII,
"to spread "].
|
|
στυγνάζω, (f. στυγνάσω),
1. aor. ἐστύγμασα, v. n. ἵστυγ-
ós, "gloomy "] To be gloomy or
dejected; to be sad,
|
σταυρώσωσι(ν), 3. pers.
plur. 1. aor. subj. of σταυρόω.
στάχυς, ύος, m. An ear of
στυγνάσας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ. 1.
aor. οἱ στυγνάζω.
C01'11.
σύ, σοῦ (plur. ὑμεῖς, ὑμῶν),
στέγη, ης, Τ. [στέγω, “το
f.
to | prcn. pers. Thou, you--the gen.,
cover ”] (“That which coverg”; | dat., final acc. sing. pro usecl el-
lence) A roof of a house.
clitically [akin to Sans. yush-
en-
"
στεν ἄζω, (f. στενάξω), 1.] mat].
ποι. ἐστέναξα, v. 1. [στέν-ος, κα
groan " To groan.
1
(C
στέφανος, ἄνου, m. [στέφ-
W, to crown”] (“That which
crowns”; hence) 1 crown;--at
xv. 17 made of thorns.
d
στολή, ἧς, f. [for στολή;
fr. oréλ-A, "to equip "] ("That
στέλλω,
which equips"; hence) 1. Cloth-
ing, dress.-2. A robe, garment,
reaching down to the feet, worn
by kings, priosts, and persons of
rank.
|
συγ-γενής, es, adj. [for
συν-γενής; fr. σύν,
γεν, roct of γίγνομαι,
born ”] (“ Bori with
or others; i.e. from the samo
parents or stock; hence) Of the
same family, akin, related.-As
Subst. : συγγενής, έος οὓς
(mostly plur.), na, A kinsman,
m.
relative, relation,
στήκητε, 2. pers. plur. prcs.
Subj. of στήκω,
στήκω, ν.
V. n. [έστηκα,
porf. ind. of ἵστημι] Το stand.
στίλβω, (1. aor. ἔστιλιμα),
v. n. To glisten, shine brightly.
στίλβων, ουσα, ον, T. prcs.
οἱ στίλβω.
|
συγ-κάθημαι, v. mid. [for
συν-κάθημαι; fr, σύν, “together
with”; κάθημαι, “ to sit down”]
To sit down together with another
or others;-at xiv. 54 folld. by
μετά.
σε
'
στοιβ-άς, ἅδος, f. [for
στειβ-άς; fr. στείβω, i to
tread " ("That which is trod-
don"
of leaves or small branches
;l of
hence, as supplying materials for
such litter or bed) A small, or
young, branch.
στρατιώτης, ώτου, m.
[στρατιά,
[OTpaTiά, "an army "]("One
made for an army"; hence) A
soldier,
-
.
|
"with";
σε to be
another
συγκαθήμενος, η, ον, Ρ. of
P.
""
; hcncc, “a litter or bed | συγκάθημαι ; - for construction
οι ν συγκαθήμενος geo εἰμί,
110. 9.
συγ-καλέω, -καλῶ, (f. συγ-
καλέσω), 1. εου, συνεκάλεσα,
y. a. [ior συν-καλίω ; fr, σύν,
“together”; καλέω, “ to call’1
Το call together, assemble, etc.
(
(συ-ζευγνύω, -ζεύγνῦμι,
1. συζεύξω), 1. aor. συνέζευξα,
v. . [for. συν-ξευγνύω, etc., fr.
σύν, “ together”; ζευγνύω, “to
join or yoko”] (“Το john, or
("To
yoke, together"; hence) To join
together in marriago.
αυ-ζητέω, - ζητῶ, τ. ε, [[or
VOCABULARY.
167
n.
συμβούλ-ἵον, του,
CouμBouλ-os, "a counsellor "]
("A thing pertaining to a oúj-
Bovλos "; hence) Counsel.
''
·
|
συνζητάω ; fr. σύν, “ together ” ;
Snrew, "to seck, to search or
ζητάω,
examine"] ("To search, or ex-
amine, together"; hence) 1.
With Dat., or após with Acc.,
and with accessory notion of de-
bate, etc.: To dispute, debate,
argue with one, etc.-2. Alone:
To dispule, etc.; xii. 28.
συμ-πίτγω, 1. aor. συνέ-
muža, v. a. [for ovv-πviyw; fr.
oúr, in "strengthening" force;
πviyw, "to choke "] To choke.
|
συζητῶν, οὖσα, οὖν, contr. |
P. prcs. of συζητέω.
συμ- πορεύομαι, (f. συμ-
πορεύσομαι, 1. aor. συνεπορευ-
σάμην), v. maid. [for συν-πορεύ-
συκ-ῇ, ἧς, f. contr. fr. σύκ-έη | ομαι; fr. σύν, "together";
(=σϋκ-έα), fr, σύκ-ον, “a fg"j | πορεύομαι, “to go or come”] Το
afig
("That which belongs to σûkov"; go, or come, together; to proceed to-
hence) A fig-tree.
gether.
"}
"K
σÛKOV, OV, N. A fig.
συμπόσιον, ἴου, n. [for
συλλαβείν, 2. ειοι. inf. of | συν~πόσῖον, fr. σύν,“ together”;
συλλαμβάνω.
Tóσ-is," a drinking "] ("A thing
πόσις,
σvλ-λăλéw, -λăλô, 1. aor. pertaining to a drinking to-
συλ-λαλέω, -λἅλω, [
συνελάλησα, V. n. [for συμ-λαλ-gether”; hence, "a drinking
έω; fr. σύν, “with”; λαλέω, | party
|
hence, guests " in
"to talk"] With Dat. of person: general; hence) A body or party
To talk, or converse, with.
of guests; a company :—σνμTÓσla
συμπόσια, by companies, iwhere
the acc. is used in a distributivo
CC
|
συλλαλῶν, οὖσα, οὖν, contr.
P. pres. of ovλλăλéw; for con-
striction of συλλαλοῦντες ἦσαν]
seo eiui, no. 9.
aor.
σúv, prep. gov. dat. only.
With, together with ;-for oi oùv
αὐτῷ, etc., see o, no. 7.
ઃઃ
|
συλ-λαμβάνω, f. συλα
λήψομαι, p. συνείληφα, 2. n01.
συνέλαβον, V. ε. [for συν-λαμβ.
avo; fr. our, in "augmentative" συν-άγω, f. συνάξω, 2. aor.
forco ; λαμβάνω, “ to take ”] συνήγαγον, ν. a. [our, "to-
("To tako firm hold of"; hence) gether"; ayw, "to lead "] (“To
To seize, arrest, apprehend, etc. lend together"; hence) 1. Act.:
(συλλυπέω, λυπώ, να τον To collect, gather, assemble.-2.
[for συν-λυπέω ; fr. σύν, in “ aug-Pass.: σῦν ἄγομαι, p.
mentativo” foice; λυπίω, “ to ἦγμαι, 1. aor. συνήχθην, 1. fut.
|
grievo"] 1. Act.: To grieve a oiv-axonooμai, To be collected or
person greatly.-2. Pass.:) ovλ- | gathered together.
λυπέομαι, λυποῦμαι, (1.
συλλυπηθήσομαι), το be greatly
grieved.
CC
συλλυπούμενος, η, ov,
contr. P. pres. pass. of σvλλuréw.
σῦν ἄγωγή,
σŭv-ǎy-wy-n, ns, f. [for
συναγαγή ; fr. σύν,“together";
ay (root of ay-w, "to lead") re-
duplicated] (A leading, or
gathering, together"; hence,
συμβαίνω, (f. συμβήσομαι), “ that which is gathered to
“
P. σupßißnка, 2. aor. ouvéß, gether"; hence, "an assembly";
v. 1. [lor συμβαίνω ; fr. σύν, | hence, a place of assembly
"together"; Bairo,
to go" hence) Of the Jews: A synagogue,
("To go together"; hence) Ofi.o. the place where they ns-
events, etc.: To come to puss, sembled for their religious serv-
happen, befal, otc.
ices.
แ
CC
•
-
force, aucl the expression is a
Hebraism; vi. 39.
168
VOCABULARY,
-
(σὺν ἀκολουθέω, -ἄκολ- | important causes, whether civil
|
ουθώ), 1. aor. συνηκολούθησα, or religious. The High Priest
V. a. [oúr, "together with";
[σύν,
was at its head, and those as-
ἀκολουθέω, “ to follow”] (“To | sociated with him were seventy
follow together with"; hence) in number; so that the whole
With Dat: Το accompany, altend council consisted of seventy-one
upon, ctc.
members; xiv. 55; xv. 1.
συνεπορευόμην,
inc. of συμπορεύομαι.
σύνεργέω, ~, V. 1. [σύν,
|
imperf.
έργον,
))
(C
(σῦν ἄναβαίνω), 2, aor.
συνανέβην, ν n. [oúv, "to-"together"; "py-ov, "work"Í
gether with ; ἀναβαίνω, to go | To work together, to co-operate,
up"] With Dat. of person: To go | aid, assist, etc.
up to a place together with one.
συναναβάς, άσα, άν, Ρ. 2, | P. prcs. Οι συνεργέω,
t01. οι συναναβαίνω,
σὺν ἀνάκειμαι, ν maicl. |
'
συν-έρχομαι, (Γ. συνελεύσε
ομαι), p. συνελήλυθα, 2. aor.
[σύν, “ with ";" ἀνάκειμαι,
;' ἀνάκειμαι, see | συνῆλθον, V, 1, [συν, “ together?;
ἀνάκειμαι] Το recline at table with ἔρχομαι, “ to come or go”] Το
ono; i.e. a. To be a (person's) come, or go, together.
guest.--D. Τo be a fellow-guest.
συνανακείμενος, η, ον, Ρ.
pres. Οι συνανάκειμαι.
συνἀνεκείμην, imperf. ind.
of συνανακειμαι.
συναποθανεῖν, 2. aor. inf.
of συναποθνήσκω.
συνε-σις, σεως, f. [for συνι-
σις; 11. συνίημι (i.e. σύν; υ,
root of ΐ-ημι), in force of “ to un-
dcrstand”] (“ Understanding”;
hence) Mind, mental power's.
|
συνεσταυρωμένος, η, ον,
P. perf. of συσταυρόομαι.
συνετήρει, 3. pers. ging
contr. imperf. ind. οf συντηρέω.
συνῆκα, 1. aor. ind. of
συνίημι.
συνακολουθῆσαι, 1. εος.
inf. οι συνακολουθέω.
-
(σῦν ἀποθνήσκω, f. σύν
ἀποθανοῦμαι), 2. εοι· συναπέθαν- |
ον, v. μ. [σύν, “ together with ”;
ἀποθνήσκω, “ to die ”] With Dat.
of persons: To die together with
one.
συνέδραμον, 2. aor. ind. of
συντρέχω,
|
|
συνέδριον, ου,n. [συνεδρί-α,
LL a sitting together" in council]
(“A thing pertaining to συν-
εδρία”; leuco) 4 council consist-
ing of persone gitting together in
deliberation, etc. In Gr, Tcst.,
a. A council of the elders, etc., in
ench city for the purpose of de-
ciding lesser matters; xiii. 9.
D. The frcat council of tho|
nation in which sat the High
Priest, thoso who had filled the
office of High Priest, and the
chiof pricsls, together with certain |
Scribes and others as their assos-
sors.
|
-
συνεργῶν, οὖσα, οὖν, contr.
συνθλίβω, (f. συνθλίψω),
v. ε. [σύν, in c augmentative
forcc; θλίβω, “to presg’] Το press
greally, to press upon on every
side.
συνθλίβων, ουσα, ον, P. prce.
of συνθλίβω,
)).
συνίημι, f, συνήσω (and
συνήσομαι, p. συνεῖκα), 1. nor.
συνῆκα, ν. α. [σύν, “ together ”
ΐημί, “to sendi"] (“To guac, οι
bring, together"; hence, with
reference to the mind or mental
powers as Object) Το perceive,
understand, comprehend;-in St.
Mark without nearer Object.
συντῶσι, 3. pers. plur. pres.
subj. of συνίημι,
συν-τελέω, τελώ, f, συμ
It tools cognizance of all ] τελέσω, 1, aor, συνετέλεσα, y. De
VOCABULARY.
169
[œúv, in “strengthening " force; | ator, with others; a fellow con-
τελέω, “to bring to an end”] | spirator, etc.
("To bring quite to an end"; συ-σταυρόομαι, -σταυρ·
lence) Το fully accomplish or ούμαι, p. συνεσταυρῶμαι, 1.
bring to pass.-Pass.: ovv-TEλ- aor. συνεσταυρώθην, v. pass. [for
έομαι, τελοῦμαι, 1. συν-σταυρ-όομαι ; fr. σύν, “to-
συνετελέσθην.
gether with”; σταυρόομαι, στο
συντετρίφθαι, perf. pass. be crucified”] To be crucified to-
inf. of συντρίβω.
συντηρέω, τηρῶ, ν. α.
[σύν, in “ augmentative” force ;
Tnpéw, "to watch"] ("To watch
greatly, to observe attentively”;
hence) To pay great heed or at-
tention to.
gether with another.
Qu
σφόδρ-α, adv. [adverbial
neut. plur. of σφοδρός, “exces-
sive"] Excessively, exceedingly,
very greatly.
|
σχιζόμενος, η, ον, P. pres.
pass. of σχίζω.
συντρέχω, (f. συνδραμοῦ.
μαι, sometimes συνθρέξομαι), 2.
aor. ovvédpăµov, v. n. [ovv, “to-
gether”, τρέχω, “to run’] Το
run together.
|
σχίζω, (f. σχίσω), 1. aor.
ἔσχίσα, ν. α. (* Το cut, cleave,
split"; hence) 1. To rend, or
tear. 2. Of the hcureus : Το
part, part asunder-Pass.: σχιζ-
ομαι, (p. ἔσχισμαι), 1. aor.
-
to
σχίσμα, μᾶτος, n. [for σχέδι
;
συν-τρίβω, f. συντρίψω, 1.
εοχ. συνέτριψα, ν. α. [σύν, “to- | ἐσχίσθην [akin to Sang, root
gether”; τρίβω, “to rub”] (“To anim (σχίζω = σχέδ-σω), σε το
rub togethor"; hence) 1. To cut "].
|
break. 2. To shatter, shiver,
burst asunder.-Pass.: συντρίβ-μα; fr. σχίζω (=σχίδ-σω), “to
ομαι, p. συμτέτριμμαι, (2. aor. rend”] (“That which is rent”
συνετρίβην), 2. f. συντριβήσομαι. | hence) À rent in a garment, etc.
συντρίψας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ. 1. σώ-ζω, f. σώσω, p. σέσωκα,
201. οι συντρίβω.
1.aor. cowoa, v. a. [ow-s," safo "j
Συροφοινικ-ίσσα, ίσσης, (“To malo sato”; heuce) Το
f. [fein. form of Σϋροφοίνιξ, ¦ save, in the fullest meaning of the
Συροφοινίκος, “a Syro-Phonic. | teruni. -- Pass.: σώζομαι, p.
ian"] A Syro-Phoenician woman. σέσωσμαι, 1. aor. ἐσώθην, 1. 1.
-N.B. Phoenicia and Cole-Syria | σωθήσομαι.
conjointly formed the N. bound-
ary of Galilee.
σωθῇ, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj. pass. of σώζω.
<<
|
σωθῆναι, 1. aor. inf. pass. of
σώζων
σύσ-σημον, ου, n. [for σύν
σημ-ον; fr. σύν, “ with”; σημ,
root of σημαίνω, “ to give a sign
or signal”] (“That which is
given as a sign, or signal" in con-
junction "with" another person;
hence) A sign, signal, or token
agreed upon by two or moro por-
σωθήσομαι, 1. fut. ind.
pass, of σώζω.
σῶμα, ἄτος, 1 body.
σῶσαι, 1. aor. iuf. of σώζω.
σώσον, 2. pers. sing. 1. aor.
imperat. of σώζω,
|
sons,
+
σωφρονέω, -ὦ, (f. σωφρον-
συσστασιώτης, στασι- ήσω), 1, 202. έσωφρόνησα, ν. 12.
1. D.
του, i. [for συν-στασιώτης; fr. | [σώφρων, σώφρονος," of a sound
σύν, “ with”; στασιώτης, Gaming ( Το bo σώφρων
(“ be
sculitious person, a conspirator’] | hencc) Το be of sound, or right,
One who is seditious, or a conspir- mind; to be in one's senses.
CC
"}
M
H
Η
aor.
170
VOCABULARY.
►
σωφρονῶν, οὖσα, οὖν, contr. | ἐτελεύτησα, V. n. [τελευτή, “ επι
P. pres. of σωφρονέω.
end"] ("To bring a thing to an
end; to end"; hence, with ellipse
of Tov Bíov, "the life"; so always
in Gr. Test.) To bring one's life
to an end, to die.
+
*
*τάλιθά, n. indecl. ("A
Inmb" "a young animal" of
any kind; hence) A boy, a girl=
κοράσιον.
τέλος, τος ους, n. An end:
-Tò réλos, the end or consumma-
ταράσσω (τἄράττω), (f. tion of all things, xiii. 7 ;-τέλος
răpágw), 1. aor. èrápaga, V. a. To exer, hath an end, i.e. perishes or
disturb, trouble;-at vi. 50, in | is utterly destroyed; iii. 26 :—eis
mind.-Pass.: тăρáσσoμal Télos, to the end of life, i.e. con-
ταράσσομαι
(ταράττομαι), p. τετάραγμαι, stantly or uninterruptedly; xili.
1. aor. ἐταράχθην, (1. f. ταραχ
Onooμa) akin to Sans. root
TRAS," to tremble";-in causa-
tive force, "to causo to tremble,
to frighten "].
13.
ταραχή, ταραγή
Tăρаx-n, ns, f. [for rapay-n;
from ταράσσω, "to trouble,"
through verbal root rapay]
("A troubling"; hence) Trouble;
at xiii. 8, in plur., and so of
various kinds of trouble.
1
ταῦτα; see οὗτος.
Tăxú, adv. [adverbial neut.
of Taxús, "quick"] 1. Quickly,
ταχύς,
speedily, with speed or haste.-2.
On a sudden, forthwith.
Té, conj. And (like Lat. que,
akin to Sans. cha, " and "].
Téon, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
pass. οι τίθημι.
,
τελώνιον, ἴου, 1. [τελώνης,
"a publican"]("A thing per-
subj.taining to a redwrns"; hence)
A tollhouse, custom-house, where
tolls and imposts were paid.
τέρας, ατος, 1. A sign,
wonder, marvel, portent.
τεσσάρ-α-κον-τα, ntina.
indecl. [réoσap-es, "four"
(a) connecting vowel; KOV-TO,
500 τριάκοντα] (“Provided with
four tens"; and so) Forty.
;
кор-та,
τέσσαρες (τέτταρες), α,
num. adj. plur. Four. As
Subst.: Téooǎpes, wv, m. plur.
Four men [akin to Sans. chatur,
"four"].
m.
τελώνης, ου, 1. [τέλος, in
meaning of "tax or impost";
&v, root of wv-éoμai, "to buy "]
("One who buys the taxes or
impost; i.e.) farmer of the
A
public revenue, a publican, who
leased from the Roman govern-
ment the collection of the taxes,
elc., for a certain sum, and made
what profit he could. This
naturally led to great extortion
on the part of the publican, and
produced intenso ill-will and dis-
satisfaction amongst the tribut-
aries of Rome.
TÉK-VOV, Vov, n. [TEк, a root
of TiKTW (of a female porent),
"to bring forth "] ("That which
is brought forth"; hence) A
child whether male or female;-adj.
at ii. 5; x. 24, employed as a terin
of kindness.
(C
"
TEK-TWV, TOVOS. m. A car-
penter, joiner, worker in wood or
timber akin to Sans. talesh-an,
n a carpentor, etc.; fr. root
TAKSIL, "to slice or cnt"; and
so, literally, a slicer or
cutter"].
(C
TEλEUTάTW, 3. pers. sing.
τελευτάτω,
contr. pres, imporat. of redevrów.
τελευτάω, -ώ, (Πο τελευτα
ήσω), 1. τετελεύτηκα, 1, που
C
S
τέταρτος, τη, του, 1114327.
adj. Fourth [akin to Sans.
chalur-tha; cf. Lnt, quar-lus"].
τετράκισ-χιλίοι, χιλίαι,
'χιλία, iium. adj. plur. [τετράκις,
VOCABULARY,
171
"four times"; xiioi, "a thou-
χιλίοι, thou-, thee? v.7.-2. Which, or whether,
sand"] ("Four times a thou- of the two. As Subst.: Tí,
sand"; i.e.) Four thousand. Which, or whether, of two things.
τοιοῦτος, τοιαύτη, τοιοῦτο,
(Gen. τοιούτου, τοιαύτης, τοιού-
rov, etc.), dem. pron. Of such
kind, nature, or quality; such.-
As Subst. : τοιαῦτα, ων, 12α
Such things, such like
τηλαυγῶς, adν. [τηλαυγής,
“glittering afar off”; hence, |
"clear")("After the manner of
the reλavyns"; hence) Clearly,
plainly.
|
|
ilings.
τηρ-έω, -ώ, f, τηρήσω, p. plur.
f.
τετήρηκα, 1. aor. ἐτήρησα, v. a.
[τηρός, a watch or guard"]
("To watch or guard"; hence)
To observe, keep.
ki
TηPηONTE, 2. pers. plur. 1.
aor. subj. of Typéw.
Theels, eîoa, év, P. present of
τίθημι.
τίθημι, f. θήσω, p. τέθεικα,
1. aor. ἔθηκα (found only in |
indic.), 2. nor. č◊n", V. a. To put
or place. --Pass.: τίθεμαι, (p.
τέθειμαι), Ι. aor. ἐτέθην, (1. f.
τεθήσομαι) [lengthened and
strengthened fr. root e, akin to
Sans. root DIÂ, "to put "].
τίλλω, (1. τέλῶ, 1. aor. ἔτιλα),
Y, 0. To pluck, gather.
τίλλων, ουσα, or, P. pres. of
τίλλω.
ον,
1. Tiuã, contr. 2. pers. sing.
imperat. pres, of riµáw.
2. Tiua, contr. 3. pers. sing.
pres. indic. of tiμáw.
|
"
To
τιμάω, -ώ, f. τιμήσω, (1.
τετίμηκα), 1. 201. ἐτίμησα, v. a.
[τιμ-ή, 6 honour"] Τό honour.
1. TUS, TL, (Gen. rivós), indef.
pron. Some, any.-As Subst.: a.
Masc.: (a) Some one, any one.-
(b) Plnr.: Some persons, some.
b. Nout. Sing. Something, any
thing.
Ką
2. Tís, Tí, (Gen. rivos), inter-
rog. pron.: 1. Who, which, what ?
--Adverbial neut. Tí, Why?
wherefore?-As Subst,: a. Masc.:
ris, Which person? what person?
who?-b. Nent.: Tí, What thing?
gillat ? τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί, υluat is
what
there in common to me and to
thee ?i.c. what have I to do with
K
|
τολμάω, -ὢ, f. τολμήσω,
(P. Teтóλµŋka), 1. aor. èτóλμnσo,
v. n. [Tóλμ-a," courage, daring']
(“To have rodux"; hence) 1.
Alone: To take courage, etc.-2.
With Inf.: To dare, venture, etc.,
to do. elc.
M
τολμήσας, ασα, αν, Ρ. 1.
aor. oι τολμάω,
τόπος, ου, 112. A place, spota
TÓTE, adv. At that time, then.
τοῦτο ; sce οὗτος,
τράπεζα, πέζης, f. [prob.
shortened fr. Terρ-á-mesa, i.e.
τετρ-ά-πεδ-σα=τετρ-ά-ποδ-σα; fr.
τέτρ-α=τέτταρ-es, “ fou”; (α)
connecting vowel ; πούς, ποδός,
<<
a foot"] ("A thing with four
feet"; hence) A four-footed table;
a table in general.
τράχηλος, ου, m. Throat,
neck.
τρεῖς, τρία, (Gen, τριῶν, Dat.
τρισί), num. adj. plur. Three
[akin to Sans. tp4, “three"].
Tρé-uw (only in pres. and
imperf., and pres. part.), v. n.
[rpéw, "to tromble"] To tremble.
τρέμων, ουσα, or, P. pies.
of Tρew.
τρέμω.
(τρέχω, Ορέξω (Inte) and
δραμοῦμαι), 2. nor. δρᾶμον, V. 12.
To run.
τρϊ άκοντα, num. adj. in-
decl. Thirty [τρεῖς, τριαῶν,
"three "; (a) connecting vowel;
xo ( = çan, in Sans. da-çan),
"ton"; Ta sumix (Lat. tus),
((
provided with"; and hence,
literally, "provided with three
tens "].
172
VOCABULARY,
|
τριακοσίοι, ἴαι, ἵα, ktma. τυφ-λός, λή, λόν, adj. [τῦφ-
os, "smoko, mist "] ("Pertain-
ing to rudos"; hence, "obscured
by smoke or mist"; henco) With
regard to the sight: Blind.—As
Subst. Tupλós, oû, m. A
blind man,
adj. plur. Three hundred [7peis,
Tρi-ŵ", "thrce"; (a) connecting
τρι-ών,
vowel; Sans. çat-i, shortened fr.
daçan-ti, "a hundred"; plur. Gr.
suffix to, "pertaining to three
hundred "so, in Sans. pancha-
cali, "five hundred "].
"to
t
|
τρίβ-ος, ου, m. [τρίβω,
rub"; of a road, "to tread down,
wear smooth"]("That which is
trodden down or worn smooth";
honce) A worn, or beaten, track;
a way, road, path.
ὕδωρ.
τρίζω, (i. τρίξω, 2. p. τέτριγα), |
v. n. (Of animals or birds: "To
Το ὕδωρ, ἄτος, 1. Water;--at ix.
make a shrill sound, to squeak," | 22 in plur. [akin to Sans. udan,
etc.; hence) To make a grating
sound-at ix. 18 with Acc. of u-lós (dissyll.), coi, m. ( One
"Respect."
begotten or brought forth ;
hencc) 4 son:--ὁ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου,
A
the son of man, i.c. Christ as to
"water"].
"
ó
m.
|
τρίς, adν. [τρεῖς, τρϊτῶν,
"three" Three times, thrice.
τρίτος, τη, τον, adj. [id.]
("Provided with threo"; hence)
Third;—at xii. 21 supply ádeλ-
ós with Tpiros. -Adverbial ex-
ός τρίτος.
pression, rò rpírov, the third time.
τρόμος, ου, 12. [for τρέμω
os; fr. тpcμ-w," to tremblo "]
трель-ш,
Trembling.
τρυβλίον, ου, 11. 1 bowl, or
deep dish ;—at xiv. 20 the word
ia vised of the vessel in vlaich the
Passover-lamb and the bitter
herbs cuton with it were placed.
τρυμαλία, ἴας, f. [τρύμη,
a hole," prob. through a lost
[his human nature ; ii. 10, etc.;—
viòs roû coû, the son of God, i.c.
Christ as to his divine nature;
i. 1;-so, at xiii. 32 Christ is
termed viós in reference to God,
who is called πατήρ ;---and al xiv.
61 viòs roû evλoynroû [Sans. root
SU, "to boget; to bring forth "].
ὑμεῖς, ὑμῶν, piur. of σύ,
ὑμν-έω, ω, f. ὑμνήσω, (p. ὕμν
ηκα), 1. aor. ὕμνησα, v. 1. [ὕμν
os, "a song in praise of a deity";
henco, in Gr. Test. "a hymn in
praiso of God”] Το sing a hymn.
ὑμνήσας, ἄσα, αν, Ρ. 1. aor.
of ύμνέω.
|
*C
CC
l
adj. τρύμαλος, pertaining to
TрÚμn"] (“A thing pertaining
τρύμη’
to a Tpúμn"; hence) Of a needle:
The eye.
ὕπαγε, ὑπάγετε; 500 ὑπ'
yw.
τύπτω, (1, τύψω, p. τέτΰφα,
1. nor. ĕrva), v. a. To beat, strike,
smile [akin to Sans. root Tur,
"to hurt "].
ὑπάγω, (f. ὑπάξω, 2. aor.
ὑπήγαγον), v. n. [ὑπό, dlonoling
gradually or slowly "; ἄγω, (aug
if in reflexivo forco," to lend
one's self" ; i.e.) "to go"]
("To go gradually away";
hence) 1. To withdraw, retire,
depart.-2. TAYE, ÚTÁYETE,
2. pers. sing, and plur. of pres.
imperat. Go thy way, go your
way.
*Túpos, ou, f. ("Rock ") Tyre
(now Sur); the celebrated port
and emporium of Phonicin, on
the E. coast ofthe Mediterranean :
for of repì Túpor, seo πepí,
περὶ
no. 2, n.
G
|
ὑγϊής, ιές, adj. Strong in
health, healthy, whole (prob.. akin
to Sans. root VAJ, "to strength-
en "].
Sara, nom. and acc. plur. of
(C
H
VOCABULARY.
173
ov,
ὑπάγω.
ὑπάγων, ουσα, ον, P. pres. of | which is bound beneath the
foot; hence) A sandal.
ὑπο- κάτω, adv. [ὑπό,
under "; Káтw, "beneath
κάτω,
"]
("Under and beneath"; hence)
With Gen.: Underneath, beneath.
ὑπόκρισις, σεως, f. [for
πókρuv-ois; fr. vтокpívoμaι, in
force of "to answer
on the
stage, "to speak in dialogne";
hence," to play a part, dissemble,
feign"] A dissembling or
feigning"; hence) Hypocrisy.
")
ὑπακούω, (f. ὑπακούσομαι),
1. aor. ὑπήκουσα, V. 1. [ὑπό,
"under"; àkovw, in force of "to
listen " ("To listen under " the
door as a slavo did to ascertain
who was there; hence) With
Dat. To obey, submit to;—at iv.
41 vrakovovσw has a composite
subject ἄνεμος καὶ θάλασσα.
|
Tép, prep. gov. gen. (and
acc.) Above"; hence, from the
notion of standing above one to
afford protection) For, in behalf
of.
|
ὑπερηφανία, ἴας, f. [ύπερ-
nav-os, in bad senso, "haughty,
arrogant "]("The state, or con-
dition, of
of the ὑπερήφανος”;
hence) Haughtiness, arrogance,
pride.
|
|
<<
m.
VπEр-TEрLaσôg, adv. [úπép,
in "augmentative" force; πер-
ισσώς, exceedingly "] Very ex-
ceedingly, beyond all measure.
ὑπηρέτης, ηράτου,
[lengthened fr. ὑπερέτης; fr.
Vró, "under"; épérns, "a row-
ὑπό,
a row-
cr" ("An under-rower, an un-
der-seaman"; hence) A servant,
1
<<
etc.
C.
14
ὑπό, prep. gov. gcn, and acc.;
1. With Gen.: a. Under, beneath.
-b. Of the Agent: By.
Under the hands of, from.-2.
With Acc.: Under, beneath.
(ὑπο-δέω,1. ὑποδήσω), 1. aor.
ὑπέδησα, p, porf. pass. ὑποδο
· δεμένος, v. a. [ὑπό, beneath";
δέω,
'to bind "] 1. Act.: Of
sandals: To bind beneath the foot;
to bind, or put, on.-2. P. perf.
pass. with Acc. of "Respect":
Of persons: Bound beneath the
feot as to a sandal, elc.; hence,
having bound, or put, on a sandal,
∙elc.; vi. 9.
(C
|
1:
,,
ὑποκριτής, του, 1. [for
vпокрiv-тýs, fr. id.] (“One who
acts a part on the stage; “an
actor”; hence, as assuming a
part or character not belonging
to him) A hypocrite.
tr
ὑπο-λήνιον, ἴου, n. [ὑπό,
beneath ; ληνός, “a wine
press"]("A thing pertaining to
beneath the wine-press"; hence)
A vat for receiving the juice ex-
tracted from the grapes by the
press; anciently it was placed
beneath the level of the ground,
and hence the term ώρυξεν is
applied to it at xii. 1,
ὑπομείνας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ. 1.
aor. of ὑπομένω.
t
p.
|
ὑπομένω, f. ὑπομενῶ, D.
ὑπομεμένηκα, 1. aor. ὑπέμεινα,
v. n. [úró, "under"; μérw, "to
remain "](" To remain under
hence) To stand firm, remain
steadfast, endure patiently, etc.
>>
ὑπο-πόδτον, ἵου, n. [ὑπό,
“ beneath”; πούς, ποδός, “μ
foot"] ("A thing pertaining to
beneath the foot or foet "; hence)
A footstool.
•
ὑποστρέφω, f. ὑποστρέψω,
1. not. ὑπέστρεψα, v. n. [ὑπό (us
adv.), "behind "; orpédw, "to
στρέφω,
turn" ("To turn behind "'; i.e.)
To turn back again, to return.
ὑποστρέψας, ἆσα, αν, P.
1. nor. of ὑποστρέφω.
ὑπόδη-μα,μᾶτος, 1. [length- |
enol fr. ὑπόδεμα ; fr. ὑποδών, ὑστερ·έω, -ὦ, (C. ὑστερήσω),
"to bind boncath"] ("That p. vorépηka, 1. aor. vorépnoa,
▸
174
VOCABULARY.
v.n. [üσTep-os, "behind, latter "]
[ὕστερ-ος,
(“Το be ὕστερος”; bencc,
C
be behind 01
tō
behindhand ";¦
hence) Of things: To be lacking
or wanting.
42
ὑστέρη-σις,σεως, f. [length-
enec fr. ὑστέρεησις; fr. ὑστερé.
to be lacking"] ("A lack-
ing"; hence) Deficiency of means,
poverty.
ω,
φανερωθῇ, 3. pers. sing.
| 1. aor. subj. pass. of φανερόω,
φανερῶς, adv. [φανερ-ός,
"manifest, open "] ("Af er
the manner of the pavepós ';
hence) Manifestly, ojenly; i.c.
publicly, or in a public manner.
|
σTEроV, comp. adv. [ac
verbial neut. of vorepos, (of
time) "late"] Later, subsequent-
ly, afterwards.
mañ
ὑψηλός, ηλή, ηλόν, adj.
[ü-os, "height"]("Pertain-
ing to vos"; hence) Iligh,
lofly.
φάντασμα, μᾶτος, n. [for
φάνταδ-μα ; fr. φαντάζω (=φαγη
τάδ-σω), "to make visible";
Pass.:
|
"to appear"] (“That
which appears" to one; hence)
A phantom, spirit.
>
ὕψιστος, ίστη, ιστον, sup.
adj. [-i, on high "] Most
high, highest. As Subst.:
ιστά, ων, n. plur. The highest
places, or heavens.
-
φαγεῖν, φάγω, φαγών,
oûσa, óv, inf., subj. and part. of
ἐφάγον.
(pa(l)v.w, f. påvô, p. πéрay-
πέφαγ
ка,
και το δύο
V. &.
To show. Pass. :)
φα(ί)ν-ομαι, (. πέφασμαι,
1. aor. ἐφάνθην), 2. που. ἐφάνην,
(2. f. pavýooμo): With Dat. of
person: a. To appear to, to be
seen by.-b. To appear right, or
good, to one :--rí vµîv pairerat,
what seems right to you?'i.e. what
is your opinion or decision? xiv.
64.
J
make manifest.-2. Pass.: To be
made manifest; to appear.—Pass..
φᾶνερ-σομαι, -οῦμαι, p. πε-
părépipai, 1. aor. épaveρú0,
1. 1. φανερωθήσομαι.
-
JOAN
CC
*Φαρισαῖος, ου, Ώλ. (“Oue
separated" from others, as boing
under scif-controul; from root
rÂRUSH, "to separate";-by
some, however, connected with
the same root in, the derived
forco of "to declare distinctly,"
and so, “ an exponnder, of teachi-
cr," of the law) A Pharisce.
The Pharisees were a Jewish sect
noted for their punctilious ob-
servance of the rites and forms
prescribed by the Moenic Law,
and for their strict obserrance of
tradition; i.e. of the precepts
and opinions of teachers of formi-
er ages. As a body, howover,
they cared but little for inward
purity and holiness.
to
φέγγος, ος ους, 1. [φέγγω,
shine"]("That which
shines"; hence) Light, brightness,
etc.
(C
dav-epós, epá, epór, adv.
φανερός,
[φαν, φαίνω,
[pav, root of airo, "to show"]
("Shown"; hence) 1. Clear,
visible, open, munifest, evident.-
As Subst. pavepóv, où, n.
("That which is clear, or clear-
ly seen"; henco) Public view,
in the sight of all men. - 2. Of
persons: Known, conspicuous, etc.
φανερ-όω, -â, f. φανερώσω,
1. aor. ἐφανέρωσα, ν. α. [φανερ-
φέρω, f. οἴσω, (p. ἐνήνοχα),
1. aor. reyka, v. a. irreg.: 1. To
bear, carry, bring; at xii. 16
supply autó, i.c. dnrápiov, after
veуkav.-2. Of soed, etc.: To
bear, produce, yield.-3. To bring,
fetch, lead, etc.-Pass.: pép-
ομαι, 1. nor. ἠνέχθην, (1. f.
οἰσθήσομαι) [in pres, and imperf.
|
a.
ός, "manifest"] 1. Act. To akin to Sans. root DARI, "to
VOCABULARY.
175
bear, carry," etc.; the other parts
of the verb are to be assigned
respectively to the bases of-w and
évék-w or évéуk-w].
DEVYÉTWOAV, 3. pers. plur.
φευγέτωσαν,
pres. imperat. of bevyo.
Þe(ú)y-w, f. þeúžoμµai, 2. aor.
euyor, v. n. To fee, flee away
[akin to Sans. root BHUJ, “το
"to
bend."-Pass. in reflexive force,
"to incline or bend one's self";
cf. Lat, fug-io; Eng. budge).
on-ul, f. now, 2. aor. ěny,
v. a. and n. To say [root on or
da, akin to Sans. root BHASHI,
"to speak"].
་
plóvos, ov, m. Envy [either
φθόνος, ου,
for φθέ-νος ; fr. φθί-ω (=φθί-ω),
40é-w
"to waste or pino away"; and
SO "that which wastes or pincs
away ";-or akin to Sans. root
KSHAN, "to wound"; and so, in
pass. force, that which is
wounded (mentally) at an-
other's prosperity, etc.].
C
11
φίλ-έω, -ω, f. φιλήσω, p. πε-
φίληκα, 1. aor. ἐφίλησα, V. 2.
("To love"; hence, as a mark of
love) To kiss [akin to Sans. root
PRI, "to please; to love"].
φιλήσω, 1. aor. subj. of
φιλέω.
Φίλιππος, ου, m. [φίλ-έω,
|
"to be fond of"; mm-os, "a
horse"] (“One fond of a horse
or of horses ") Philip: 1. A native
of Bethsaida, one of the twelve
Apostl s.-2. A son of Herod
the Great, brother of Herod the
Tetrarch, and the first husband
of Herod'as. - 3. The founder
of Cæsarea Philippi; see Kauoáp-
CLOA
φιμώθητι, 1, aor. imperat.
pass. of ginow.
poßeîole, ". pers. plur. pres.
imperat, pass. of poßéw.
φοβ-έω, -ὢ, f. ψυβήσω, 1. 201.
pußnoa, v. a. [póß-os, "fear,
fright"] 1. Act.: To put in fear's
to frighten, terrify.-2. Pass.:
φοβέομαι, -οῦμαι, (D. πρω
dóßnual), 1. aor. ¿¿oßrony, 1. f.
poßooμai: a. To be seized, or
φοβηθήσομαι
affected, with fear; to be frightened,
terrified, etc.;-at iv. 41 with co-
gnate acc. poßor.-b. With Acc.
of person as Acc. of Respect :
To be frightened, etc., at; to stand
in fear or dread of.-3. Mid.:
φοβέομαι, -οῦμαι, (1ο φοβ
(I.
ήσομαι, 1. aor. ἐφοβησάμην),
To fear for one's self or on one's
own part; to fear.
φοβηθείς, εἶσα, έν, Ρ. 1. εο1'.
pass. of φοβέω.
or
46ẞ-os, ov, m. Fear, fright,
terror [either for eß-os, fr.
φύβ-ομαι, “ to flee aftrighted”; Οι
liko péßoμai, to be considered
immediately akin to Sans. bháp-
aya,
"to terrify," a causatire
verb formed fr. the root BIIf, “to
fear"].
poßoû, 2. pers. sing. pros.
imperat. pass. οι φοβέω.
of
dovevons, 2. pers. sing. 1.
nor. subj. of φονεύω,
φον-εύω, f. φονεύσω, 1. aor.
éporevoa, v. n. [póv-os, “mur-
ἐφόνευσα,
der "] To commit murder.
|
φόνος, ου, ma. [for φύγος ;
fr. obsol. ¢ér-w,
fr. obsol. dér-w, "to kill"] A
killing, murder;-at vii. 21 in
plur., as comprising various acts
of murder.
ณ
φτμόω, -ὢ, f. φιμώσω, 1. aor.
¿piuwoa, V. a. [iu-os, σετ
muzzle" ("To muzzle"; hence)
1. Act. To put to silence.-2.
Ings: φῖμ-σομαι, -οῦμαι,
p, πψίωμαι, 1. aor. ἐφιμώθην:
a. To be put to silence.-B. To be
still, quiet, etc.
φρᾶγελλ-όω, -ῶ, 1. aor.
ἐφραγελλωσα, ν. ε. [φρᾶγελλ-η-
Lat. flagcll-um, "a scourge"]
To scourge.
φραγελλώσας, ἄσα, αν, Ρ.
1. nor. of φραγελλόω;--at av
15 supply autóv (='Inσovr) after
φράγιλλωσας.
176
VOCABULARY.
практ
φραγμός, μοῦ, m. [φράσσω,
"to fence, hedge in," through
root pay] ("That which
fences, etc.; hence) A fence,
hedge.
φων-ή, ἧς, f. : 1. A sound
2. Of persons: Voice.
φωνηθῆναι, 1, aor. inf. pass.
of duvéw.
pwvñoal, 1. aor. inf. of
φωνέω.
φρον-έω, ω, f. φρονήσω, (p.
πεφρόνηκα), v. a. [for φρειέω ;
fr. φρήν, φρέντος, “ haincl’] (“Τό
have in pr"; hence) To think,
φρήν
or ponder, upon; to take heed, or
pay attention, to; to mind.
61
φωνῶν, οὖσα, οὖν, contr. Ρ.
pres. of φωνέω.
|
φῶς, φωτός, n. [contr. fr.
pá-os; fr. pá-w, "to shine"]
("That which shines"; hence,
þйy-ń, ns, f. [peúyw, "to"light"; also, "a light"; hence)
φυγή,
flee," through root Quy] A flee- | Fire, as being bright or blazing.
ing, flight.
φυλακή, ἧς, f. [φυλάσσω,
"to watch or guard," through
root quλak] ("A watching,
etc.; hence) 1. Of time: A watch;
i.e. a fourth part of the night,
during which soldiers kept guard;
the Roman watches being di-
vided as follows: first, from
6 to 9 o'clock P.M.; second, from
9 o'clock P.M. till midnight;
third, from midnight till 3
o'clock A.M.; fourth, from 3 to
6 o'clock A.M.-2. A prison, as
the place where persons were
kept under guard.
น
|
φυλάσσω (φυλάττω), f.
φυλάξω, (p. πεφύλακα), 1. aor.
épvλaşa, v. n. ("To watch";
ἐφύλαξα,
hence) 1. Act.: To observe, keep,
ctc.--2. Mid.: (φυλάσσομαι, Xαλкós, où, m. ("Copper or
φυλάττομαι, f. φυλάξομαι), | bronzo”; hence, as made of
1. που. ἐφύλαξαμην, Το observe or | χαλκός, copper-money," etc.;
keep on one's own part.
hence) Money in general.
χάλκ-ϊον, ἵου, n. [χαλκός,
copper or bronze "] ("A thing
pertaining to χαλκός”; hence)
A vessel of copper or bronze; a
copper pol, etc.
|
CC
φύλλον, ου, Μ. A leaf.
φυτεύω, (f. φυτεύσω,
Tеduтevкα), 1. aor. épúrevoa,
v. a. [our-óv, "a plant "] To
[φυτόν,
plant.
xăp-á, âs, f. [xaípw, "to re-
p.|joico”; through root χάρ] re-
xap] A
joicing; joy, gladness,
χεῖλος, τoς ους, n. A lip.
χειμών, ὧνος, 111, ("The
snowy time"; hence) Winter;-
at xiii. 18 χειμῶνος is Gen. of
timo when [akin to Sans.
him-a, "snow"].
""
>>
(1
"}
dwv-éw, -ŵ, f. pwynow, 1. aor.
φωνήσω,
ἐφώνησα, v. n. and a. [φων-ή,
a sound"] (" To utter wrń
hence) 1. Neut.: a. Of persons
(a) To speak.-(b) To call out
or aloud. b. Of a cock; To | to Sans. root HRT,
crow.-2. Act.: To call; to call also, "to scize "; and so, literally,
to or for.-Pass.: 1. aor. èpwr-"a conveyer or seizer"].
ήθην.
χείρ, χειρός, f. A hand [nkin
"to convey,'
"
|
χειροποίητος
ποίητον,
Pag
11
χαῖρε ; see χαίρω.
χαίρω, f. χαρῶ, χαρήσομαι
(and xapnow, p. кexáρnka, 1.
aor. exápnoa), 2. aor. pass.
èxdpnu, v. n. 1. To rejoice, be
glad.-2.In salutations: xaîpe,
Hail-at xv. 18 used in mockery
[akin to Sans. hary, "to de-
sire "].
χαλάω, -ώ, f. χαλάσω, (D. και
xăλăкa), 1. aor. èxăλăσa, V. a.
("To loosen"; hence) To let
down.
<<
VOCABULARY.
177
K
adj. [xeip," hand "
; (o) con-
necting vowel; rounτós,"made"]
Made by the hand or hands.
Xelpwv, ov, comp. adj. (see
kakós) Worse. As Subst.: Xeîp-("That
ov (with article): The worse; i.e.
a worse state or condition:-eis
tò xeîpov èλØeîv, to come to the
worse; i.e. to get, or become, worse,
ctc.
χήρα, ας ; gce χῆρος.
χῆρος, ρα, ρον, adj. (“ Left,
abandoned by "; hence) Bereaved,
bereft.-As Subst.: xnpa, as, f.
("A bereaved woman ; i.e.) A
widow.
C4
χιλί-αρχ-ος, ου, m. [χίλίπος
a thousand"; apx-w, "to com-
mand"] (“ One who commands a
thousand men"; hence) A high
military officer or commander in
general.
|
χίτων, ωνος, 10, An under-
garment.
χιών, όνος, f. Snow [akin to
Sans. hima, "snow"; cf. Xeiμ-
wv].
Green food, grass [akin to Sans.
harit,
harit, "green"].
>>
LC
a
Xoûs, Gen. xoû, m. [contr.
fr. xó-os; fr. xo-w," to heap up"]
which is heaped up
hence, in classical writers
mound," etc.; in Gr. Test.) A
piece or lump of soil or dirt ac-
cumulated under the sandal, or
foot, in walking.
Xpe-la (dissyll.), ías, f. [xpé-
ομαι=another form of χρά-ομαι;
"to use"; and in perf. "to want
or need" a thing for use] 1.
Want, need. 2. With Gen, :
Want, or need, of something.
χρῆμα, μᾶτος, n. [root χρη
=χρd in χράομαι, “to use ”]
("That which is used"; hence)
Plur.: Goods, riches, wealth, pos-
sessions, etc.
χόρτος, ου, 111. (“ Tho green
thing"; hence) For cattle:
Mark.
S
Χρισ-τός, στοῦ, m. [χρίζω,
"to anoint"](" Anointed One ")
Christ.
m.
χρόνος, ου, m, Time.
χωλός, ή, όν, adj. Lame,
hall [akin to Sans. root KIOL,
χλωρός, όν,
xλw-pós, á, óv, adj. [prob."to be lame "].
lengthened ir. xλo-pós, fr. adó-n,
"the blade of young grass, the
shoot of a tree "] ("Pertaining to
xλón "; hence) With reference to
χλόη
Colour: Green.-2. As denoting
that which is unwithored: Green,
fresh.
swine.
xúpa, as, f.: 1. A place, or
χώρα,
spot.-2. A country, land, region,
district.
rr
χοῖρος, ου, 12 A pig, hog,
χωρέω, -ώ, (f. χωρήσω, D.
keywрnka), 1. aor. exwpnoa, v. a.
κεχώρηκα), ἐχώρησα,
[xwp-os, "a place" ("To have
χωρος '; hence) To have space, or
room, for; at ii. 2, supply
αὐτούς after χωρεῖν, which has
for its Subject τὰ πρὸς τὴν θύραν.
Xwρitéтw, 3. pers. sing. pres.
imperat. of xwρisw.
|
χορτ-άζω, (Ι. χορτάσω), ν. a.
[xopr-os, "grass" ("To supply
with xópros"; hence, "to feed
in a stall," as opposed to pastur-
ing in the open fields; hence,
"to fatten " hence) 1. With
Acc. of person and Gen. of thing:
To satisfy, or fill, one with some-
thing.-2. Pass. To be satisfied
οι filed.---Pass.: χορταζομαι,
•
χωρίζω, f. χωρίσω (ancl
xwpiw), 1. aor. exwpioa, V. a.
[wp-ís, "apart, asunder"] To
put apart or asunder; to separ-
ate, sever, etc.;-at x. 9 supply
|ékcivo after ywpisérw.
xwp-lov, lov, n. dim., only
1. aor. ἐχορτάσθην, 1. 2, χορτασ- {in form [χώρος, “a placo”] 1
θήσομαι.
place.
Sky
xwpis, adv.: 1. Apart.-2.
With Gen.: Apart from, without.
N
178
VOCABULARY.
((
ψευδομαρτύρ-έω, @, f. &ç, adv.: 1. As.-2. Like as,
Yevdoμapriρnow, 1. aor. eveudo- | just as.-3. In what way or man-
μαρτύρησα, v. n. [ψευδομάρτυρ, ner; how.-4. With numeral
a falso witness"] ("To be a adj.: About.
Vevdoμáprup"; hence) To bear
false witness.
ψευδ-ο-προφήτης, προ-
þýrov, m. [yevd-ns, "false"; (o)
connecting vowel; podnтns,
"a prophot"] A false prophet.
ψευδ-ό-χριστος, χρίστου,
m. [ψευδής, "false ; (o)
connecting Vowel; Χριστός,
"Christ "] A false Christ.
πро-
vix-lov, lov, n. dim. [vis,
ψιχός, a crumb "] A little
CC
crumb.
ψυχή, ἧς, f. [ψύχω, “ε το
breatho "] ("That which
breathes"; hence) 1. Breath.-
2. Life.-3. A soul.
☎, interj. O!
、
M
Se, adv. 1. In this place,
here.-2. To this place, hither.
ὠδίς, ῖνος, f. (“A throo of
pang of childbirth"; hence) A
sorrow, pain, distress, etc.;-at
xiii. 9, in plur., of various kinds
of sorrow.
*σavvá, adv. ("Bring safety,
I pray"; or, as in English Bible
Version of Ps. oxviii. 25, "Savo
now, I beseech Thee"; in Prayer-
book Version, "Help me, now")
Hosanna; an exclamation or ad-
dress of entreaty, supplication,
etc.
}}
σ-αúт-ws, adv. [ws," thus";
fr. aur-ós,“ self, very "]("Thus,
in this very manner ; hence)
Just so, in this very manner; in
like manner.
(C
ὡστεί, adv. [ὡς, as
"if"] As if, as it were.
BOTE, conj.: So that: 1. With
Indic. To mark a fact.-2. With
Inf.: To mark a rosult or effect.
; ei,
ÚT-ĽOV, Lov, n. (dim. only in
form) [aus, &T-os, "an car"] An
ear.
ὠφελ-έω, @, f. ὠφελήσω,
(p. ὠφέληκα), 1, εοι. ὠφέλησα,
v. a. [for opeλ-éw; fr. opeλ-os,
"help"] 1. Act. a. To help,
aid, assist; to benefit, profit. —b.
Impers.: óþeλnoel, It will, or
shall, benefit or profit;-at vili, 36
with Acc. of "Respect" and Acc.
of person.
of person.-2. Pass.: €λ-
ὠφελ-
έομαι, -οῦμαι, (p. ὠφέλημαι,
1. aor. ὠφελήθην, (1. f. ὠφελώ
nonooμai), To be helped, ctc.; to
receive help or benefit; to be bene-
filed, profited, advantaged;
vii. 11 is Acc. of "Respect"
after wean@ñs.
|
|
veldilov, åvelstσa, im-
perf. and 1. aor. ind. of òveidi5w.
ᾠκοδομῆσαι, 1. aor. inf. of
1. aor. inf. of
οἰκοδομέω.
ὡρά, ας, f. ; 1. 4 season; a
A
usual, or customary, time for
something.-2. Time, generally.
-3. An hour-pa тpirn, third
hour, i.c. 9 o'clock A.M.;-pa
Kтn, sixth hour, i.e. 12 o'clock,
noon;-pa évváry, ninth hour',
1.c. 3 o'clock P.M.
£.
at
ὤφθην, 1. που. ind, pass. of
ὁράω.
VOCABULARY.
179
ADDENDA.
θέλημα, ἡμᾶτος, n. [θέλ-ω, | the Greek Subjunctive, either
"to will"] ("That which with, or without, "pray":-
wills "; hence) Will.
ἵνα ἐπιθῇς αὐτῇ τὰς χεῖρας, see
that thou lay thy hands on her, I
pray thee to lay thy hands on her;
lay, or pray lay, thy hands on
her, v. 23.
|
iva; at end of article add:
Elliptically for opa, or Bλére,
iva (classical örws for opa, or
όπως
βλέπε, ὅπως): Το express a
desire, entreaty, etc.: See that
thou, or I pray thee to, do, etc.;
the expression may be
rendored by the English Im-
perative of the verb forming
15
περί-φέρω (!. περί-οίσω, 1.
aor. περί ήνεγκα), ν. α. [περί,
"around"; pépw, "to bear or
carry"] To carry around, to
carry about.
÷
1
LONDON:
GILBERT AND RIVINGTON, LIMITED,
ST. JOHN'S HOUSE, CLERKENWELL ROAD, E.C.
WHITE'S
SCHOOL AND COLLEGE LATIN DICTIONARIES.
Royal 8vo, 215.
A LATIN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY.
(THE PARENT WORK.)
By the Rev. J. T. WHITE, D.D., of Corpus Christi College, Oxford;
and Rev. J. E. Riddle, M.A., of St. Edmund's Hall, Oxford.
(Founded on the larger Dictionary of FREUND, as last revised by
the Author.)
Royal 8vo, 125.
A CONCISE
LATIN-ENGLISH
DICTIONARY.
For the use of Advanced Scholars and University Students.
Square 12m0, 38.
THE JUNIOR STUDENT'S
LATIN-ENGLISH
DICTIONARY.
Abridged for the Use of Schools from White and Riddle's large
Latin-English Dictionary.
1
Square 12mo, 3s.
THE JUNIOR STUDENT'S
ENGLISH-LATIN
DICTIONARY.
For the Use of Schools, founded on White and Riddle's large
Latin-English Dictionary.
Square 12mo, 5s.
THE JUNIOR STUDENT'S
COMPLETE
LATIN-ENGLISH
ENGLISH-LATIN
AND
DICTIONARY.
London: LONGMANS, GREEN, & CO.
GRAMMAR-SCHOOL TEXTS,
WITH ENGLISH VOCABULARIES.
EDITED BY JOHN T. WHITE, D.D. ỌXON.
LONGMANS & CO. desire to call attention to the
important Series of very cheap Grammar-School Texts
(Latin and Greek) which they are now publishing, each containing
between one and two hundred pages, 32100, in strong cloth binding,
and sold at prices varying from Ninepence to Half-a-Crown.
These Texts have been very favourably reviewed and noticed by
the public press.
GREEK TEXTS:-
FABLES from ESOP and MYTHS
from PALEPHATUS.
EURIPIDES, Hecuba.
HOMER, Iliad, Book I.
HOMER, Odyssey, Book I.
LUCIAN, Select Dialogues. Is.
IS.
IS.
XENOPHON, Anabasis.
Books I. III. IV. V. VI
Is. 6d. each.
IS.
25.
XENOPHON, Anabasis. Book I. Text only.
XENOPHON, Anabasis. Book II.
IS.
25.
XENOPHON, Anabasis. Book VII.
St. MATTHEW'S GOSPEL. 28. 6d.
St. MARK'S GOSPEL. 15. 6ď.
St. LUKE'S GOSPEL.
2s. 6d.
St. JOHN'S GOSPEL. 15. 6.
The ACTS of the APOSTLES. 2s. 6d.
St. PAUL'S EPISTLE to the ROMANS.
IS. 6d.
The FOUR GOSPELS in GREEK,
With a Greek-English Lexicon. Edited by Jonn T. WHITE,
D.D. Oxon. Square 32mo, price 5s.
WHITE'S Grammar-School Texts.
LATIN TEXTS:-
CÆSAR, Gallic War.
CÆSAR, Gallic War.
CÆSAR, Gallic War.
CÆSAR, Gallic War.
CICERO, Cato Major (Old Age).
CICERO, Lælius (Friendship). 1s. 6d.
EUTROPIUS, Books I. and II. of Roman History. 1s.
EUTROPIUS, Books III. and IV. of Roman History. s.
Books I. II. V. VI.
Book I. Text only.
Books III. and IV.
Book VII.
IS. 6d.
1s. 6d.
IS. each.
G
15.
Is. each.
3d.
9d. each.
HORACE, Odes. Books I. II. and IV.
HORACE, Odes. Book III.
Is, Ed.
HORACE, Epodes and Carmen Seculare.
NEPOS, Miltiades, Cimon, Pausanias, and Aristides. 9ď.
OVID, Selections from the Epistles and Fasti.
OVID, Select Myths from the Metamorphoses. gd.
PHÆDRUS, Select Fables. gd.
PHÆDRUS, Fables. Books I. and II.
SALLUST, Bellum Catilinarium.
Is. 6d.
LIVY, Books XXI. and XXIII.
IS.
Kottakal Kate (Manhat
IS.
15.
VIRGIL, Georgics. Book IV.
VIRGIL, Æneid. Books I. to VI. Is. each.
VIRGIL, Æneid. Book I. Text only. 3d.
VIRGIL, Æneid. Books VII, VIII. X. XI. and XII. 15. 6d.
each.
The Latin Text with English Explanatory and Grammatical
Notes, and a Vocabulary of Proper Names. Edited by John
T. WHITE, D.D. Oxon. 12mo, price 2s. 6d. cach Book.
London: LONGMANS, GREEN, & CO.
1
CLASSICAL SCHOOL BOOKS,
EDITED BY THE REV. JOHN T. WHITE, D.Q
BRADLEY'S EUTROPIUS, newly edited by
the Rev. Dr. WHITE, with a Vocabulary and Notes adapted to
the Public School Latin Primer. Price 2s. 6d.
BRADLEY'S CORNELIUS NEPOS, newly
edited by the Rev. Dr. WHITE, with English Notes adapted to
the Public School Latin Primer. Price 3s. 6d.
BRADLEY'S OVID'S METAMORPHOSES,
newly edited by the Rev. Dr. WHITE, with English Notes
adapted to the Public School Latin Primer. Price 45. Oct.
BRADLEY'S PHÆDRUS, newly edited by
the Rev. Dr. WHITE, with English Grammatical Notes adapted
to the Public School Latin Primer. Price 2s. 6d.
The Rev. Dr. WHITE'S FIRST LATIN
PARSING BOOK, adapted to the SYNTAX of the Public
School Latin Primer. Price 25.
The Rev. Dr.
WHITE'S FIRST LATIN
EXERCISE BOOK, adapted to the Public School Latin
Primer. Price 2s. 6d.~KEY, 2s. 6d.
VALPY'S LATIN DELECTUS, newly edited
by the Rev. Dr. WHITE, with Grammatical Notes adapted to
the Public School Latin Primer. Price 2s. 6d.-K¤у, 3s. 6d.
VALPY'S GREEK DELECTUS, newly edited
by the Rev. Dr. WHITE, with Notes adapted to Parry's Greek
Grammar, and with a new Lexicon. Price 2s. 6d.—K¤y, 2s. 6d.
XENOPHON'S EXPEDITION of CYRUS
into UPPER ASIA; principally from the Text of SCHNEIDER,
With English Notes. By the Rev. Dr. WHITE. Sixth Edition.
Price 7s. 6d.
London: LONGMANS, GREEN, & CO.


UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
3 9015 06433 5022
:

B
25
18